The Norwegian North Polar Expedition 1893-1896 : Scientific Results [1]

Citation preview

THE NOEWEGIAN

NORTH POLAE EXPEDITION

1893-1896

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS

VOLUME

I

THE NORWEGIAN

NORTH POLAR EXPEDITION 18931896 SCIENTIFIC EESULTS EDITED BY

FRIDTJOF in NANSEN

VOLUME

I

PUBLISHED BY THE FRIDTJOF NANSEN FUND FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE

,

LONDON, CHRISTIANIA JACOB DYBWAD

NEW YORK, BOMBAY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND 1900

CO.

LEIPZIG F.

A.

BROCKHAUS

Q V.I

PRINTED BY A.

W.

BROGGER. CHRISTIANIA.

1900.

CONTENTS OF VOL.

I.

COLIN ARCHER.

The Fram.

Pp.

116,

I.

with 3 Plates.

(Received November, 1898.) II.

J.

F. POMPECKJ.

With a

The

Geological

Fridtjof Nansen.

Fauna

Jurassic

Sketch Pp.

of

1147,

of

Cape Flora, Franz Josef Land.

Cape Flora and

its

Neighbourhood by

with 3 Plates.

(Received October, 1898.) III.

A. G. NATHORST.

Plants from Franz

Fossil

Josef Land.

Pp.

1

26,

with 2 Plates.

(Received April, 1899.) IV.

ROBERT COLLETT and FRIDTJOF NANSEN. Pp.

1-53, with 2

An Account

Plates.

(Received November, 1899.) V.

G. 0. SARS.

Crustacea.

Pp.

(Received November

1137,

with 36 Plates.

December, 1899.)

of

the

Birds.

PEEFACE. aim

J. he

a

in

give,

of this Report, the first

series

volume

of

which now appears,

expedition

was rendered

possible

HIS MAJESTY KING OSCAR,

and a

ing

of contributors,

who formed its

the

pecuniary

further,

Mr. C.

EGEBERG,

NICOLAY

18931896.

by the united support

of

THE NORWEGIAN STORTING,

whom may be mentioned the three THOMAS FEARNLEY, AXEL HEIBERG and ELLEF RING-

series

men, Messrs. NES,

to

separate Memoirs, a complete account of the Scientific

of

Results of the Norwegian North Polar Expedition of

The

is

Mr.

H.

Committee

burden of arrang-

of the Expedition, bore the

and assisted with so much valuable work; and

affairs,

J.

amongst

A. DICK,

OSCAR DICKSON,

Baron

ANTON CHR. HOUEN,

KNUDTZON,

Mr. A. S.

Minister of State C.

Consul

WESTYE

KJOSTERUD,

LCVENSKIOLD,

Mr.

Consul

AMUND

HALVOR SCHOU, Mr. C. SUNDT, Baron HARALD WEDEL-JARLSBERG, the ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, RINGNES,

and

the

firm

others. I

do not know how

panions and

I feel

for the interest

and ourselves before we us after our return.

to express

I

started,

in

words the gratitude which

and confidence placed

and for the many signs

trust that the results published in

in

of

my

com-

our undertaking

sympathy shown

these volumes will

II

give the Norwegian Nation and the noble contributors

we can

best reward that

bring them.

The

in

expedition

It

pioneer undertaking.

unknown

into the

From

the

was

struggles for

members

with

Certainly,

the

best

difficulties

be carried by the

unknown

my

of

It

subject.

may,

Fratn

could come to no

I

should, safe,

sea; but nevertheless I could to

according to

along

its

all

proba-

myself the

on

authorities

be considered a pardonable weakness,

therefore,

other

untrodden track

not hide from

expectations of most

the

was not

It

might there be met with, or what

knowledge,

unharmed and

ice,

was contrary

fact that this

of travelling for penetrating

expedition might have to go through.

of the

conclusion than that a ship like the

across an

new mode

region of the sea surrounding the North Pole.

the

life

must, to some extent, be regarded as a

trying a

easy beforehand to calculate what

bility,

the

if

I

the

not

only admitted the possibility of losing the ship, but also constantly kept this

and equipping the expedition,

possibility in view, while preparing

Nor ding to

could

my

calculations,

than three years,

The whole

be

lost,

polar

the

ice,

I

thought of

might

that

it

Accor-

last.

would not

last

longer

it

my

the

duty to equip accordingly.

was

expedition

based on the

therefore

a long series of years, and that the ship might

last

members having

to

return a long distance across the drifting

much

or in boats, without being able to carry

collections

tific

was

the probability

preparation it

long the voyage would

but no one could be certain that this period might not be

doubled or more, and

possibility that

how

say with certainty

I

and instruments, or even

in the

way

of scien-

For the planning

scientific journals.

of the scientific work, these considerations were, therefore, decisive.

The

ship

was made as small and as strong as

save space, as well as fuel for heating and reduce the accommodation for the as

possible.

coal,

As

equipment,

essential.

the

etc.,

ship

light, it

members and

was nearly

filled

possible;

and

in order to

was thought imperative

the scientific

to

work as much

by the necessary provisions,

nothing could be taken which was not considered quite

There was thus no room

for special laboratories,

which would have

Ill

considerably facilitated the present experience from the

From,

same

future expedition of the

this

had also

not be numerous.

was

It

and

of scientific

all

to

fall

may

and the numerous

this,

in

adrift

the

ice,

would not be very abundant.

and

lot,

scientific

seldom

this

never-failing ardour with

many and

which

my

the material, express their unreserved of

therefore, I feel

it

first

my

gratitude, the devoted

However,

in spite of everything,

home both abundant and

respects essentially increase

This result

is

due

solely

Fram

and

it

to the

undertook

has been a

kindly undertaken the elaboration

and unanimous recognition

volume

first

work

of the

Scientific

and pleasant duty here of all

my

of the

SIGURD SCOTT-HANSEN, who the astronomical,

Results of the Expedition, to

acknowledge, with deep

companions.

desire especially to mention late Lieutenant,

dulum and

such

work done.

In issuing this

I

in

might be expected that our

companions on board the

who have

and

expedition

multifarious observations entrusted to them,

pleasure to hear the specialists

amount

it

many

our knowledge of the North Polar Region.

with which any kind

difficulties

be justly said that the expedition has brought

valuable scientific material, which will in

of

each man's

contend during such an

to

constantly

scientific results

of

staff could

scientific

having no series of observations quite complete

risk of

work has

surroundings,

the

and the

of the expe-

satisfactory.

Considering

it

members

of the

unavoidable that a number of

therefore

observations of various kinds should

happens without the

thing was, however, that in

number

be reduced to a minimum,

to

on a

could be materially improved

The worst

kind".

order to save space and provisions, the dition

With our

different kinds of scientific work.

many

with admirable

now

skill

Captain in our Navy,

and energy took charge

meteorological (partly also auroral), magnetic,

other observations, as well as the navigation.

observations had

all

of

them

often to

be carried on under

especially during the long, cold polar night, theless he has brought

were unusually

back material so copious and exact

pen-

These numerous difficulties

great. in

which,

But never-

every respect,

IV that I

who

has drawn admiration from the specialists

it

fear thatfvery

are

now working

it

up.

few who look through the volumes in which these obser-

what an amount

vations are printed, will be able fully to realize

mental

of

energy and endurance every page really represents.

H. G. BLESSING, who carried on

also desire to mention specially Dr.

I

on board, made the botanical

the physiological investigations

during the last two winters undertook the observations of the After

my

and

collections,

Aurora

Borealis.

departure from the ship, he took charge of the oceanic researches,

the zoological collections, the observations of the ice, of the

atmospheric

elec-

tricity, etc. It is

unnecessaiy

to

say that

remember with deep

I

OTTO SVERDRUP, who was

Captain

and

work;

Lieutenant

last

but not least

of

HJALMAR JOHANSEN, who

branches of

in all

scientific

companion on the sledge-journey,

faithful

my

work

master of the Fram, and the leader of

and thus assisted

the expedition after March, 1895,

gratitude the

me

ardent

scientific

obser-

in every respect rendered

endeavours

to

make such

vations as the often difficult circumstances

of

our long and lonely journey

who

also deserve to be mentioned

and valuable

'assistance

in

my

would permit.

There are many

of the others, indeed,

specially; but as this will all

my

way

companions which they

in

I

Expedition. excellent

who

of

them contributed is

it

only

Hamburg, and in

natural

that

at

this

scientific

equipment of the expedition.

BROGGER, INTOSH

(St.

Prof.

H.

here beg

with deep sorrow that living,

we

all

miss two

LARS PETTERSEN, died last winter,

Franz Josef Land.

those

of

I

the Scientific Results of the

to

BERNT BENTSEN, who

member

men

Memoirs.

thanks for their work, and the

comrades amongst the number of the

on a new expedition is

all

later in the various

my warmest

accept

feel certain that

died in 1898, in

It

to

be done

high

moment

distinction

who

I

should

also

gratefully

so largely assisted

me

re-

in the

may especially mention Prof. W. C. GEELMUYDEN, Dr. JOHAN HJORT, Prof. W. C. MAC

Andrews), Prof. H.

I

MOHN,

Sir

JOHN MURRAY

(Edinburgh),

Dr. G.

0.

N BUM A YER

Dr.

SCHIOTZ,

E.

Baron

E.

TORUP,

VON TOLL Prof.

WILLE,

N.

secure the co-operation of

ches of science, the

all

be successful in

of

my

the

my

that

will

first

Petersburg),

(St.

SOPHUS

Prof.

been fortunate enough

authorities in

assistance

liberal

to

the various bran-

make

to

my

the council of

of

Advancement of Science,

endeavour

the necessary I

disposal.

the

means

thus hope that

the volumes, both as to contents

Norwegian Nation and the zealous and devoted

of the

brave companions in the expedition.

During the preparation fact

(London),

friendly readiness, undertook the elaboration

the

to

VON TILLO

have

I

Report has been placed at

and appearance, worthy

work

of the

whom, with

SCOTT

H.

EDWARD WHYMPER.

this Report,

some

Nansen Fund for

for publishing this I shall

of

(Stockholm), Prof.

HERCULES TORNOE,

Dr.

and Mr.

Thanks

material.

Fridtjof

of

ROBERT

Mr.

(Gotha), General A.

(Dorpat),

For the preparation

of

SCHMELCK,

L.

ALEXANDER SUPAN

Prof.

OTTO PETTERSSON

(Hamburg), Prof.

we have

of

the work,

unknown

traversed

regions of the Earth,

some time

not probably be visited again for

made by us having thus an

have constantly kept

I

additional value,

to I

come.

view the

in

regions which

All observations

have thought

it

right

that

everything should be worked up with the greatest possible care, and nothing

be

left

out which might prove of the slightest interest.

will probably, for

a

series of

as trustworthy

as

possible

servations and material in

how

himself to

draw

mical,

his

full,

by

trying to

in

most

so that the reader

make

may

in several cases,

may

meteorological, magnetic, oceanographic it

will, I

the informa-

be able to judge for

own

This

all

cases, the original ob-

drawn are

reliable, or e.

may

be able

g. the astrono-

and auroral observations, add hope, also materially increase

scientific value.

In order to place the various the

am

giving,

considerably to the size of the work; but its

I

far the results or conclusions

conclusions.

this

years hence, form a standard work as regards

our knowledge of the North Polar Basin, tion

Being aware that

earliest

possible

date,

they

Memoirs before

are

the

scientific

printed as they are

world

finished,

at

without

VI the

to

regard there

sequence, and they will be published as soon as

systematic

sufficient material

is

and

separately,

will

the whole series,

Each Memoir

form a volume.

to

will

be given a number, running continuously from

by which

1

through

easily be referred to.

may

it

be paged

might be thought suitable that these volumes should have been

It

duced by a general narrative of the expedition, but as

this

intro-

has already been

given fully in the popular account, 'Fram over Polhavet', which has appeared in several

languages ('Farthest North',

Ghiacci e Tenebre',

count here. tions

will

I feel

to

It

Nacht und

was considered unnecessary

confident that a

more valuable

has been kind enough

to

the sledge journey

and as

GEELMUYDEN,

this

COLIN

which

will

I

hope

is

first

volume.

the astronomical observa-

all

now being worked up by

will follow not

Prof.

very long after the

first.

probably contain the following Memoirs:

The Astronomical Observations and

their

Results,

by Prof. H. GEEL-

(with charts).

7)

Terrestrial

8)

On

the

the route of the

of

not yet quite ready for publication, the charts will appear

is

the second volume, which

MUYDEN

ac-

of its success.

should have accompanied this

large material,

The second volume 6)

any such

aid to future Polar expedi-

would have been desirable that a detailed chart

As, however, such a chart must be based upon

in

to give

'Fra

le Pole',

open the work by a description of the

which the expedition owes so much

Front and

tions,

'Vers

Eis',

be afforded in the circumstance that the shipbuilder, Mr.

ARCHER, Fram,

etc.), it

'In

Magnetism, by Mr. AXEL STEEN, (with diagrams,

Pendulum Observations and

their

Results,

by

etc.).

Prof.

0.

E.

SCHIOTZ.

In the third 9)

volume

The Oceanography

will

probably appear:

of the

North Polar Basin, (with charts and diagrams

of the distribution of temperature, specific gravity, etc.),

10)

On Hydrometers and of the Surface

their Errors, especially

Tension of Liquids (with

by myself.

those caused by Variations

illustrations),

by myself.

VII 11)

The Depths, and Submarine Features Chemical Analyses of

with

of the

North Polar Basin, by myself,

its

Deep-Sea Deposits, by 0. N. HEIDEN-

will also contain

a description of the Microscopical Com-

REICH.

This Memoir

position of the Deep-Sea Deposits by 0. B. BOGGILD. 12)

Diatomacese and Algae living on the Drifting Ice and in the Sea of the

North Polar Basin, (with 4

Amongst I

may

other Memoirs

plates),

now

by Dr. H. H. GRAN.

being prepared for the subsequent volumes,

mention the following:

specially

(with

Meteorology,

diagrams and

charts),

Prof.

by

H.

MOHN,

in

one

volume. Physiological Investigations

made on board

the

Fram, by Dr. H. G.

BLESSING.

On

Arctic

Scurvy,

especially

with

regard

to

its

Etiology,

by

Prof.

SOPHUS TORUP. Geological and Geographical Observations on the North Coast of Siberia

and Franz Josef Land, by myself, with contributions from and

Prof.

GEELMUYDEN, (with maps and

BROGGER

illustrations).

Observations on the Aurora Borealis, by myself,

and

Prof.

(with plates,

diagrams

illustrations).

Mammalian

Life in the

by myself, (with plates and

North Polar Region traversed by the Expedition illustrations).

Marine Animals collected during the Expedition, by Prof. G. 0. SARS, (with plates).

Formation and Movements of the North Polar of the ice,

Ice,

by myself, (with maps

etc.).

On 'Dead

Water,' by Prof. V. BJERKNES and Mr. C.

illustrations)

Observations on Atmospheric Electricity,

etc. etc.

WALFRID EKMAN,

(with

VIII

The whole work it

is

hoped

in the If

will

is

estimated to form five or six quarto volumes, which

be finished in the course of about two years.

It will

be issued

English language only.

nothing prevents me,

work, a complete

summary

GODTHAB, LYSAKER.

it

is

my

intention

to

give at the end of the

of the Scientific Results of the Expedition.

December, 1899.

FRIDTJOF NANSEN.

THE

F R

A M

BY

COLIN ARCHER.

he success of an expedition, such as that planned and carried out by Dr. Nansen during the years 189396, must in a great measure depend

upon every possible contingency being foreseen and provided detail

of the

To no

chosen with a special view

outfit

part of the

the ship that It

voyage.

equipment could

was

to carry

was

clearly

the best that could

this

Nansen and of

the

possibly be

greatest

ratively

upon

their

apply with greater force than

companions on importance

entered upon

adventurous

their

she

that

to

The

should fate

be

of the

would evidently

it,

always having, whatever might happen, a compa-

safe place of refuge to

would necessarily

who

and every

the purpose to be served.

devised for the purpose.

undertaking, and the safety of those largely depend

his

to

for,

fall

entail hardship

back upon; while the

and suffering

miscarriage of the whole enterprise.

It

to the crew,

the ship

loss of

and possibly the

was, therefore, in the highest degree

important in the design and construction of the vessel to form as precise an estimate as possible of the nature of the strains and destructive forces to

which she might become exposed, and of the various which she might be thrown on her way, and

critical situations into

take such measures as

to

experience might suggest for securing her safety.

The

leading

expedition,

New

was

which formed so

idea,

that

Sibirian Islands,

the vessel,

after

to

current,

key-stone

having reached the

and having been frozen

be carried by an ocean

the

speak

fast

the

of

the

the ice there, would

in

slowly but surely,

vicinity

of

coast

the

towards

Greenland, passing at a greater or less distance from the North Pole. the it

the

ice

surrounding the vessel would

would necessarily be dimensions

were

split

up at

unknown,

but

drift

with the current,

certain

which,

seasons judging

into

from

it

of

As

follows that

floes,

of

which

experience 1*

in

COLIN ARCHER. other parts

the

of

attempt to force a

would be constantly grinding against each

polar seas,

and crushing intervening

other,

way through such

and be squeezed.

still

arose

Is

:

it

was no

ice

was mainly a passive

Assuming

this reasoning to

solving

it

had

the problem which

satisfactorily did not at first sight

be correct the question

the best opportunities of forming

the ordeal,

Norway and

Nor were

structure.

Many a

couraging.

must be answered too severe for

the

fine ship

Fram was

still

the prevailing opinion

that

we might

see

had been

tried

among

Nansen and

who had

those

his

men

again;

say

that,

as far as

rule

arctic

explorers had,

heretofore,

it

was undoubtedly

to

these opinions

a favorable ship

if

any one

for the

made use

of

ships,

of these ships could be said to

To

different purpose,

easy when wards.

It

effect this in

may

the result aimed at

was

all

is

To make

ice

to

others had to yield precedence.

it

is

doubt-

difficulty.

make

built It

every part equally

perhaps for a

totally

becomes comparatively

kept steadily in view from the keel up-

a practical

her proof against

As a

strongly built no

to put the question of the possibility of surviving

encounter with the built.

a vessel originally

be a task of some

test.

built

have been thoroughly suited

work, or to have been so strengthened as to

invulnerable.

and

It is

had as yet been

a practical

to

problem

solution.

doubt, and frequently specially strengthened for the occasion; but ful

built,

be looked upon as affording conclu-

was known, no

with the avowed object of putting the

When,

is irresistible.

ship

sive evidence that the problem does not admit of sufficient

the strongest

seen her while being -- never. but the

was attached

facts as far as they went, they could not

to

in the nega-

and found wanting, thus adding

out and ready for sea,

fitted

the greatest weight

But, although

ex-

the accounts of previous voyages in high latitudes en-

strength to the general belief that the pressure of the ice therefore,

abroad,

an opinion from personal

was maintained, would be

it

serious

Almost without

seem promising.

perience, expressed the belief that the question tive;

enormous

be solved, and the prospect of

to

exception the best authorities on the subject both in

men who had

She would have

one.

her, without sustaining

pressure likely to be brought to bear upon

The

part of the scheme.

possible to build a ship sufficiently strong to resist the

damage? This was

To

objects with apparently irresistible force.

part the ship would have to play to lie

[NOEW. POL. EXP.

its

test,

that the

assaults

was

a protracted

Fram was planned and

the consideration to

which

NO.

THE FRAM.

i.]

But apart from considerations

of

questions of design or model which,

of structure, there

was

would play an important

it

part in the attainment of the desired end.

encounter

evade the

to

full

believed, It

is

sometimes expedient

force of a blow rather than oppose

be met with impunity;

could

and there was reason

judicious choice of model, something could be done

and thus deprive

n nip",

it

of half its

small vessels, of which a considerable

and Novaya Zemlya waters from the are raised bodily out of the

ice,

were

mere strength

terrors.

to

to

it,

an

in

even

if

it

by a

believe that

break the force of a

frequently happens that

It

number every year visit Spitsbergen North of Norway, when caught in the

water without sustaining serious injury.

These vessels are by no means remarkably strong;

but, like

most small

sail-

ing craft, they generally have a considerable rise of floor, and sloping sides.

When,

therefore, they are nipped the ice, instead of being

an ordinary

cal

wall like

sed

down under

meets a sloping surface, and

side,

verti-

is

pres-

the bilge, causing the vessel to rise until the ice from oppo-

meets under her

site sides

immunity from

their

ship's

opposed by a

keel,

and forms a bed

for her to rest on.

Hence

destruction.

In order to utilize this principle the usual deep-bilged form of section,

it

was decided

and

to

to

depart entirely from

adopt a shape which would

af-

ford the ice no point of attack normal to the ship's side, but would, as the

horizontal pressure increased, force the attacking floes to dive under the ships

bottom, to

this desirable

end was sought

be realized in the Fram, will best be understood by a reference to the plans

(PI. I

and

that plane

showing her

II),

sure

and two

of her cross sections.

full

lines.

This,

much

The Fram

bottom is

aft schooner.

200 indicated

a speed

The

of

first

h. p.

in

any

It will

be seen

as possible by giving

while increasing the power to resist pres-

from outside, also had the advantage of making

glide along the

and

lines

or concave surfaces were avoided as

her round and

at

How

her as described above.

lifting

it

easy for the ice to

direction.

an auxiliary screw steamer rigged as a threemasted

Her

fore

are of engines, built at w Akers mekaniske Vaerksted",

and were expected

to drive her,

when moderately

loaded,

6 knots, with a coal consumption of 2.8 tons a day. thing to be considered in

or carrying capacity to be

chosen.

for

material,

any given strength

of

making out

As a

the design

general rule

it

may

was

the size

be said

that,

the strength of the ship will vary in-

COLIN ARCHER.

g versely as

For

the size.

carry the necessary

large to enable her to

5 years, and

other stores for a period of

of

only sufficiently

of coals, provisions,

supply

and

accomodation for her crew.

to afford

for her cross section, coupled with the desire to peculiar shape adopted

The cut

Fram was made

reason the

this

[NOEW. POL. EXP.

down

the length

beam than would be for her

in

a

crew while drifting

would have been preferable; but as the vessel would have

or steam a long distance before she

emerging from the

after

home

desirable

even a greater approximation to the circular or bowl form, than

that adopted, sail

great length being an element

as possible

Considered merely as a safe

seagoing ship. ice,

much

necessitated a greater

weakness

with the

as

it

ice,

was

be

could

frozen

in,

and

to

again

not thought judicious to depart too far

from the proportions between the extreme dimensions usually found

sea-

in

going ships.

The

principal dimensions are:

103.3 feet

of keel

Length

=

31.50 metres,

do.

waterline

119

36.25

do.

extreme

128

39.00

34

10.40

36

11.00

Breadth at waterline extreme

do.

Depth, moulded

Displacement at 15.6

ft.

5.25

17.2 (4.75 m.)

800

draft,

tons.

are taken to outside of planking but do not include

customhouse measurement she was found 307 tons It

tons.

to

The measurements

the ice sheathing.

be 402 tons reg.

gross,

By and

nett.

was estimated At the

draft

amidships of 3

that

the ship with engines

of water given

feet, there

above, 15.6

ft.

would weigh about 420 which leaves a freeboard

would thus be a margin for cargo

etc. of

380

tons.

was exceeded by more than 100 tons, leaving only about 18 inches freeboard when the vessel started on her voyage. This extra im-

Actually this weight

mersion could not but act prejudicially when to retard the lifting process

would largely depend.

on which,

Not only was

manifest danger of the walls of side,

ice,

it

effect,

was

the

ice,

as

that

it

would tend

believed, the safety of the ship

there a greater weight to

tumbling over the bulwarks and

water could take

among

lift,

but the

would accumulate against the

filling

ship's

her decks before the ice under

would be greatly increased.

She would, however, be

NO.

THE FRAM.

1.]

somewhat lightened by the time she was frozen

As

fast.

the event showed,

she actually rose readily when pressed, and the danger of being overwhelmed

by superincumbent masses

of

ice

does not appear

have been so great as

to

might have been anticipated.

The model it

next became

construction,

so

totally

seek

Fram having

of the

as

and,

different

The

use

the

that

to

a guide in any

building.

decide

to

necessary

to

of

was thrown on

builder

own judgement and

guided by his

own

was

put

and regulations

for

strength of

to

ship-

and had

resources,

The

experience.

be

to

would be vain

it

ship,

rules

his

was

vessel

this

established

most sintable system of

the

upon

which

deliberation been fixed upon,

any ordinary

the

of

much

after

be

to

a structure

depends, of course, not only upon the strength of the material used, hut also quite as

much upon

In this case

compact whole.

much

not to reduce too

necessary to

and above

the combination

was important

it

scantlings

make a

keel

The room and space

of years

is

American elm

is

2 feet (60 cm.).

and was,

shape so that there

is

it

became, therefore,

judicious arrangement of the materials, paying due

and the sufficiency two lengths 14

in

The frames

cured from the Naval dockyards at Horten, where

number

and

accordingly, select the timber with care,

attention to the connection of the parts,

The Fram's

so as to form a

economise weight, so as

to

the cargo carrying capacity,

modify the

all to

the various parts,

of

it

in

of the fastenings. (35.5 cm.) square.

are nearly

any cross

grain.

oak pro-

had been stored

therefore, thoroughly seasoned.

scarcely

all

It is all

The frames

for

grown

a to

are as usual

double throughout, each course sided 10 to 11 inches, the two courses forming

a frame being fayed and rivetted together, so as

The

pact structure.

The

vent stretching.

(20.2 cm.).

the boiler

4 in

the lower deck

The

(1015.2

keelson

is

(38 cm.) square,

is

and com-

by iron straps

Norwegian

from the stem

The beams

two

to pre-

and

are American or

4,

one

room.

one keelson.

German

Norwegian yellow

upper decks being

shel-

tiers,

to the engine

sufficient height for

pitch pine or

pine, the

cm.), the stringers

also pitch pine in

The main deck beams

and poop beams are

the deck planking

decks 3 in thick.

in

to 6 in

and engines there was only

There are two decks.

firm

inner lining consists of pitch pine in good lengths, and

over the other, each 15

Under

make a

butts of the frames are connected

varying in thickness from ves being 8

to

pine.

oak, All

the between-

are fastened to the ships side by Norwegian white

COLIN ARCHER.

g

[NORW. POL. EXP.

and stem) of which about 450 have been used in the ship. pine knees (root Wooden knees were as a rule preferred to iron as being more elastic.

A

considerable less suitable.

number

of iron

knees were, however, also used, where wood was

In the boiler- and engine-room the lower deck

beams had

to

The upper

be raised about 3 feet to give sufficient height for the engines.

deck was similarly raised from the stern to the mainmast forming the poop,

On

under which the cabins are situated over the engine room.

the poop,

immediately in front of the funnel, a deckhouse was built in which was

a chartroom, and from which the companion steps lead down one on each

the cabin,

to

side. ice sheathing, the outside

Independent of the

The two

oak.

fitted

first

planking

is

double and 7"1

strakes are, however, single,

(garboard)

(17.7

all

cm.)

and bolted transversely through the keel as well as to the frames. The or inner layer of planking is 3 in (7.5 cm.) thick, and fastened with spikes

thick, first

in (10.1 cm.) plank, fastened with oak only; outside this comes a course of 4

treenails

and through

The

again single, 6" in thickness.

whole side from keel

all

but 3

sheathing

The

4 m which project below

top strakes are

greenheart, and covers the It is

3 in thick at the

and above the waterline.

Each course

on.

is

of the shear strake.

at

with spikes and bay bolts only.

was put

ice

1

18"

to within

keel gradually increasing to 6"1

paid before the next

The two

the usual manner.

in

bolts

1

it,

keel

and

is

of

and sawdust, boiled

filled

thus inclosed by the planking,

this part of the keel is

hot,

forming one compact mass varying in thickness from 28 In consequence of

room

left

all

open spaces

for bilge water

a few inches above the

any water that might the side

and more

under the

ceiling

in the

32 inches

framing being

A

ceiling.

on each side

collect in the ship.

from the

The

off

interstices

In

the ship's side thus

filled,

shelf of the

(71

81 cm).

there

was no

loose floor was, therefore, laid

of the keelson, to give

order

still

room

for

further to strengthen

especially to prevent stretching, iron riders

the ceiling extending

rounded

with a composition, consisting of coaltar, pitch,

a consistency and poured in

to

fastened

is

planking was caulked and

so as not to obstruct the ice in passing under the ships bottom.

between the frames were

It

were

fitted

on

upper deck downwards, well over

the floor timbers.

The stem making over 4

consists

of three

feet (1.22

massive oak timbers, one inside the other,

m.) of solid wood in a fore and aft direction, by

THE FRAM.

NO. ij

The

15"1 (38 cm.) broad.

three outside courses

had each a separate rabbet cut

ceiling,

two pieces placed side by

is in

14 in (35 cm.) fore and

9

vertical plane,

them forms a is

making as

made

is

and devides

to

unship

this

By

jamming

if

cylindrical, revolves

is

being securely bolted together

The stem and bound

into

means

The rudder about

its

is

parts,

one

for the

well as

hung so

is

that the

own

axis,

ice.

Abaft the rudder

order to

in

with solid wood, the whole

filled

at this part of the hull

and are secured

sternpost are of

two

rudderpost

the rudder as

The frames

laterally.

butt up against the counter timbers,

of the ship

it

the well should be choked with

well the space between the counter timbers

knees.

each

can be raised clear of the water, and

-

-

again shipped into their places at pleasure. rudder shaft, which

On

The

running up right through the upper deck.

well,

the over-

I),

were a double sternpost, and the space between

it

screw and the other for the rudder.

prevent

(PI.

strong counter timber parallel to the middle

placed in the middle of this well,

screw -- which

66cm.) laterally by

(

no transom.

is

the

propeller sternpost

be seen by the lines

will

hanging counter runs to a sharp edge, and there side of the sternpost is fitted a

The

in the stem.

and measuring 26 in

side,

As

aft.

planking, as well as

of

them by means of course strengthened, and the two sides to

with massive aprons and breasthooks of

together,

wood

or iron.

Although not

Fram would

built

for

specially

the usual

was

Her bow and

manner with an

iron casing.

On

it

distance

under the

stern were, therefore, shod

the forward face of the stem

the

planking on

together thus forming of feet of the keel.

fa

either

The sharp edge

shod with transverse bars of

posed position

may

X

/^

s

side.

(7.6

X

1-9 cm.),

These

bars

a continuous armour plating down

were sheathed with stout iron be said

thened with three heavy

U

to

downwards,

Outside this were bent, at right angles to

keel.

the stem, bars of iron about 3

6 feet along

that the

would be neces-

bolted a segment-shaped bar of iron, from the bobstay plate

some

larly

was probable

occasionally be placed in situations, in which

sary to attempt to force a passage. in

it

,,ramming",

extending about

were placed close to

within a couple

of the counter abaft the wells

iron, while

plating.

was

the lower edges of the

The rudder

post,

which from

simi-

wells its

ex-

be the Achilles' heel of the ship, was streng-

shaped iron frames of which one was

fitted inside

COLIN ARCHER.

10

one on each side of the two posts and the

the screw aperture, the others,

and bolted together

keel,

[NORW. POL. EXP.

laterally.

In whaling and sealing ships, intended to work

amass

practice to

among

make them

quantities of timber in the bows, so as to

have more powerful engines than the Fram, and they have

generally

quently to force their

have then

to

dis-

These ships

proportionately strong as compared with other portions of the hull.

the

way through

bear the brunt of the

to

n nipping" was

where

the usual

is

it

ice,

ice,

going at

it

full

the chief danger to be apprehended,

say where the blow might

hit the hardest,

but

it

The bows

speed.

In our case on

battle.

it

fre-

the

contrary

was impossible

was probable

that the

broadside, as presenting the largest target, would be exposed to the most violent

But the broadside

attacks.

which approaches nearest

evidently, both structurally

is

to

a plane, the weakest part

and from

of

its

the hull.

shape

It

was,

necessary to adopt extraordinary measures for strengthening this

therefore,

The plan adopted will be best understood by referring sections shown on pi. II. Under every beam in both decks

part of the vessel. to

the plans of

were

fitted

ta diagonal stays of yellow pine 6

X

10*" (15.2

X

25.4 cm.), placed

nearly at right angles to the ship's side, and securely fastened to the side and to

the

beam with wooden

over the ship.

There

Of these diagonals there are 68 distributed

knees.

are, besides,

under each beam three rows of upright

stanchions in the between decks, and one row in the lower hold from the keelson.

These are

each other. of braces

tied

The whole

and

struts, so

by iron straps

to the

keelson, to the beams,

interior of the ship is thus filled

or to

up with a network

arranged as to transmit the pressure from outside, and

give rigidity to the whole structure.

arrangement of the stays had

As

will

be seen from the drawings, the

be somewhat modified in the engine room, so

to

as to allow the boiler and engines to be placed in the middle line of the ship. All bolts, spikes, for hull, spars

and

and other

fastenings, as well as all

rigging, with the exception of the

as riders, breasthooks, rudder pintals and gudgeons

For

lifting

the anchors

-

-

wrought iron work

heaviest forgings, such

etc.,

are galvanised.

which are Trotman's patent

-

-

there

is

a

Clarke and Chapman's windlass worked by hand or by a steam winch, placed

on the main deck tight

just abaft

the foremast.

The hold

is

divided into water-

compartments by two bulkheads, one immediately abaft the foremast,

the other in

front

of

the

engine room.

Besides two ordinary hand

pumps

NO.

THE FRAM.

i.]

there

is

a powerful centrifugal pump worked by steam, and communicating

with each compartment.

The

which had

cabin,

situated under the

about 13

X

ft.

which 4 are

1^

to

accomodation

give

poop deck over the engine room. ft.

On

is

whole crew,

is

The

centre saloon

is

both sides and abaft the saloon are 6 berths of

make

Special precautions were taken to

single berths.

as impervious as possible to the arctic it

the

to

the cabins

Previous experience shows that

frost.

highly objectionable, however thick the wall, to leave the ends of through

bolts,

and other fastenings passing through the ships

The

habited part of the ship.

metal,

heat from the adjacent air which pants,

and, on

shape of hoar

being a good conductor, draws the

moisture about

its

the metal

the

To

covered with

first

panelings were next put up

to

parallel

the

obviate

this,

and other metal showing

to the thickness of the wall, all bolts

on the ships lining were

in

always accumulating, and after a time becoming

very troublesome and destructive to health and comfort.

and also add

in-

moist from the exhalations of the occu-

is

being cooled, deposits frost or ice,

exposed in an

side,

patches side one

of

Three

felt.

light

the other, with

inside

intervals

between them and the wall, and between each other, and these

intervals

were

and thick ceiling,

felt,

filled

with alternate layers of cork shavings, reindeer wool,

one interval being

empty as an

left

air jacket.

The

the

The doors

but with fewer successive layers, and partly without the air space. leading to the companions were filled

floor,

and the thwatships bulkheads enclosing the cabin were similarly treated

made

of double thickness with

with reindeer wool, and the door

prevent the influx of cold of ventilation.

Light

is

air.

sills

were raised 15"

In the saloon a stove

1

was

a space between from the

fitted

floor to

with means

obtained through a skylight with treble plate glass,

placed over the middle of the saloon.

Contrary to the advice of experienced whalers, the square rig for

and

-aft three

topsail

and

Sverdrup

was were

ice,

the

strongly advocated

Fram was

rigged as a fore

masted schooner, only carrying on the foremast a

foresail

this

placed,

maneuvering among

who

style

which could be lowered, and of rig proved,

most suitable

the

in

flying square

the opinion

of

under the circumstances in which

for the purpose.

Two

she

hands on the watch

work the ship under sail, a matter of importance with a Her masts, three fine Oregon spars, have a diametre at the

sufficient to

a small crew.

Capt.

f

COLIN ARCHER.

12

in (51 cm.), partners of respectively 20

the fore- mainsize

and mizzenmast, the

[NOEW. POL. EXP.

22 in (56 cm.) and 18 in (46 cm.) for

latter

being stepped in a

beam

of extra

The mainmast has a housing topmast on which the 100 feet (31 m.) above the sea level. The fore- and mizzen

over the engines.

n crows

nest"

is fixed,

masts are on the contrary pole masts, the upper part above the peak halyards being scarphed on to the lower mast, and secured with iron rings.

The area

is

sail

plan

(PI.

shows the arrangement

Ill)

about 720 square yards (602 m.

the running rigging fine spun

2

All the standing rigging

).

hemp

The

rope.

with sheet buffers, the blocks were

fitted

important ones officer

fitted

built across

is

smoothness of the

through the waterways and fastened the whole, but novelties

was

it

and easy

The

commanding

6 in above the

X

ft

9

ft

X

break the

There

is,

upon

which no

aimed at throughout

object

work.

to

Two

furnished with 8 boats.

siderable size, measuring 28

&

of

them were

They were

ft.

of

a con-

carvel built of

oak, strong but comparatively light, and were provided with a deck, mast

Each

sails.

of

them

is

large

enough

to

and

are held by eyebolts passing

frames inboard.

to the

were introduced.

simple, strong,

The Fram was

ft

of interest to note with regard to the rig, into

of consequence

make

to

little

bridge for the

visible outside the vessel to

The lower deadeyes

side.

wire,

made, and the more

specially

ship round the mizzen mast, 6

the

is steel

total

three boom-sail sheets were

The

with patent bushes.

There are no chain plates

poop deck.

all

Their

of the sails.

and

carry the whole ship's crew with

They were intended as a refuge from wind explorers home in case the ship was lost or had

provisions for several months.

and to

and

cold,

to carry the

be abandoned.

4 sealing boats elm; an

oil

B pram".

Their services were never required.

of the ordinary type

launch 20

With

X

ft

boats were brought

davits,

ft

ft

X

6

also built of

ft,

lightly built of

American

elm, and a small Norwegian

was purposely broken up pram which had sustained some damage, all the The large boats were carried the best condition.

the exception of the launch which

during the voyage, and the

on a pair

5

20

There were besides

home

in

of gallows over

the

main

hatch, the

sealing boats and launch in

and the pram on deck.

Having now given a construction,

brief description

and pointed out some

the general run of ships,

it

will

of the

of the details

Fram, her design and her in

which she

be of interest to inquire in

how

differs

from

far she can

NO.

THE FRAM.

1.]

be said

to

have

placed

in

her by her adventurous crew.

home

justified the expectations of

and

safely

13

in

good health

after

her designers, and the confidence

She had,

a 3 year's

of the

had

still

cruise.

But

them

carried

on exami-

if,

straining,

showing

escaped altogether uninjured from the clutches

not, nevertheless,

there would

ice,

true,

weakness or

nation, there should be found evident signs of

that she

is

it

be good reason

doubt what the result might

to

have been, had the voyage been protracted over a much longer period. a good opportunity has been afforded

this point

a year's

rest

it

deck in order

was decided

to

make her

fit

to

forming an opinion.

of

add a superstructure

After

shape of a spar

in the

for her second expedition,

On

and while uuder-

going this alteration, she was carefully surveyed both outside and in the hold; but of

with the single exception mentioned below

be discovered

could

straining

in

any part

not the smallest sign

Her

the vessel.

of

butts

and

scarphs were as close and firm as the day she was launched, and the pitch or putty in the seams showed no indication of of the parts having taken

the bolts in the

U

The

place.

a movement or disturbance

exception alluded to refers to one of

shaped mounting described above which had

started,

ing that her ,,Achilles' heel" had been exposed to a severe blow. the only fastening that

asserted

that

had

Fram has

the

to

be renewed.

It

may,

little

This was

therefore, confidently be

withstood the ordeal she has passed through,

even better than the most sanguine could have ventured

seems

show-

to

hope, and there

reason to doubt that she would have come triumphantly out of

even more severe

than those to which she had been exposed.

trials

Nansen has expressed

the opinion that the vessel has - -

most severely pinched of resistance, and,

been

assuming

even when

never

approximately to the limit of her power

tried

this

Professor

view

to

be correct,

it

would seem that her

scantlings might have been considerably reduced without incurring the of

a

collapse, while

design and system

it

may

same time be taken as a proof that adopted is a good and efficient one.

at the

of construction

The Fram had a

slight leak

when she

left

the stocks arising,

from some augerhole which had been overlooked,

some part

of the caulking

that she

was

or,

having been carelessly done.

took place in the leakage before she three years, she

risk

finally released

made more water than

was

frozen fast.

possibly,

more probably, from

No

perceptible change

When,

at the

from her icy imprisonment,

before,

the

and she continued

to

it

end

of

was found

do so

till

she

COLIN ARCHER.

14

was ice

This

discharged.

had drawn some

may

of the

[NOEW. POL. EXP.

for on tho supposition that the partly be accounted

out of her seams, a thing not to be wondered

oakum

had gone through, which had left numerous erosions on the ice sheathing. But this is not in

at considering the scouring she traces in the

shape of

itself sufficient

states that

to

when sudden and was heard

ling noise

violent changes of temperature set in,

over the ship,

all

Capt. Scott-Hansen

the increase of leakage.

fully explain

arising in all probability from the

expansion and contractions of timbers and planking; and

when being converted

with the expansion of the water cracks,

some

would necessarily have the

a crack-

effect

this, in

conjunction

into ice in

oakum and

the

of compressing

seams and to

wooden planking, widening the seams and giving access to As the increase water when milder weather set in, and the ice melted.

the

extent the

be traced to structural weakness or to any part of the

of leakage could not

planking having given

most

way

to

outside pressure, this explanation

and shows the importance

plausible,

unyielding kind of timber in the planking,

and

carefully done.

The

vessel

before she started on her

At no time can

it

of using the hardest

and

eems the

and and most

of

having the caulking well

was hove down and

the ice sheathing recaulked

pressent voyage, reducing the leakage to a

be said to have been considerable.

trifle.

Half an hours spell

handpump every watch was sufficient to keep the ship dry on her voyage home from the far north. Perhaps no better proof can be adduced at the

of the

unimpaired condition of the structure than the

rup has started on his second voyage the

first

-

-

fact,

that Capt. Sverd-

perhaps no less hazardous than

without having found reason to suggest any repairs whatever

(beyond the caulking mentioned above) to any part of the original Professor Nansen's expedition in the lessons scientific practical proof

human to

it

and

practical.

And

Fram has

tought us

hull.

useful

many

not the least important of these

affords of the possibility

of building

ships capable,

is

probability, of resisting with impunity the assaults of

such

ice,

be met with in the arctic seas. LARVIK, November, 1898.

COLIN ARCHER.

the

in all

as

is

NO.

THE FRAM.

15

1.]

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PL Fig.

1.

The

lines of

frames (2

the

n

Fram"

in

I.

vertical

projection.

The

lines

of the

60) projected on a vertical longitudinal section as well

as on a transverse section. Fig.

2.

The

lines of

The numbers

W.

L.

1

5.

the

n

Fram"

indicate the

The water

in

horizontal

same

in both figures.

lines in vertical

horizontal projection

260. The

projection.

(fig.

projection

(fig.

1)

and

2).

frames.

PI. II.

Fig.

1.

Vertical longitudinal section of the n Fram".

Fig.

2.

Plan showing the deck and the arangement of the Cabins

Fig.

3.

Transverse section amidships, at a

Fig.

4.

Transverse section at the engine room, at c d,

The

letters

Saloon.

B.

Berths.

G.

Galley.

St.

Study (on the poop deck).

C.

Chartroom (on the poop deck).

1.

Raised forecastle.

2.

Windlass.

3.

Frame

4.

Aprons.

timbers.

fig.

1.

and numbers indicate the same

S.

CB. Coal Bunkers.

b,

fig.

1.

in all figures.

etc.

in

COLIN ARCHER. THE FRAM.

16

5.

Supports under deck beams.

6.

Diagonal stays.

7.

Wooden knees

8.

Iron straps.

9.

Steps leading to poop.

securing the stanchions and diagonals.

10.

do.

from deck house

11.

do.

to cabin.

to 'tween decks.

when under

12.

Funnel, jointed so as to lower

13.

Deck house with chart room and study.

14.

Skylight.

15.

Ladder leading

16.

Boiler.

17.

Engines.

18.

Well

19.

do.

20.

to engine

room.

for raising screw propeller.

rudder.

Counter timbers.

PI. III.

Design of the

[NORW. POL EXp

rig of the w Fram".

canvas.

N0

1

]

THE NORWEGIAN POLAR EXPEDITION 1893-1896

Urn pritxite ftym tinting*

It/A

4n*talt Krittinniu

N?1.

PI. I

892

/t?f

PI. IE

THI

i

t-

it.

i

t-

4V

fc

THE NORWEGIAN POLAR EXPEDITION

Urn

,:,-,:'!,

I/,,,,,,,,,/!,,,,.,

lilli

./-//'

Kriilinniu

1893-1896 N?1

PI.

15 ?

v ?'

t

?

'.

HI

II.

THE JURASSIC FAUNA OF CAPE FLORA, FRANZ JOSEF LAND BY

J.

F.

POMPECKJ.

WITH A GEOLOGICAL SKETCH OF CAPE FLORA AND ITS

NEIGHBOURHOOD BY

FRIDTJOF NANSEN.

GEOLOGICAL SKETCH OF CAPE FLORA AND NEIGHBOURHOOD.

A

ITS

BY

FRIOTJOF NANSEN.

The geology

Cape Flora and

of

its

neighbourhood has been subjected to

researches by Dr. REGINALD KOZTTLITZ, the geologist of the Jackson-

special

Harmsworth Expedition, who stayed

there for three years (1894

results of his important investigations

KffiTTLiTZ himself

1 ,

and

his collections

NEWTON and

Messrs. E. T.

J.

J.

have been most ably described by Dr. have been examined and described by

H. TEALL S

.

Much

valuable information

There

about the geology of this little-known country has thus been obtained. are,

however,

In the

mean

be, to our

many open or doubtful questions left, which researches made on the spot, if they are to be

still

wait for future

I

time,

During

knowledge

my

trust that

have

to

fully settled.

may

it

be welcome.

stay at Mr. Jackson's house, Elmwood, on Cape Flora, from June ,

I

used what

little

time there

important work, to study, in company with Dr. interesting neighbourhood.

valuable assistance,

1

will

every contribution, imperfect though

in this respect, will

17 th to August 7 th 1896,

tion of fossils

The

1897).

I

thus

was

left

Koettlitz, the

me from

geology of this

Through Jackson's kindness and with

was

enabled, amongst other things, to

and rocks from the Jurassic deposits

other

Koettlitz 's

make a

collec-

of this locality.

Dr. Reginald Keettlitz. B 0bservations on the Geology of Franz Josef Land." Quarof the Geological Society, vol. LIV (1898), pp. 620646. See also his

terly Journal

Sketch of the Geology". Geographical Journal, vol. IX (1898\ pp. 132-135. Fossils from J. J. H. Teall. n Notes on a Collection of Rocks and Franz Josef Land, made by the Jackson-Harmsworth Expedition during 1894 18%." r Brief

3

E

T.

Newton and

Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. LIII (1897), pp. pp. 646 -651.

477519; and

also ibid. vol.

LIV

(1898),

POMPECKJ. JDRASSIC FAUNA OF CAPE FLORA.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

UP .-I v

^

-2

^~

8

-= ^^

J

c

!f*s O iS

: a sr .

II

g-s -s-

M

"ill *-M

L^ ^^ ^^

*

tf

^lii I1--I Mill ^ '"

ss

-o

a

t>,

Mill

I

&2

3 .2

.

8,1

o

i

N0

.

GEOLOGICAL SKETCH BY NANSEN.

2.]

Dr.

F.

J.

POMPECKJ

not

does

however,

which,

undertook

examination

the

much

contain

has

that

But as Pompeckj does not agree with Mr.

Koettlitz.

5 of

this

been

not

collection,

found

by

Newton, who has

E. T.

described Kcettlitz's collection of fossils, on several rather important points as

regards the determination of the strata, etc., I

hope his paper

fossils,

throw some additional

will

and may be read with much

and the exact horizon

me

to

his paper with

accompany

my

where the first

pleasant duty,

RICK JACKSON

researches while

was

I

fossils

were found.

of all to express

In doing

of

descrip-

this, I feel

it

to

sincere thanks to Mr. FREDE-

my

way

in

which he helped

his guest

at

Elmwood.

the kind

for

subject,

a sketch

Cape Flora, and the

the general features in the geological structure of

be

on the

light

interest.

Dr. Pompeckj has asked

tion of the localities

of the various

me

in

my

also use this

I

geological

welcome op-

portunity of thanking Dr. REGINALD K ]

The fauna

NW.

found

of the strata

125

Elmwood near

of

the shore

is distin-

guished by the particularly abundant remains of Pseudomonotis Jacksoni

The

sp.

frequent occurrence

sition that

we have

a Pseudomonotis might lead to the suppo-

of

before us deposits of Triassic age, as Pseudomonotis sperole in the Trias strata of the Pacific

a very important

cies play

But apart from the

regions (Siberia, Spitzbergen).

we cannot have

with Belemnites also proves, that

The Elmwood

23

at a height of from

hut,

which

deposits,

33

to

lie

do here with deposits of

they even preponderate:

in certain horizons

NW.

of the

must belong

to the

a short distance sea,

uncommon

In the Jura also, the Pseudomonotis are of no

Jura.

shows

occurrence together

its

to

above the

feet

and Arctic

fact that our species

no correspondence with such Triassic Pseudomonotis,

Triassic age.

n.

occurrence;

may mention Pseudomonotis

I

substriata in the Upper Lias, Pseudomonotis elegans in the Bajocian, Pseu-

domonotis echinata

Bathonian.

in the

Pseudomonotis Jacksoni

is

worthless, as a

new

species, for the accurate

determination of the horizon.

The Brachiopoda found together with Pseudomonotis Jacksoni are of Although, on the basis of these forms,

greater importance. to

is

it

not possible

determine with absolute certainty a single faunistic zone, yet they point

Brown

to the

Jura, but not the Callovian.

Lingula Beani shire

Phill. is

occurs in the Blea

it

not confined to a single faunistic zone.

Wyke

and perhaps also

Beds,

in

In York-

the so called

"Dogger", consequently in the zones of Leioceras opalinum and Ludtvigia

Murchisonae.

Brauns

records

north-western Germany. ivigia

Murchisonae

zone of record in

the

Sauzei

illustration

and

Beani

Amm.

Trautschold

really

description suffice

does

from

it

which

in

such

Lud-

of

in

it

the

Terquem and Joudry

to

have found Lingula

the Jura

of

Trautschold

for determination

occur

zone

of

subfurcatus and Niortensis,

claims of

the

Haas found

Lower Alsace.

"Couches de Mniowniki"

Lingula Beani does not Lingula

of

Trigonia navis

of

Lepsius and

the zone of

department Moselle.

imperfect

mentions

Quenstedt

Lingula Beani from

in the

from the zone

of Wiirttemberg.

Sphceroceras

Beani even

it

as

high

to

Moscow. gives

of

The his

whether the true

horizons.

Lingula

POMPECKJ. JURASSIC FAUNA OF CAPE FLORA. [NORW.

126

Beani Trautsch. Eichwald

of

interpreted

from

Lahusen and

13 .

Leaving the

Beani

guid,

otherwise

moreover,

is,

POL. EXP.

unauthenticated occurrence, out of consideration, lan-

last,

Phill. is principally distributed in various, especially lower,

zones

Bajocian.

Discina reflexa Sow.

has a similar distribution 3

sp.

already in the Lias of England;

Beds, and

is

perhaps also found

mentions

stedt

it

from the

it

Lepsius has found

is

in

Opalinus

perhaps occurs

especially frequent in the Blea

Wyke

the "Dogger"

Quen-

of

Boll in

of

Clay

same age

in strata of the

it

It

.

at

Yorkshire.

Wurttemberg, and

Gundershofen in Alsace 4

.

Trautschold's statement that Discina reflexa occurs in his middle stratum of the Jura of the

Moscow,

Lingula Beani

As we have

same

author's statement about

as also Lingula

sp.,

Beani

confined to the Bajocian.

species,

e.

i.

the

Discina reflexa Sow.

Lingula Beani

have hitherto never been found of Yorkshire,

is

Phill.

seen,

Phill. is principally

The two

as doubtful as

is

Phill.

and Discina

reflexa Son), sp.,

in the Blea

together, except

in the very lowest zones of the Bajocian

Wyke Beds (viz.

in the

AaUnien May.-Eym. Haug. e. p.). The Belemnite remains from the sandy hard marl and

the light gray

marl

specific deter-

of

mination.

Elmwood, are Only

too imperfect to allow of

much can be

this

stated

neither with the species from the Gallovian

from the Callovian on the whole, of If

nites,

2

8

of

certainty,

Cape

arctic regions,

Flora,

that

they

agree

nor with species

Russia and other parts.

the best preserved (and most frequently occurring) remains of Belem-

which were compared with Belemnites Beyrichi Opp.

of the fauna,

1

with

any accurate

in the description

are really closely allied to this species, this would indicate the

Conf. the

works

siques et

cre'tace'es

cited

de

on la

p.

54

&

Russie,

and A. Pavlow, 'Etudes sur less couches jurasJurassique superieure et Cre'tace infe'rieure de la de la Soc. Imp. des Natural, de Moscou, 1889,

55, I,

Russie et de 1'Angleterre'. Bull, No. 1, p. 42. Fiebelkorn (Zeltschr. d. Deutsch. Geol. Ges. 1893, p. 445) unites Lingula ovalis Sow. Beani Phill. and Zeta Quenst. erroneously, however, and thus gives to Lingula Beani the same wide distribution as Trautschold. Conf. works cited on p. 58. H. J. Haas makes a new species of this Alsatian form, viz. Disc. Quenstedti. (cf. Haas

and

Petri, 'Die

Brachiopoden der Juraformation von Elsass-Lothringen', 1882,

p. 306).

NO.

STRATIGRAPHIC RESULTS.

2.]

Bathonian.

It

must

not,

however, be forgotten that kindred species (from the

group of the Hastati) also occur

in the Bajocian; in the

Wurttembergicus Opp. (= fusiformis Quenst. non navis

Bajocian, in the zone of Trigonia

subclavatus Voltz,

designated as Bel.

127

decidedly Hastati, and which

Upper Bajocian Bel.

Park.),

and

the Belemnites

among

appear very similar

to

generally

be found which

may

specimens

Lower

in the

Bel.

are

Wiirtlembergicus

and Beyrichi. Still less

than Belemnites sp.

to the

belonging

Belemnites

sp. indet.

tum here under

reflexa deposits

Sow.

west of Elmwood.

2 (PL

I.

the

containing

Lamellibranchs.

may have

two Brachiopods,

furnish

sp.

any

The

24), possibly

fig.

consideration, but

Thus only

Beyrichi Opp.), the fragments possibly

the Canaliculati can serve

group of

of the age of the rocks

(cf.

clue

does not come from the stra-

from higher

Lingula Beani

to the

the determination

small, detached fragment of

fallen

Phill.

determination

Pseudomonotis Jacksoni

They

for

n.

sp.,

strata.

and Discina

of the

age of the

and an abundance

of

point to the

Bajocian.

As

it

has hitherto only been in the Blea Wyke Beds (and in

the

"Dogger") of Yorkshire that the two species have been observed occurring

we might probably also designate wood at a height of 2333 ft. above the together,

the strata sea, in

exposed

which

NW.

of Elm-

these two species

occur together, as

Lower Bajocian, almost corresponding

Murchisonce.

to the

The great

sandy marl and

zone of Leioceras opalinum

vertical distance

circ.

350

ft.

and Ludwigia from

the hard,

Beani,

marl containing Pseudomonotis Jacksoni, Lingula Discina reflexa, etc. to the clay of the Lower Callovian (at

Windy

Gully),

soft

lying

additional support

to

at

a

height of 400

ft.,

may

be mentioned

as an

our determination of the age of the strata west of

Elmwood.

Marine Jura deposits other than those here mentioned cannot be observed in the material before me.

POMPECKJ. JURASSIC FAUNA OF CAPE FLORA.

128

The study critical

of the

and rocks

fossils

examination of the

collected

[NORW. POL. EXP.

by Prof. Nansen, and the

from the Jackson-Harms worth Expedition,

fossils

by Newton, give the following results with regard

described

to the

Jura oc-

curring below the basalt at Cape Flora.

As

far as the slight exposures of rocks

the Jura deposits of stratified

in situ permitted

Cape Flora are composed

of

clay

and

of observation, slate-clay,

inter-

with hard sandy marl, beds of stone marl and clay-sandstone, with

"cone-in-cone",

The lowest

and phosphatic nodules, and 1

fossiliferous

thin layers of lignite

and

basalt.

beds correspond with the

Bajocian,

and probably with the Lower Bajocian. above the

sea,

there occur

to

the

north-west,

of

from 23

to

33

feet

some 300 metres from Elmwood,

only

and

marls,

gray, hard, sandy

At a height

light

gray,

soft

marl,

in

which

were found:

Lingula Beani

Phill.

Discina reflexa Sow.

sp.

sp. indet.

Pseudomonotis Jacksoni Belemnites

sp. (cf.

sp. (?

575

to

feet

sp.

Beyrichi Opp.)

Group

Numerous fragments

The upper

n.

of CanalitMlati).

of indeterminable Lamellibranchs.

third of the sedimentary strata

above the sea

below the basalt

from 370

contains deposits of the age of the

Callovian

and the three divisions

of the Callovian are all recognisable, viz:

the

(=

zone of Macrocephalites macrocephalus,

At a height

of

partly phosphoritic,

end of situ, 1

Lower Callovian

Windy

some

The

370450

feet

above the

=

zone of Cadoceras Elatmce).

sea, there occur clays

which are

and contain scattered phosphatic nodules (south-western

Gutty).

The

loose near the

fossils of

margin

the

Lower

Callovian,

of the glacier north-west of

some found in Elmwood, are

:

thin alternating estuarine strata of sand with carboniferous seams, about 100 m. from Ehnwood, possibly corresponding with the Cape Gertrude strata [cf. p. 12 (b), Letter-press fig. 1, b and p. 32], are certainly older than the Bajocian beds with Linyidu Beani etc., but the true age, of these layers cannot be made out with certainty. S.

NO.

STRATIGRAPHIC RESULTS.

2.]

129

Serpula fiaccida Goldf. Macrocephalites Kosttlitzi

n.

sp.

sp. J

*

Ishmce

*

pila Nik.

Cadoceras Frearsi sp. sp.

Belemnites

var. arctica E. T.

Newton.

(d'Orb.) Nik.

(?Elatmce Nik.)

sp. indet.

1.

The Middle Callovian

(=

zone of Reineckia anceps,

Above Elmtvood, of clay-sandstone of

= zone 500

at a height of

Middle

the

parts

were

of

the

talus

The

fossils of the

above the

at the

same

sea, lie

locality,

fossils

The occurrences

beds loose

Pieces of clay-sandstone, clay

they contain, belong to the

moreover found loose at various heights,

heaps.

reckoned as belonging

feet

Callovian; and

and stone marl, which, judging from the Callovian,

550

same age were found.

pieces of a clay of the

Middle

Cadoceras Milasch&vici).

of

of

"cone-in-cone"

in several

may

also be

Middle Callovian.

to the

Middle Callovian of Cape Flora are:

Pseudomonotis

ornati Querist).

sp. (cf.

Pecten Lindstromi Tullberg. *

cf.

?

Limea

Lima Leda

demissus E. T. Newton. cf.

duplicata Goldf.

sp. indet. cf.

nuda

Keys.

sp.

Macrodon Schourovski

F. Rouill. sp.

Cadoceras Tchefkini d'Orb.

sp.

stenolobum (Keys.) Nik.

Nanseni

n. sp.

sp. ex. aff.

Nanseni

n.

sp.

sp. indet.

Belemnites m.

1

The

fossils

f.

marked by an

subextensus Nik.

asterisk

are

Panderi d'Orb.

taken from the (revised) descriptions by

E. T. Newton.

17

POMPECKJ. JURASSIC FAUNA OF CAPE FLORA.

130

[NORW. POL. EXP.

The Upper Callovian

(=

=

zone of Peltoceras athleta,

zone of Quenstedtoceras Lamberti).

Information concerning this zone has hitherto only been obtained from a piece of clay found loose

near the margin of the glacier

and containing Quenstedtoceras vertumnum Sintzow. have not hitherto been observed in situ with any

575

above

feet

From

sea-level, are to

the foregoing remarks,

be referred

great profile

is

impossible

to the

we may draw up

from the material before

Rocks

certainty, but

zone

of this it is

probable

Upper Callovian.

the following table

of the stratigraphic proportions of the Jura in the It

of Elmwood,

above Elmwood, at a height

that the clays near the lower limit of the basalt of

NW.

Cape Flora

me

to

(p.

131)

district.

determine whether the

gap between the (Lower) Bajocian and the Lower Callovian

in this

includes a representation of the younger Bajocian and the Bathonian.

no exposures

Apparently

-- from 23 to 33

(Lower) Bajocian vian -- 370

in situ have been observed between the

of rocks

450

ft.

;

above the sea

ft.

and the Lower

Callo-

as everything here appears to be covered by talus

heaps. It

is

also

impossible

We

different zones.

to

determine the true thickness and limits of the

can only show that the Callovian in the

Flora has a thickness of at least 200

by the Callovian the

same age

The

in

results

of

ft.,

Europe and which

England and

NW.

differ

e.

p.

5,

"At

this

Jackson-Harmsworth-

of

Newton

ft.

locality "3.

above the sea (according

clay-sandstone

are

exposed, which,

belong to the Middle Callovian.

spot a bed (No. 3)

from his

starts

Elm-

watercourse below the basalt above Elmwood,

Here, at a height of about 550

determination,

of the

.

(our locality

interstratifications

no slight degree from those

in

1

In his stratigraphic inferences,

wood"

Cape

a thickness seldom attained

only surpassed by the deposits of

is

which Newton arrived at from his examination Expedition material

is

France.

our investigations

of

which

district of

was found in

situ,

Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. London, vol. LIII, p. 512.

I

to Dr. Koettlitz),

according

to

our

here quote from Newton:

and from

it

a small

ammo-

NO.

2.]

STRATIGRAPHIC RESULTS.

131

POMPECKJ. JURASSIC FAUNA OF CAPE FLORA.

132 nite

was

obtained, which

below

course

this

is

probably similar

exposure,

Ammonites

These

suffice

the equivalent of our

and although only one ammonite was found in certain that the others,

not from the

if

In the water-

Tchefkini.

ammonites were found, together with

A. modiolaris and A. macrocephalus.

Lower Oxfordian, and probably

[NORW. POL. EXP.

same

own Kellaways Rock;

situ,

yet

it

is

around Cape Flora, showing that the same beds

sufficiently

came from beds but

place,

Similar fossils to these occur in the talus at

lower in the series.

age as

to settle the

many

little

places

in all probability occur all

around the Cape."

A

few

further

lines

Newton

on,

"Ammonites macrocephalus

Amm.

Amm.

his

cases;

modiolaris

is

age

of these fossils as the

horizon."

Newton's determination of the

some

settles the

fossils

macrocephalus

ceras stenolobum (Keys.) Nik.; his sp.,

from

Amm.

partly

erroneous in

this locality is

Cadoceras Nanseni

Cadoceras Tchefkini d'Orb.

partly

Cadoceras Tchefkini d'Orb.

is

from

sp.,

Tchefkini ? d'Orb.

is

his

n. sp.;

Cado-

partly

partly really

Cadoceras stenolobum (Keys.) Nik. have examined, point

All

the

the

Middle Callovian, the zone of Reineckia anceps or of Cadoceras Mila-

like

fossils,

schewici, not to the

those

Lower Callovian, nor

horizon." Macrocephalites sils hitherto

known from

Gully

180

deeper

ft.

to the

the region of

sp. is

not

among

the fos-

Cape Flora.

declare

the

beds at the southwest end of

-- in situ, according to Prof. Nansen and Dr. Koeettlitz, 50 -

-

to

be older than his "Ammonites macrocephalus horizon".

He

described them as "perhaps of the age of the Cornbrash,"

We

recognised in

of

to

"Ammonites macrocephalus

macrocephalus Schloth.

Newton must consequently

Windy

this locality that I

them representatives

of the

Lower Callovian,

(I.

c.

p. 513).

of the zone

Macrocephalites macrocephalus of Oppel, or of that of Cadoceras Elatmce

of Nikitin.

Newton's paper contains no information as

to the occurrence of the

Up-

per Callovian in the region of Cape Flora.

Concerning the age of the hard, sandy marls, and the lying at a height of

Bajocian,

2333

ft.

Newton expresses no

above the opinion.

sea,

light, soft

marls

which we designated as (Lower)

NO.

After

133

STRAT1GRAPHIC RESULTS.

2.]

we

have

thus

partly

revised

Newton's

results

stratigraphic

through the evidence of the Lower and Middle Callovian, partly supplemented

them through the evidence the

of the (Lower) Bajocian

gap disappears, which, according

youngest marine

strata

of

the

to

Newton's

and the Upper Callovian,

results, existed

between the

Jura below the basalt, and the sandstones

containing land-plants found north of Elmwood, and, belonging to the White

Jura according

Newton

(1.

to

c.

Professor Nathorst.

p.

512)

supposes

Harbour during Leigh Smith's

that

expedition,

the

Belemnites found

at

Eira

and which Etheridge declared

to

be of Oxfordian age, are probably of the same age as the Macrocephalus horizon of Cape Flora (according to Newton's intepretation). nites

-

found at Eira Harbour agree with Belemnites m.

Pcmderi

d'Orb., frequently found at

Middle, and not to the

Lower

Callovian.

f.

If

the Belem-

stibextensus Nik.

Cape Flora, they must belong

to the

V.

CHARACTERS AND RELATIONS TO OTHER JURA FAUNAS.

FACIE8, FAUNISTIC

In his sketch of the geology of Franz Josef Land, Dr. Kcettlitz strated

1

demon-

frequent changes in the petrographic facies of the strata composing

the Jura in the south of the Archipelago.

Littoral

and estuarine deposits

al-

ternate with beds of marine character: the southern part of the archipelago

Northbrook Island) must have belonged

(especially

The examination

of the material collected

by

to

a Jurassic coast region.

Nansen confirms

Prof.

the

statement regarding frequent change in the petrographic and faunistic characters, in

the Jura region of

The

hard, sandy marls with the very

chiata in

numerous remains

(Lower) Bajocian, represent the deposits of a

the

a shallow sea near the

of

Cape Flora.

In the

coast.

same way,

Lamellibranchs of the Lower, of clayey

the

in

be interpreted as typical

may

and

of

littoral

n. sp.

littoral deposits.

and numerous

The formation

a part of the Middle and Upper Callovian

and marly sediments, shows a

less typical

region or

the beds of clay sand-

Nanseni

stone of the Middle Callovian with Cadoceras

of Lamellibran-

in the

shape

littoral character.

But

formation of these layers also, terrigene materials have a share.

we cannot strata, yet

directly

declare

If

the littoral region itself to have deposited these

we can imagine them

to

have been formed

indeed, at no great distance from the shore, as

is

in shallow water,

and

proved by the traces, how-

ever indistinct, of vegetation in the stone marls of the Middle Callovian and

by the occurrence 1

The Geographical

of phosphatic nodules in the

Lower

Journal, London, 1898, vol. XI. p. 33.

Callovian.

NO.

FACIES, FAUNISTIC

2.]

The

first

called

indicate repeated oscillations of

attention,

our region during Jurassic times.

It is

only in

coast line can exert so strong an influence

The

Cape Flora

oscillations of level

last

to

which in

level

regions and shallow

littoral

with the consequent displacement of the

that oscillations of sea-level

instance in the Gallovian of

135

ETC.

Jura of Cape Flora

in the

frequent petrographic changes

Dr. Koettlitz

seas

CHARACTERS

(clay,

upon petrographic

facies,

as for

stone marl, clay-sandstone, clay).

which took place

in

our region in Jurassic

times, are indicated by the sandstones containing Upper Jurassic land-plants which occur north of Cape Flora, above the basalt, and according to Dr. Koettlitz,

between the second and third basalt

at the south side of the Cape,

These sandstones characterise a period

flows.

The southern

portion of Franz Josef

upheaval of our region.

of

Land rose out

of the sea in

Upper Ju-

rassic times. It

of

is

a peculiar

fact that in all the

known

fossils

Cape Flora, the Gastropoda are represented by a single specimen only.

may

It

be that the collections are

give an accurate here:

or complete

but in any case, they

justify the conclusion that in

still

imperfect,

and do not therefore

idea of the composition of the Jurassic fauna

may

be presumed to be sufficiently perfect to

comparison with the predominating Lamellibranchs

and Cephalopods, the Gastropods play an unimportant of

from the marine jura

role in the

Dogger fauna

Cape Flora. Great scarcity of Gastropods appears to be generally characteristic of the

Jurassic fauna of the arctic regions,

such

faunas

Flora,

in

Novaja

East Greenland,

the

for,

as far as

island

of

we

are acquainted with

And0,

arctic archipelago of

North America, the Gastropods

Cape

Spitzbergen,

Semlja, the Petchora basin, arctic Siberia,

Alaska and

in several of these

the

faunas

are considerably behind the other groups as regards numbers; and in others

appear

to

be wholly absent.

With regard

to the scarcity of

Flora, like the arctic Jurassic to that of the

Russian Jura,

in

Gastropoda, the Jurassic Fauna of Cape

fauna generally, shows a great resemblance

which also the Gastropods are

in considerably

smaller numbers than the Cephalopods and Lamellibranchs. If

we ask about

of Cape Flora,

and

fauna of the Jura Jurassic regions, we cannot yet

the relations existing between the the

faunas of other

obtain an altogether satisfactory answer.

POMPECKJ. JURASSIC FAUNA OF CAPE FLORA.

136

With regard

in

the

place to the Bajocian,

first

think of any comparison with

the geographically

[NORW. POL. EXP.

we cannot

of course

adjacent Jura districts of

Russia; for in the whole of east and north central Russia the series of marine

Jura deposits only begins with the Callovian. uncertain whether deposits of the age of the Bajocian occur only at

It is

Cape Flora, or also

Toula

other arctic regions.

in

*

describes from

Kuhn

Island in East Greenland a Jurassic fauna, rich in Lamellibranchs, which he

designated "Middle Dogger".

The occurrence

lemnite resembling Belemnites fusiformis

have already seen that our Belemnites cian of

Cape Flora was

It is

Opp.

allied to Bel.

sp.

Dogger fauna

in this

is

Quenst.,

a Be-

and we

interesting;

Beyrichi Opp.) from the Bajo-

(cf.

fusiformis Quenst.

we ought

extremely doubtful whether

of

to

= Wurttenibergicus

conclude from the occur-

rence of such a Belemnite, that a close affinity exists between the fauna of the Bajocian at

Cape Flora, and the Dogger

Toula, moreover, mentions occurring in the

both in the Dogger of that

is in

There

is

and

in the

from which Haughton

e.

a species already of notice

is

that

the group of hastate Belemnites occurs, which,

wanting

the Callovian,

i.

from whence

Bajocian of Cape Flora

in the boreal

certainly 3

occur,

2.

and Russian Jura

only one more region within the polar

older than

Island,

is

Island,

The circumstance worthy

Island,

high arctic regions

according to Neumayr,

its

Kuhn

Kuhn

Vscripta Sow.

Goniomya

Lower Bajocian.

of

circle,

where Jura depos-

Wilkie Point, Prince Patrick's

described a few fossils as Lias.

declared them to "belong probably to the middle region of the

Neumayr

Lower

4

Oolite."

In this faunula, an Aviculid form, "Monotis" septentrionalis Haught. occurs,

which however shows no similarity from the Bajocian

1

of

Cape

to

our Pseudomonotis Jacksoni

n.

sp.

Flora.

F. Toula, 'Beschreibung mesozoischer Versteinerungen von der Kuhn-Insel. 2. Dogger der Kuhn-Insel'. (Die zveite Deutsche Nordpolarfahrt in den Jahren 1869 und 70, vol. II. 2,

pp. 505-507.)

3

M. Neumayr, 'Ueber klimatische Zonen wahrend der Jura- und Akad. Wien, vol. XLV1I. 1883, pp. 12, 13.

8

M'Clintock, 'Reminiscences of arctic ice-travel in search of Sir John Franklin and his companions, with geological notes and illustrations by S. Haughton.' Journ. R. Dublin Soc., vol. I. 1856, 57, Sep. copy pp. 56, 62, 63. M. Neumayr, 'Die geographische Verbreitung der Juraformation'. Denkschr. Akad.

4

Wien,

vol. L.

1885, pp. 38, 85.

Kreidezeit'.

Denkschr.

NO.

In the fauna, which Lundgreen

Greenland, there are

No

Callovian.

sp. described

possibly

affinity to

is

by Lundgreen

While the fauna the arctic regions,

known

137

Stewart in East those

besides

Lingula Beani

the

of

The TAngula

discernible.

is

and Lund-

Phill.,

from our Pseudomonotis Jacksoni. of

Bajocian

Cape Flora

shows, on the other hand, distinct

it

Lingula Beani

European Jura.

nearest

older zones,

certainly not

is different

of the

ETC.

described from Cape

species of

is

without analogy

affinities to the

in

Cen-

and Discina reflexa Sow.

Phill.

Belemnites

are Central European species. its

1

our Bajocian, however,

green's Avicula Miinsteri

tral

CHARACTERS

FACIES, FAUNISTIC

2.]

sp.

(cf.

sp.

Beyrichi Opp.) also has Belemnites Wurttem-

kin in the Central European Jura:

bergicus Opp. (fusiformis Quenst.) in Wiirttemberg and Franconia; Belemnites Beyrichi Opp. in the

and

Jura,

in that

of Balin near

draw from these

to

formed

of

definitive

a

totally

judgment

same

facts

the

the

Central European

in this respect,

Bajocian of Cape

For

indeterminable.

Cracow.

in the

and Polish

Silesian

would, however, be precipitate

It

conclusion that at Cape Flora the Bajocian

numerous Lamellibranchs which in

and also

places,

we must

first

in addition to

Flora,

In

fauna.

is

order to pronounce any

become acquainted with

the

Pseudomonotis Jacksoni occur

but whose remains have as yet been quite

this purpose,

we must

in

general have a more com-

Yet we

prehensive idea of the entire fauna of the Bajocian of Cape Flora.

must maintain that the indication towards Central European fauna, given by

Lingula Beani, Discina reflexa and the hastate Belemnites

is

very impor-

from a pateo-geographical point

of view.

We

certainty as to the fauna of the Callo-

tant

vian

of

Cape

The of the

more

Flora, than as to that of the Bajocian.

fossils of the Callovian

Russian Jura.

phalites, of the

are able to judge with

naturally suggest comparison

The occurrence

of

the

first

with those

Ammonite genera Macroce-

Cadoceras and Quenstedtoceras, which are among the most

typical

Russian Callovian, indicate faunistic analogies between the Callovian

Cape Flora, and

of

that of Russia.

Macrocephalites pila Nik.

Cadoceras Tchefkini d'Orb.

1

sp.

B. Lundgreen, 'Anmttrkningar om nagra Jurafossil frdn Kap Stewart Meddelelser om Gronland, vol. XIX. 1895, pp. 191, etc.

i

Ost-Grf>nlaml.'

18

POMPECKJ. JURASSIC FAUNA OF CAPE FLORA.

138

[NORW. POL. EXP.

Cadoceras stenolobum [Keys.] Nik. Frearsi (d'Orb.) Nik. Quenstedtoceras

vertumnum

Sintz.

are species which are also peculiar to the Gallovian of central and northern

Russia.

Macrocephalites

Kcettlitzi n. sp.

Ishmce

Cadoceras Nanseni

n.

sp. ex. aff.

var. artica E. T. sp.

Nanseni

n.

are forms which are very closely allied to

from the Callovian

Newton.

sp.

Russian ones, especially those

of the Petchora region.

Belemnites m.

Panderi

subextensus Nik.

f.

d'Orb.,

quent occurrence in the Middle Callovian of Cape Flora, its

close affinity

to

which

is

of fre-

remarkable for

is

a species of the Russian Middle Callovian, Belemnites

subextensus Nik. the Lamellibranchiata of the Callovian,

Among

Macrodon Schourovski Leda

cf.

nuda

F. Rouill. sp.

Keys. sp.

Pecten Lindstromi Tullbg. point partly to the Russian fauna, partly, like Pecten Lindstromi, to a fauna similar to the Russian.

These

facts will

be sufficient to place the fauna of the Callovian of Cape

Flora very near to that of the

Russian

Our Callovian fauna

Callovian.

is

nothing but a part of the fauna of the Russian Callovian. Close faunistic relations exist, moreover, of

Alaska from which

Eichwald

2 ,

Doroshini Eich w,

1

we

the fauna of the Callovian

are acquainted, through Grewingk

1

and

with Ammonites that have the closest affinity to Cadoceras Tchef-

kini d'Orb. sp.

Keys.

district

to

i.

sp.,

e.

Cadoceras Wosstiessenski Grew,

Cad. Ishmce Eichw.

sp. (not

sp.,

Cadoceras

Macrocephalites Ishmce

sp.).

C. Grewingk, 'Beitrag zur Kenntnis der orographischen

und geognostiscben Beschafder Nordwestktiste Amerikas mil den anliegenden Inseln.' Verhandl. d. Russ. Kais. Mineral. Ges. St. Petersburg, 1848, 49, p. 344. ('(illicit

8

E.

v. Eicbwald, 'Geognostiscb-Palaeontologische gischlak und die Aluutischen Inseln.' 1871.

Bemerkungen

fiber die Halbinsel

Man-

N0t

CHARACTERS

FACIES, FAUNISTIC

2.]

It is

very remarkable that there

the fauna of the Callovian of

Stewart in

from

Peden Lindstromi

the

Among

this place,

Pecten Rinki Lundgr.

Cape Steward, which even approximately corresponds

Otherwise,

I find

is

perhaps near

no species in the fauna

of

to

any

of

the spe-

from the Callovian of Cape Flora.

As

far as

to

apply

the

we

can

tell

Callovian

from our present knowledge, the very same words

of

1 Cape Flora as those with which Trautschold

characterised the affinity of the Aucella strata of sian Jura. of

facies

and

Cape

numerous Lamellibranchs, which

our

cies

between

of the Callovian of

to

Tullbg.

139

faunistic affinity

any

scarcely

Cape Flora and that

East Greenland.

Lundgreen describes

is

ETC.

He

says: "Generally speaking there

the northern

islands are

that this northern Jura

schegda, which

is

is

the

nearest

Novaja Semlja is

of

Rus-

no doubt that the Jura-

same as those to that

to the

of the

Russian Jura,

the Petschora

and Wyt-

also very natural".

This can naturally, only apply here in the restricted sense of our Callovian.

1

S.

A. Tullberg, 'Ueber Versteinerungen aus den Aucellen-Schichten Novaja-Semljas', t. K. Svensk. Vet. Ak. Handl., rol. VI, No. 3, 1881, p. 5.

Bihang

VI.

PALXEO-GEOGRAPHICAL REMARKS. The Jura

of

Cape Flora

will

be of the greatest importance

to the geo-

graphy of the Jurassic system. Here,

in

N, Lat, we

80

Jura region of the earth

One

make acquaintance with

the most

northerly

1 .

point of particular importance

is

the formation of

marine Bajocian

a Bajocian sea in the north of the Eurasian Juracontinent is proved beyond all doubt. The occurrence of true European species sueh as Lingula Beani Phill., Discina reflexa Sow. at

Hence

Cape Flora.

sp. also of

the existence of

Belemnites sp.

Beyrichi Opp.) at Cape Flora proves undeni-

(cf.

ably the connection of this arctic Bajocian sea with the central and western

European sea

of

the Bajocian period,

and

especially

Bajocian sea of Yorkshire, and England generally.

A

a connection with the connection of this kind

only possible in the west of the Eurasian continent, west of

is

vian part.

its

Scandina-

Thus, as early as the Bajocian period, there existed a "Shet-

land Straits" (Neumayr), which separated the Eurasian continent existing through the Lias period until the end of the Bathonian, from the nearctic Juracontinent (Neumayr).

The Shetland

must have extended westwards from

Straits of the Bajocian

2

recently proved with certainty that

the Lofoten island And0,

for

the marine Jura fossils of

Ando cannot be

1

older than the Oxfordian.

The Jura of Spitzbergen extends from about 77, last polar expedition, at

The Jura of Kuhn a

Lundgreen

about 79

Island

lies

in

78, 20' N. Lat. During his on Kong Carl's Land. and the Jura of the arctic archi-

40' to

Prof. Nathorst discovered Jura

about 75 N.

77 9 N. Lat. pelago of N. America in 76 B. Lundgreen, 'AnmUrkningar om Fnunan Vidensk. Selsk. Forh. 1894, No. 5.

i

Lat.,

AndSns

Jurabildningar.'

Christiania

NO.

PAL^EO-GEOGRAPHICAL REMARKS.

2.]

141

Concerning the extent of the Bajocian sea in the polar regions, we can at present say but

Kuhn

of

no clue as

fsland, cannot yet

American

how, the

to whether, or

Cape Flora was a

extended

it

and perhaps had

of the nearctic continent,

Dogger

Whether

little.

be

Greenland coast

most westerly offshoots

its

Up

settled.

to the present

we

in the

possess

which the present

arctic Bajocian sea, of

the Bajocian (?) sea of the North

was connected with

part,

to the

arctic archipelago.

we can

Besides the existence of an arctic Bajocian sea,

only prove the

existence of arctic Bajocian continents, without being able to determine their

The

border.

north of the Eurasian continent extended into the polar regions,

as did also the north-east of the nearctic continent. toral facies

and fauna

of the Bajocian at

existed near this region,

there

Cape

follows from the

It

Flora, that a coast

must have been a continent

lit-

must have

in the vicinity

Cape Flora.

of

Our knowledge that

in

Bajocian

The

the geology of Spitzbergen leads to the supposition

of

times this group

oldest Jurasic

deposits of Spitzbergen hitherto 1

Cardioceras Nathorsti Lundgr.

strata with

was not covered by

of islands

sp.

known, are Aucella-

[= Upper

Novaja Semlja older marine Jura deposits than Aucella Both Spitzbergen and Novaja Semlja were mainland

in

the sea.

From

Oxfordian].

strata are not

known.

Bajocian times.

They

were probably connected with the Scandinavian-Russian part of the Eurasian continent,

and were probably also connected with one another by continuous

Probably the arctic sea of the Bajocian flowed

land.

of this offshoot of the Eurasian continent,

to the north

and west

into the region of

which extended

south Franz Josef Land.

The identification of Bajocian in the region of Cape Flora

is

impor-

tant, because it helps to

reduce the great difference which, from what we

knew

to exist

and

hitherto,

appeared

Jura

that of the older

one, in earth,

seas.

the recognition that in

the

periods, as

same

state

that with

of

between the extent of the Callovian sea, This takes us on a

the distribution

equilibrium

was

of

sea

maintained

step,

if

only a small

and land upon the in

the

older

Jura

which we are aquainted from the Callovian period.

After proving the existence of the Callovian in the south of Franz Josef

Land 1

archipelago, the extent of the Callovian

According to

"a letter

is

increased by nearly 10 degrees

from Prof. Nathorst, dated Decbr.

17,

1898.

POMPECKJ. JURASSIC FAUNA OF CAPE FLORA.

142

most northerly occurrence hitherto known,

Its

of latitude.

East Greenland, was in 70

in

The

25' N. Lat.

Cape Flora partly a

For some time

character.

at

partly a shallow-water

littoral,

the Middle Callovian, continents -

least in

must have existed near the marine region

coast regions

Cape

Cape Stewart

at

frequent change of facies, together with the character of the fauna,

gives to the Callovian of

of

[NORW. POL. EXP.

The very

Flora.

of the Callovian

close faunistic affinity of our Callovian to the

Rus-

sian necessitates a marine connection of our Callovian with that of Northern

Hence, as also from the facies

Russia, especially that of the Petchora basin.

we

character,

the

conclude

that

the Callovian period, the south-west part of

in

Franz Josef Land

present

has been

covered

by the

sea,

e.

i.

by a

branch of the Russian Callovian sea.

Nor was Novaja Semlja Most probably the whole sea;

for

strom

1 ,

Amm.

the

in the Callovian

also

of Spitzbergen

does not permit of

Amm.

conclusion that this

the

triplicatus Quenst.

from Spitzbergen, adding that

was

I

Perisphinctes.

from the Callovian

projected

triplicatus Sow. from Spitzbergen, described by Lind-

with the typical species of the Callovian:

=

period yet covered by the sea.

Fraas it

2

Ammonite might agree

Perisphinctes funatus Opp.

also

mentions an

might also be called by

able to examine the

inner whorls of a large Cardioceras, and

impression

of the

sphinctes.

According to

all

that

is

known concerning

3 .

sp.

triplicatm

name

the

Fraas

of

original

Amm.

It

of

any

is'

the

not of a Peri-

the marine Jura of

it,

Spitzbergen begins, at the earliest, with the Upper Oxfordian.

From

the above,

Cape Flora with wards

of the

that

of

was

stretched partly

the connection

Northern Russia

Russian Callovian sea

broad bay, which Semlja, and

we may imagine

of the

to

be

like

of

the

Callovian of

a continuation north-

Petchora basin, in the form of a

between the lands of Spitzbergen and Novaja

bounded on the north by land,

in

the region of the

present Franz Josef Land.

We do

not

know whether

Spitzbergen

was yet united

Finnish peninsula in the Callovian period. 1

3 '

G. Lindstrfim,

'Om

by

Scandinavian-

This peninsula, after the Batho-

Trias- och Juraffirsteningar fran Spetsbergen', K. Svcnsk. Vet. Ak.

Hand!., vol. 6, No. 6, 1865, p. 10, pi. Ill, figs. 1, 2. Neues .Tahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, etc. 1872, p. 203. Prof. Eb. Fraas of Stuttgart bad the kindness to allow studied

to the

his father.

I

me

to

take this opportunity of tendering him

examine the material my warmest thanks.

N0

.

PAUEO-GEOGRAPH1CAL REMARKS.

2.]

separated, as "Scandinavian Island" (Neumayr), from the Eurasian

was

nian,

143

by the Russian

continent,

sea.

Probably Spitzbergen was connected with the

Callovian land of Franz Josef Land, as seems evident from the resemblance of the

one another 1

floras of these regions to

Upper Jurassic

the east, the above-mentioned continuation

Towards

of the

North Rus-

probably north of Novaja Semlja

sian Callovian sea extended

This seems evident from the occurrence

as Alaska.

.

in

- as far

-

Alaska of Cadoceras

species closely allied to our own.

Towards

the

end

of

the

Callovian,

the

The

Franz Josef Land towards the south.

of

became mainland, while simultaneously

from the south

sea vanished

region of Franz Josef

a

during the Oxfordinn

Land

partial

overflow of Spitzbergen and Novaja Semlja took place.

Was Land end

the

of

region

Cape Flora (and the southern part

generally) continuously covered

of the Callovian?

at the south-western

rocks several hundred

we know

of.

sea,

Franz Josef

from the Bajocian

until the

This question cannot at present be answered.

Between the Bajocian exposed observed

by the

of

ft.

Elmwood, and the Lower Callovian

at

end of

Windy

in thickness,

there

Gully,

lies

from which there are no

a series of fossils that

Fossils alone might give information as to whether the younger

Bajocian and the Bathonian are here developed in marine formation or not.

Here

might be possible

it

to

determine whether the fauna of the Callo-

vian of Cape Flora has sprung from

Here is

too lies the

right

in

clue to

the fauna

the answering

of

of the polar

the

Balhonian

question, whether

sea.

Koken

2

supposing that in the Callovian period, Russia was overflowed

simultaneously from Central Europe and from the north.

The

small fauna of the Callovian of Cape Flora really contains nothing

which might sea. sp.

entitle

it

to

be called the indigenous fauna of a polar Callovian

At present we can only name the group of Macrocephalites Ishmce Keys, with its members also found at Cape Flora, as specifically northern. But

this

from

as well have originated

in

the Russian Callovian sea,

the Macrocephalites that migrated thither

from Central and Western

group

Europe, as

may

just

in the polar sea

from the Macrocephalites that migrated thither

from Yorkshire, through the Shetland 1

a

Straits.

A. G. Nathorst, K. Svensk. Vet. Ak. HanJI., E. Koken, 'Die Vorwelt,' p. 321.

vol. 30,

There No.

1,

is

no

justification

1897, p. 74.

for

JURASSIC FAUNA OF CAPE FLORA.

POMPECKJ.

144

[NORW. POL. EXP.

and Quenstedtoceras, allied to Macrocephadesignating the genera Cadoceras

The group of the Belemnites excentrici (Neum. f subextensm Nik. - - Panderi d'Orb. be-

as specifically northern.

lites,

which our Bel.

mayr)

also, to

longs,

may, from

.

genealogy, be traced back to Western European forms,

its

and must not be regarded as having originated

Thus we lovian

in arctic regions.

see that from the fragments of the northern Bajocian

now

faunas

before

we cannot

us,

the continuity of the marine fauna of

yet

the

come

to

and

Cal-

any conclusion as

to

Cape Flora region from the Bajo-

cian to the Gallovian.

As

far as

we can

tell

from our knowledge

of the geology of Spitzbergen

and Franz Josef Land, these regions were exposed

to repeated

and very con-

siderable oscillations of sea-level in the mesozoic period.

Owing

an upheaval

to

tion of the Bajocian sea

of the land before the Callovian period, the posi-

was

and south Franz Josef Land,

moved from

possibly

to the north

and west.

of the land in the Callovian period, this region

by the Russian Callovian sea tion of the

1

moving

the region of Cape Flora

By

a subsequent sinking

was again inundated,

hither from the south.

Russian Jura sea with the polar sea

in

this

time

(The connec-

which the genus Aucella

developed, would thus be deferred to the Oxfordian period.) It

is

new occurrence

natural that every

of

marine Jura, particularly

in

regions with an exposed geographical situation, should be examined, in order find

to

out

how

it

stands

in

zones in the Jurassic period.

relation

to

Neumayr's theory

of the climatic

In the discussion following the reading of

New-

ton and Teall's

work on Franz Josef Land, before the Geological Society

London, Mr.

J.

W.

untenable".

Impossible as

and proved,

I

on the ground

The

little

Gregory pronounced Neumayr's theory it

to

of the Jura of

we know

now

quite

it,

simply

Franz Josef Land,

of the it

n

regard Neumayr's theory as correct

fauna of the Bajocian of Cape Flora certainly

The forms

with the fauna of Central Europe.

however, too indistinct, and the number of known species

too small to allow of our bringing forward

1

be

cannot pass the severe judgement of Gregory upon

challenges a comparison of are,

find

I

to

of

any

definite proofs

is

as yet far

either

for or

This would also explain the difference from the fauna of the Callovian of Cape Stewarl in East Greenland, which has branched off in other directions and probahly also under other bionomic conditions from west-central Europe.

N0j

2-

PAL^O-GEOGRAPHICAL REMARKS.

against Neumayr.

I

would not even attach

too

great importance

report of the existence of hastate Belemnites far up in the

the

145

]

north.

to

the

Nor does

fauna of the Callovian of Cape Flora as yet bring any new material

which

might turn the balance

in

favour of Neumayr's advocates or of his

opponents. If

new

collections

in

the region of

Cape Flora should prove that the

Bajocian in this locality really contains a fauna of decided Central-European character,

the region of the Jura of

Cape Flora would then supply the most

weighty argument for the incorrectness of Neumayr's theory.

19

ADDITIONAL NOTES. The preceding

chapters were written and for the most part sent to Chri-

stiania to be translated into English

the Quart. Journ. of

and

printed,

the Geological Society

when No. 216

vol.

London came out

of

LIV. of

of

press

(Novbr. 1898), containing two valuable contributions to the Geology of Franz Josef Land:

A.

1.

Dr.

2.

E. T.

'Observations on the Geology of Franz Josef Land'.

Koettlitz,

Newton and

J.

J.

H. Teall,

'Additional Notes

on Rocks and

Fossils from Franz Josef Land'.

As

to the purely

in the sketch of the

Koettlitz,

the

points

Geology of Gape Flora, with which he kindly introduced

paper. the

Among

new

Fauna and Stratigraphy in are some data completing our

contributions to the Jurassic

the second paper by Mr. E. T. Newton, there

own

by Dr.

Gape Flora are already taken into consideration by Prof. Nansen

relating to

my

geological remarks given

results. 1st.

above the

From sea,

the lowest horizon [Bajocian],

Newton

figures

(1.

c.

PI.

NW.

XXIX.

of Elmtvood, 23

fig. 1)

33

ft.

the right valve of an

"Avicula sp". The specimen shows exactly the outline of a true Pseudomonotis

wing being broken) and must be considered as belonging species Pseudomonotis Jacksoni.

(the anterior

From

the

(which genus

I

same

locality,

Newton mentions besides remains

to

our

of Ostrea

could not find in the material before me) Belemnite-fragments

of the Belemnites

Panderi

type.

If

these latter indeed originate from this

horizon and have not fallen from above, they

may

richment of the fauna of the Gape Flora Bajocian.

be considered as an en-

NO.

ADDITIONAL NOTES.

a.]

2nd.

Newton

From c.

1.

natus

Phill.

to the

same

the south-western end of

Windy

650 describes a Belemnites

p.

Gully, [Lower Callovian] Mr.

sp. as

resembling the Bel. inor-

Perhaps the guard figured by Newton species as the fragments of the large

here noted as Belemnites sp. indet.

locality,

147

The

what compressed.

(PI.

XXIX.

relationship with Bel.

belongs

phragmocones from the same which seems also

1.,

5)

fig.

inornatus

be some-

to

quite un-

Phill. is

certain.

Together with

this

Belemnites

found a fragment of a large

litz

determined as "JwocerawMS-like". litz

sp.,

was

in

certainly

fact, since untill

in the

A

ment

situ, really belongs to

the

Inoceramus,

this is

quarter of a mile situ,

NW.

of

was

fig.

4)

an

interesting

Elmwood

not known. Dr. Koettlitz found a frag-

immediately below the basalt therefore higher in

than the Middle Callovian (Cadoceras Tchefkini horizon)

cliff

XXIX.

today the occurrence of the genus Inoceramus in the Macro-

an Ammonite in

of

(PI.

form, which according to Dr. Kcett-

cephalites macrocephalus-zone of arctic regions

3rd.

piece of matrix, Dr. Kostt-

which Newton

shell, If this

same

c.

(I.

pag. 635,

638, 649). The specimen was embedded in decomposed basalt or basaltic tuff. Mr. Newton determined the specimen as Amm. Lamberti (1. c. PI. XXIX. fig. 2.),

and deduces from

it,

that the beds

below the basalt are of Oxfordian

age and that the Oxford -clay occurs at Cape Flora.

Though true

Amm.

it

is

impossible to decide, whether the figured fragment be the

Lamberti Sow., Therefore

Quenstedtoceras. of

the

is

vertumnum

Sintz

the

(cf.

first

clear,

we have

Upper Callovian (Zone

Peltoceras athleta),

4th.

it

of

that

it

must belong

to

the genus

here a second proof of the occurrence

Quenstedtoceras Lamberti

proof having been given

=

Zone

of

by Quenstedtoceras

pag. 96).

The occurrence

of Jurassic plant-remains at

Cape Richthofen,

nized by Prof. Nathorst as corresponding with those of the land of post-Callovian-time in the Franz Josef

Cape

recog-

Flora, proves that

Land Archipelago extended

from Northbrook Island towards the North and North-East

(cf.

pag. 143).

ERRATA. p. 38, line p. 45,

6,

instead of:

clayironstone, read:

clay-sandstone

PLATE

I.

PLATE The Originals

Fig.

Pentacrinus

1.

1

I /, 1

klm.

in the mineralogical Institute, Christiania.

lie

bajociensis (d'Orb.) P. de Loriol., p. 51. of Elmwood, at the margin of the glacier, 150200

sp. ex. aff.

NW

the sea. a, side view; 1 6, the same, 2 1 d, the same, 2 enlarged.

X

Fig.

2

5.

I.

Lingvla Beani

Phill

,

X

enlarged;

1 c,

ft.

above

upper, syzygial surface;

p. 54.

of Elmwood, 2333 ft. above the sea. a, from above (the exact outline is figured 2, largest specimen, partly broken p. 56, Letter press fig. 8); b, from the side. 3, cast containing remains of the shell. 4, internal side of another specimen, showing the muscular impressions; a, natural size; 6, 2 enlarged. 5, small specimen with acute apex. Disdna reflexa Sow. sp., p. 58. ca. 300 m. NW. of Elmwood, 23-33 ft. above the sea. 6, cast of the convex valve showing muscular scars; o, from above; b, from the side. 7, convex valve of another specimen; a from above; 6, from the side. 8, posterior view of a convex valve, showing the curvature of the lines of ca.

300 m.

NW.

;

X

Fig.

69.

growth, enlarged.

convex valve of a more flattened specimen; a, from above; 6, from the side. Discina sp. indet., p. 59. ca. 300 m. NW. of Elmwood, 2333 ft. above the sea. Cast of a convex valve; a, Irom above; b, from the side. ? Limea cf. duplicata Goldf., p. 65. Above, N. of. Elmwood, ca. 550 ft. above the sea. Cast of a right valve; a, from above; b, from the anterior side. Pecten Lindstromi Tullbg., p. 63. Above, N. of, Elmwood, ca. 550 ft. above the sea. Impression of a left valve; a, nat. size; b, anterior part enlarged. Pseudomonotis Jacksoni n. sp., p. 60. ca. 300 m. NW. of Elmwood, 23-33 ft. above the sea. 13, fragment of a young shell. 14, fragment of a compressed right valve; a, outside; 6, internal view, (cf. p. 9,

Fig. 10.

Fig. 11.

Fig. 12.

Fig.

1316.

61, Letter press fig. 9); c, in profile.

fragment of a right valve with slight radiating striae. 16, fragment showing the sculpture of a left valve. Macrodon Schowrovski F. Rouill. sp,. p. 67. Above, N. of, Elmwood, ca. 550 above the sea. Right valve, partly covered with the shell. Belemnites m. f. subextensus Nik -- Panderi d'Orb., p. 100. of the glacier, 100200 l'/2 klm. NW. of Elmwood, at the margin 15,

Fig. 17.

Fig.

1821.

ft.

above

the sea. 18,

fragment of the anterior part of the rostrum; a, longitudinal section through

the alveolar part; 6, cross section. longitudinal section through the postalveolar part of another fragment. 20, fragment of a rostrum with obtuse apex; a, ventral side with the ventral groove; 6, side view; c, cross section through the postalveolar part; d, seen from behind. 21, fragment of a rostrum with acute apex; a, ventral side with the ventral groove; b, side view; c, seen from behind. 19,

Fig. 22, 23.

Belemnites sp. (cf. Beyrichi Opp.), p. 103. ca 300 m. NW. of Elmwood, 23- 33 ft. above the sea. 22, cross section through the postalveolar part. 23, longitudinal section of another individual; the apex here

is

restored too

obtuse. Fig. 24.

Belemnites sp. indet.

2.,

p.

104.

Locality? Small fragment; a, side view; b and c, the same seen from above and below, showing slight eccentrical radiation.

'in-:

NomvKdiAX

I'OLAH

KxpiinmoN

1893-1896 N^

PI.]

19

iVolber

-

PLATE

II.

PLATE The Originals

Fig.

1, 2, 3, 5.

1,

lie

in the miner alogical Institute, Christiania.

Cadoceras Nanseni n. sp., p. 86. Above, N. of, Elmwood, ca. 550 ft. above the sea. 2, 3, different juvenile individuals with compressed remains of the shell. 3 b, chambered part of 3 a, 3 [Lobe-line

Fig.

4-

II.

cf.

X

living

chambers,

with

enlarged.

p. 88, Letter-press fig.

\1\.

5, somewhat larger specimen, figured after the wax-cast of an impression. Cadoceras sp. ex. aff. Cad. Nanseni (n. sp.), p. 92. l'/2 klm. NW. of Elmwood, at the margin of the glacier, 100200 ft. above

the sea. cast with */2 a whorl of the living chamber, partly covered with the shell; a, from the side; 6, from the front; c, section. [Lobe-line cf. p. 92, Letter-press fig. 18].

Chambered

Fig.

6.

Fig.

7.

Cadoceras Nanseni n. sp., p. 86. South-western end of Windy Gully, ca. 400 ft above the sea. a, compressed specimen, covered with the shell 6, innermost whorls, enlarged. Cadoceras Tchefkini d'Orb sp., p. 80 100-200 ft. above l l /2 klm. NW. of Elmwood, at the margin of the glacier, :

,

the sea. a,

chambered cast with compressed jiving chamber, from the side b, the same after removal of the anterior third of the last chambered whorl; ;

c,

front view of 7

[Lobe-line Fig.

Fig.

cf.

6.

p. 83,

Letter-press

fig.

15.)

8.

Cadoceras

9.

Above, N. of, Elmwood, ca. 550 ft. above the sea. a, impression with a fragment of Lima sp. indet. (cf. p. 68); 6, wax-cast of the impression; c, reconstructed section. Quenstedtoceras vertwmnum Sintzow, p. 96. I'/a klm. NW. of Elmwood, at the margin of the glacier, 100200 ft. above the sea. Young individual with a fragment of the subsequent whorl; a, side view; 6,

sp. indet., p. 94.

ventral area. [Lobe-line Fig. 10.

cf.

p. 97, Letter press fig. 21.]

Cadoceras Frearsi (d'Orb. sp.) Nik., p. 93. l l /a klm. NW. of Elmwood, at the margin of the

100200

glacier,

ft.

above

the sea. Pyritic cast, fragment of a chambered whorl [Lobe-line cf. p. 93, Letter-press fig. 19.] Fig. 11.

;

a, side

view

;

6,

section.

sp.. p. 73 klm. NW. of Elmwood, at the margin of the glacier, 100-200 ft. above the sea. Fragment of a chambered whorl, pyritic cast with remains of the shell; a, side view; 6, ventral area; c, section. [Lobe-line cf. p. 74, Letter-press fig. 13.]

Macrocephalites l'/2

Fig. 12.

Macrocephalites Kcettlitzi n. sp., p. 70. South-western end of Windy Gully, ca. 400 ft. above the sea. Cast of the chambered whorls with remains of the shell; a, from the 6, from the front; c, ventral area. [Lobe-line

cf.

p. 71,

Letter press

fig.

12.]

side,

Tin-:

NoinrauAN

I'OI.AH

K/rKiimox

1893-1896 X"_.

I'l.ll.

'>:

Kleiri

&.Volbert

TABLE OF CONTENTS. A

Geological Sketch of Cape Flora Fridtjof

and

its

Neighbourhood, by

Nansen

p.

The Jurassic Fauna of Cape Flora, by

J.

F.

Pompeckj

Preface I.

II.

III.

V.

VI.

Jurassic Sedimentary

The Fauna

-

35.

of the Jurassic

Rocks

at

Cape Flora

Sediments

at

Cape Flora

37. -

.

.

45. 50.

.

1.

State of Preservation of the Fossils

-

2.

Description of the Fossils

-

51.

Crinoidea

-

51.

Vermes

-

53.

Brachiopoda

-

54.

Lamellibranchiata

-

59.

Gastropoda

-

68.

Cephalopoda

-

69.

Ammonoidea

-

69.

Belemnoidea

-

100.

-

105.

3.

IV.

33.

Previous Literature referring to the Jura of Franz Josef Land

The

3.

-

Summary

Stratigraphic Results Facies.

50.

108.

Faunistic Characters and Relations to other Jura

Faunas

-

134.

Palaeo-Geographical Remarks

-

140.

Additional Notes

p. 146.

Errata

p.

148.

III.

FOSSIL PLANTS FROM FRANZ JOSEF LAND BY

A. G.

NATHORST.

INTRODUCTION. Shortly after his return from the expedition with the "Fram," Dr. Nan-

sen informed

number

of

me

when

that

fossil

plants,

in

Franz Josef Land he had

and requested me

collected

This

examine them.

to

a goodly offer I

could not withstand, though fully occupied with other work, especially as for

my work

in connection

cularly interesting to

with the

material

voyage.

he had collected

arrived in such good time that in

it

Unfortunately there

is

the

the ferns, fragments of

by Nansen

quently, the

error

and Norwegian There Dr.

is

to is

I

believed that

no need

still

for

Kcettlitz

I

was enabled

it

is,

me

to

When

had discovered, among

A

after

correction forwarded in good

was not attended

be found in "Farthest North".

to

to,

and conse-

In the Swedish

however, corrected.

to dwell

Nansen himself having given a

and Dr.

I

an Onychiopsis, a supposition which, however,

the English publisher

editions

parti-

Franz Josef

book Nansen published describing his

a subsequent examination proved erroneous. time

was

a misstatement in "Farthest North".

examining the material received,

first

flora of

it

reply in the affirmative to Dr. Nansen's request, the

a short account of

give

Spitsbergen,

become acquainted with the Jurassic

Having given a

Land.

fossil Jurassic flora of

on the occurrence full

of these fossil plants,

description thereof.

Both Nansen

are of opinion that the plant-bearing strata must be con-

sidered as interstratified between two different tiers of basalt (old lava flows),

an opinion which

is

confirmed by the analogous conditions on King

Charles

NATHORST. FOSSIL PLANTS OF FRANZ JOSEF LAND.

4

Land, which in

my work The

observed in the

I

on the geology of

plant-bearing rock

is

summer

[NORW. POL. EXP.

and on which

of 1898,

this land.

broken into rather sharp-cornered, small frag-

ments, the surface being white, yellowish, or brownish, while fresh fractures.

of small

composed

uncommon

not

are

Some

show a kind

pieces

from volcanic examination

The

I

tuffs.

Whether

this will

micro-

rate

any

clays which

are derived

cannot at present say.

organic substance of

the plants

But the harder white or yellowish

more

or,

at

be confirmed by further microscopical

correctly speaking, the cavities

sometimes

is

brownish softer variety of the rock, which shale.

reminding one of those that

the white

to

darker in

is

it

conglomerate structure, being

volcanic tuffs, and this variety,

shows some resemblance

scopically,

of

rounded white fragments, in

shall touch

I

more

is

still

like

a

be seen in a

soft

bituminous

varieties only present impressions,

by the

left

leaves, as their

substance has entirely disappeared, without any other taking fractures, consequently, there

to

its

organic In cross

place.

be seen cavities which are com-

may sometimes

plete transverse sections of the coniferous leaves.

Unfortunately most of the remains of the plants are very fragmentary,

and

as,

moreover, the leaves in

difference of

themselves are small, and are not by any

colour distinguishable from

the rock, the

examination

of

material has been very arduous, having almost without exception been

under the magnifying this,

There would have been no occasion

lens.

had the material been

better,

but as

it

is,

the

made

mention

to

the question as to the age of

the deposit can only approximately be settled, as will be seen from the latter

part of this article.

During the time that has elapsed since Nansen came back, the Jackson-

Harmsworth

expedition has also returned, and the fossils collected by the latter

party have been described by Messrs. E. T.

Newton and

J. J.

H. Teall

;

besides

which, Dr. Ko&ttlita has given a detailed account of the geological conditions of the various localities. 1

1

Newton and Franz Josef Land'. E. T.

/. J.

In the article

H.

Teall, 'Notes

first

mentioned, suggestion

is

made

on a collection of Rocks and Fossils from

Quarterly Journ. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 53 (1897), p. 477. 'Additional notes on Rocks and Fossils from Franz Josef Land'. Ibidem, vol. 54 (1898), p. 646. B. Kcettlits, 'Observations of the geology of Franz Josef Land'. Ibidem, vol.

54

(1898), p. 620.

N0

3>

.

INTRODUCTION. ]

of the possibility of there being plant-bearing strata of

Permian and Tertiary

age, besides the Jurassic ones.

With regard

supposed Permian

to the

they have been found at

fossils,

Cook's Rock and Cape Stephen in coarse sandstone, abounding in remains of

Newton mentions Phyllotheca

plants.

columnaris, Rhiptozamites

dr.

Anomozamites?, Zamiopteris

Gcepperti,

cfr.

dr.

Asplenium

glossopteroides

dr. nhitbiense.

These plant-remains represented

Newton and any

of

certainty,

and

cies in the list of fossils given

both Rhiptozamites and

But though,

fossil

this

cerning

in

above are Jurassic.

for

large

that

is

it

seems

leaves

I

consequence,

must

I

flora,

Sound, Spitsbergen, a

is

There

Equiselum

flora

is

and

first

nothing to prevent

or Schizoneura, is

cfr.

and

also the

tvhitbiense,

cannot hazard any definite opinion con-

me

that to

say

or Rhffitic.

those

last spe-

be a fern of the Cladophlebis type.

to

In the

it

seems,

summer

might well

it

1898 at Bell

of

was met with which was remarkable

of this age

resembling

of

possible to identify

Of the so-called Asplenium

(?).

the uppermost Trias

belong to

it

the paper

Zamiopteris are very doubtful, which

Anomozamites

the most one can say

that

be observed that the

may

it

the so-called Phyllotheca from being an

case with

41 accompanying

seem so well preserved

Teall, do not

them with

in pi.

classed

by Newton as Zamiopteris and

Rhiptozamites, although the venation of those leaves was too badly preserved to

allow

my

any

giving

determination.

definite

opinion

This plant-bearing stratum

marine Jurassic beds of Oxfordian age.

I

that the plant-bearing sandstone at Cook's to the

With regard

I

is

present

as to

to the

silicified

any

therefore do not consider

it

and not

is

same

which

is

called

phyllum, or

impossible

necessary before

locality, the leaves

of Tertiary age.

forms are also found in the Jurassic beds, and specimen from King Charles Land.

it

certainty.

slab found in the

of Jurassic

is

generic

Rock and Cape Stephen may belong

which resembled Baiera and Podozamites, as also the leaves firmly believe that

their

succeeded by the transgrading

uppermost Trias, though more complete material

the question can be decided with

of

at

The

I

possess a

of

a Ginkgo,

Similar

Ginkgo

somewhat

similar

coniferous twig on the

same

slab,

by Newton Pinites, should rather be considered as a Pachy-

some

allied

genus.

That the compressed vegetable remains from

NATHORST. FOSSIL PLANTS OF FRANZ JOSEF LAND.

6

Cape Richthofen are probably not Tertiary Mr. Newton,

The

who

quotes

the age of

known

with the exception of those from Cook's

which

is

still

or the transition beds to the Cretaceous,

have been discovered.

to

opinion in the later article.

consequence

Rock and Cape Stephen,

strata

have previously pointed out

plant-bearing strata of Franz Josef Land, which are as yet

to us, all belong, in

Jurassic,

my

I

uncertain

to the

Upper

while as yet, no Tertiary

DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES. FUNGI. PI.

The specimen

fig.

I.

figs.

56 and (magnified) 56a.

56, twice enlarged,

(Taxites) which on either side of sions, is

figure

The

a certain resemblance

is

(fig.

56a),

a small dot

regular position of the round impressions gives the magnified

ferous, and, near

There

leaf

midrib presents small circular impres-

on further enlargement

in the centre of which,

seen.

the'

a fragment of a coniferous

is

to

the margins,

a Laccopteris, but the similar round

leaf

impressions

is

are

plainly

coni-

also present.

not the slightest doubt that the circular impressions are caused by

a parasite fungus; but that ther definition can be given.

is all

that can be said on the matter, as

Another coniferous

also attacked by a similar fungus,

leaf

no

fur-

on the same slab

is

which has, moreover, been observed also on

other specimens.

FILICALES. CLADOPHLE8IS, Brongniarf.

Cladophlebis PI.

I.

figs.

1

sp.

and (magnified) 43.

This small fragment represents the ordinary Cladophlebis type found Jurassic deposits, but

it

cannot be definitely determined as

to the species.

in

NATHORST. FOSSIL PLANTS OF FRANZ JOSEF LAND.

8

[NORW. POL. EXP.

SPHENOPTERIS, Brongniart. sp. a.

Sphenopteris

PL

I.

It is,

however,

2 and (magnified) 44.

small fragment belongs to a species not previously

It is possible that this

described.

figs.

decide whether

difficult to

Cladophlebis or Sphenopteris, though the

in

nules themselves,

of the

is

nity.

is

the specimen

that

Owing

to

is

a certain resemblance

to

from the Jurassic strata

Heer, it

and

secondary segment.

there

the pinnules,

it

of Siberia

manner

in the

in question

is

the undulating

only the

margin

of

Asplenium petruscMnense

(Flora fossilis arctica, vol.

not possible to decide whether this resemblance points

The same

The

possible that these pin-

a more developed stadium, are divided

characterising Sphenopteris,

very apex

should be brought under

seems more probable.

latter

an obvious midrib, but pinnules certainly present

it

to

any

5),

but

real affi-

Asplenium Czekanowskianum Heer, Lena River at Lat. 71 15' between Lena

holds good concerning

from the Atyrkan, a tributary

and Olenek. (Flora

of the

fossilis artica, vol. 5).

The specimen is especially interesting because made distinct impressions in the rock substance, so

that their oval form can

be observed under a strong magnifying

microscope.

lens, or the

Sphenopteris PI.

I.

This fragment belongs type which

is

figs.

the epidermic cells have

sp. b.

3 and (magnified) 45.

to the

Sphenopteris (Thyrsopteris) Murrayana-

wide-spread in the Jurassic strata, but

it

is

insufficient for

any

definite determination.

Sphenopteris PI.

Of

this

I.

type also there

figs. is

4 and (magnified) 46.

but the fragment represented, which

complete for any certain determination. teris (Thyrsopteris} tica,

vol. 4),

but

shows some

Brongn. from the Yorkshire

oolite,

it

is

is

too in-

be compared with Sphenop-

Siberian strata (Flora fossilis arc-

similarity

to

Sphenopteris denticulata

as also to Dicksonia borealis Heer, from

The venation

the strata of Northern Siberia. the drawing represents, but

may

It

Maakiana Heer from

also

sp. c.

difficult to

is

probably more intricate than

make

it

out.

NO.

DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES.

8.]

sp. d.

Sphenopteris (Adiantites) PI.

Of

6 and (magnified) 47, 48.

5,

figs.

only received after

the

plates

were

printed.

drawings, the leaves are constructed as in the

shaped

As

Adiantwm,

is

seen from

the

the oblique wedge-

being devoid of any distinct midrib and attached to the rachis

leaflets

their posterior part.

by

the one (wood-cut

three specimens are here represented,

this species

1) I

fig.

I.

The

anterior margin

is

more or

less

uneven.

The

figures will speak for themselves.

The

species

is

probably new, in so far as can

be judged from this incomplete material. cies previously described,

antites

arctica,

somewhat resembles Adi-

Heer from Bureja

Nympharum

(Flora foss.

it

Of the spe-

vol.

4),

Amur,

in

the pinnules of which

are however considerably larger.

Newton and

Teall

*

have described two specimens

from Cape Flora, bringing them under Thyrsopteris, .

Fig.

1.

.

,

,

Sphenopiwis (Adi-

antites) sp. d. in natural size

and two

still

greater,

to this species.

an

similarity

pin*

nules magnified. is

though at the same time they draw attention

indeed,

it

Whether

earlier stage of

me may

to

Adiantites amurensis Heer.

"^ ^ e

"keness

to

Adiantites

to their

It

seems

Nympharum

not be altogether impossible that they belong

the form described above should

be considered as

development of the species described by Newton and Teall

cannot be determined from the material at hand.

1

'Notes on a collection of Rocks and Fossils from Franz Josef Land', Journ Geol. Soc. vol. 53, p. 477.

etc.

Quarterly

NATHORST. FOSSIL PLANTS OF FRANZ JOSEF LAND.

10

[NORW. POL. EXP.

CYGADALES. PTENOPHYLLUM,

Brongniart.

Pterophyttum?

PL

The the

figs

7 and (magnified) 57.

only specimen that with any certainty belongs to the Gycadales

fragment in question.

little

of

divided, the pinnae

the rachis.

They

This

which

It is

the

at

visible in the

have been attached

when

apex, and,

in this genus.

more

It is

it

is

of

Zamites and Pterophyllum from the Urgonian

It

place the specimen

Until better material

strata

Greenland de-

of

by Heer.

PODOZAMITES,

Braun.

Fr.

Podoeamites?

PL

Newton and

I.

fig.

sp.

31.

Teall, in their paper cited above,

pinnae resembling those of Podozamites.

I

mention the occurrence

am, however, not

that the specimens represented on their plate 38, figs. 11 rate their it

I

might also be compared with those species

forms previously described.

hand

un-

not worth while discussing the relationship of this species

to

scribed

four

a Ctenophyllum or Ptilophyllum which, how-

of

cannot be decided from the material before us.

be obtainable,

enlarged,

to

pinna represented.

no true Pterophyttum, though provisionally

is

is

a pinna of a frond, probably regularly

in their entire breadth

are rounded

branched veins are

ever,

I.

sp.

fig.

is

11

shows about 18 which case

it

and 12

should not rather be classed as Feildenia.

not quite fine

impossible that our veins,

should

specimen plate

really be

referred

fully

to

I,

convinced or at

On fig.

of

any

the other 31,

which

Podozamites;

in

would be yet another species of Cycadales which has been

found in Franz Josef Land.

NO.

H

DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES.

3.]

CONIFER. GINKGO, Linne.

The Ginkgo forms found here

it

occur.

The

is difficult to

determine with any certainty

is still

are but

fragmentary,

how many

species really

of the leaves

occurrence of at least two species

number

ably the

the most interesting remains

among

Unfortunately, most

of the entire flora.

so that

are

consider fairly certain, prob-

I

larger in reality.

Ginkgo polaris, Nathorst. PL I. figs. 819 and (magnified)

Ginkgo polaris Nathorst, Nansen's p.

486,

fig.

Tram

6.

This species

represented here with

named

already been figured and

Franz Josef Land, included 1893

The

96.

which

is

the short

in the lobes

II.

leaf (fig. 8)

which has

of fossil plants of

Nansen's description of the Fram expedition

in

in the

manner

characteristic

dichotomously divided into eight lobes, the apex

the leaf

petiole of

vary from

in figs. 14, 15,

and

is

the specimen

two

latter figures

fig.

undergone any further

14,

species, those represented

only present the one half of the into

it

is

it

is

leaf.

two halves, the base of

On

each of the halves would also be wedge-shaped. the specimen

of veins

by having a more wedge-shaped base, but

8 be imagined as divided

fig.

The number

short and slender.

five to ten.

17, differ

just possible that the

gards

vol.

p. 520, fig. 6.

summary

Of the other specimens included under the same

If

London,

rounded, or mostly somewhat truncated with a depression in the

The

middle.

in

II.

a perfect

has a truncated base, and,

leaf

of this genus, is repeatedly of

'Farthest North',

over Polhavet', Christiania, vol.

is

51.

the other

hand as

re-

probably a young leaf which has not yet

division.

Of the species already described, Ginkgo polaris can especially be compared with Ginkgo stbirica Heer and Ginkgo fldbellata Heer (Flora arctica,

vols.

existence of

4

&

5)

from the Jurassic strata

any complete agreement with

of

either.

East Siberia, without the

The

leaves of the former

are larger, with a more powerful petiole, the lobes also being

This

is

also the

case with the lobes of

are narrower; the to

Heer but 35).

number

of veins

in

Ginkgo

fossilis

flabellata,

more rounded.

which moreover,

the lobes being also fewer (according

NATHORST. FOSSIL PLANTS OF FRANZ JOSEF LAND.

12

Nevertheless

must be admitted there

it

[NORW. POL. EXP.

a very great resemblance be-

is

tween Ginkgo polaris and the two species mentioned, so that there temptation of classing

some fragments with

the one species,

some with

the

is

the other.

As, however, the most perfect specimen of Oinkgo polaris does not agree

with either,

have deemed

I

it

more

correct to consider

own, more particularly as no one of the

by Newton or

many

as a species of

its

specimens examined by me, or

and strong a

Teall, presents so long

it

petiole as those possessed

by the species from East Siberia.

To Ginkgo by Newton and rica.

Teall in

therefore refer

38, figs

pi.

4 and

should

have shown the long

still

figured in their second paper, (plate 29, refer to

Ginkgo polaris,

PI.

is

is

I.

smaller than Heer's itself

question has fig.

21

is

is

in

20, 21

figs.

var.

all

seem wanting

Ginkgo

and which they with by a very short

sibi-

pygmcea

hesitation

petiole.

n. var.

50, 52.

my

(fig.

lobes, fig.

in the

18).

The specimen

the Ginkgo leaves hitherto described, as

Ginkgo pusitta from closely allied

to

it

fig.

is

20

even

the Jurassic strata of East Siberia,

Ginkgo

flabellata.

The specimen

in

divided into four lobes, while the fragmentary specimen

commencing

which are consequently broader than the 20 are

five in

I.

figs.

division of the

rest.

each lobe, in the specimen

narrower lobes, but nine

PI.

fig.

The

veins

21 similar

to ten in those that are broader.

sp.

22-24.

opinion these specimens belong to a separate species, as they differ

from Ginkgo polaris by having a distinct

represented

The specimen

of the leaf.

and (magnified)

Ginkgo

In

3)

divided into six, but with signs of a

specimen

number

very

its leaf

two innermost in the

call

probable that these specimens are only a variety of the preceding,

the very smallest of

which

5,

also characterised

since transition forms do not is

which they

petiole

fig.

Ginkgo polaris Nathorst

It

the specimens

they had belonged to the latter species, at any rate the specimen

If

5,

fig.

we must

polaris

larger, less deeply

venation and often present a

which seems

to

peculiar

divided lamina,

structure

(fig.

more

23a enlarged)

correspond with transverse cracks in the carbonised leaf sub-

NO.

DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES.

3.]

stance; pointing therefore after the plates

were

printed, is figured in

Probably the specimens afore- mentioned

A

rather thick leaves.

to

13,

figs.

work should be

13 sent to

specimen,

me

2 annexed.

fig.

Newton's and Teall's

38, of

plate

same

referred to this

species.

Both in form and venation these specimens, as far as can be judged from the small resemblance to

from the Weald

of

Ginkgo pluripatita Schimper

Ginkgo

1

Germany

are however necessary, Fig. 2.

show no

material at hand,

sp.

More complete specimens

.

decide the relation-

in order to

sp.

ship between the two.

Male flower

PL This specimen the

Ginkgo

is

I.

Ginkgo.

33 and (magnified) 49.

figs.

evidently a male the

family, probably of

on either side of the

visible

of

genus Ginkgo

belonging to

plant

itself.

number

but their

axis,

Such male flowers

definitely ascertained.

some

flower of

or

The

anthers are

nature cannot be

Ginkgo family may be

of the

named Ginkganthus. CZEKANOWSKIA,

Csekanotvskia

PL

I.

rigida Heer. 35 and 54 (magnified).

figs.

That Czekanowskia rigida,

cf.

Heer (Flora

specimen

narrow

fig.

leaves.

35,

vol. 4)

foss. arctica,

Land seems

sented in the collection from Franz Josef the

Heer.

is

repre-

from

fairly indisputable

which plainly shows the dichotomous branching of the

The midrib

is

shown very

also

Besides this specimen, there are

many

clearly.

seem

others which

me mention

occurrence of the

same

men which shows

several leaves proceeding from a short shoot.

species.

First of

all,

let

to point to the fig.

37,

a

speci-

Unfortunately

they are in a bad state of preservation, so that one might question whether could

not

Pinites, but, for that, the leaves

The specimen

represented

leaves of Ceekanotvskia, 1

Schenk,

1-8.

There

be a Phoenicopsis.

'Die Flora

der

as

seem by

also

to

fig.

is

of too

36

also

specimen

some

likeness to

weak a

consistency.

certainly also

have been

may fig.

be deemed fascicular

38, while

nordwest-deutschen Wealdenformation',

Palacontographica, vol. 19, 1871.

it

the specimen p.

212,

pi.

fig.

24, figs,

NATHORST. FOSSIL PLANTS OF FRANZ JOSEF LAND.

14

34 (enlarged

which shows narrower leaves, might tend

55)

fig.

position of the occurrence of Cz. setacea.

It

some were dichotomously branched, but also our thoughts

[NOBW. POL. EXP.

really is

it

seems as

to the sup-

the leaves of

if

not quite certain, so that here

turn to leaves of Pinites.

may

PHOENICOPSIS, Heer.

Phoenicopsis PI.

The occurrence figured

on

PI.

I,

I.

figs.

of the

39-41,

pi.

II. figs.

genus Phoenicopsis

is

16. proved by the

with parallel veins proceeding from a short shoot. of this

that

so,

their

true

neither their form nor the

seem however

to

number

shows a

not reach

down

to the short shoot.

belong here,

fasciculate

least

to

30.

610,

be

The

Consequently

can be determined;

specimen,

number

Ph. speciosa

figured in PI.

II.

of veins in

be

to

39,

fig.

1523,

which

in fig. 2,

on

but they do

of the leaves,

10 veins, except the specimen,

per part of the leaf shows 11.

leaf

The

ten.

states the

in

Those specimens

have 8

on each

arrangement

fossilis arctica, vol. 4)

nicopsis angustifolia latior to be 20

of veins

have been at

plate,

Heer (Flora

cannot be ascertained.

breadth

same

the

Unfortunately the leaves

specimen are in such a bad state of preservation, and run into one

another

these

specimen

which presents a fascicule of long linear leaves

41,

fig.

augustifolia Heer.

cf.

I

Phoein

Ph.

suppose

may

which the up-

species thus seems probably to be angusti-

folia, but this cannot be determined with perfect certainty,

owing

to the pre-

sent material being so bad.

The PL

38,

fossil

fig.

10,

which

is

figured by

Newton and

Teall in their

first

paper on

and with some hesitation brought under Baiera, should

The specimen

dently be placed here.

is

evi-

figured upside down.

PEILDENIA, Heer.

The occurrence of the

specimen that

of is

this

genus

represented

is

assumed by me

PI.

I,

fig.

chiefly

4

& 1

5).

However, elsewhere

1

have adduced

vol. 30, no. 1,

(vol. II,

p.

fig.

29,

486,

fig.

the difficulty of distinguishing the

A. G. Nafhorst, 'Zur mesozoischen Flora Spitzbergens'.

Akademiens Handlingar,

consequence

28 and which, as also

has already been figured in Nansen's 'Farthest North' 1

in

Stockholm 1897.

Kgl.

Svenska Vetenskaps

NO.

DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES.

3.]

15

leaves of this plant from those of Phoenicopsis, and suggested that the two

perhaps coincide.

genera

may

of the

two genera the one from the

increased

them under is

it

be

difficult to distinguish

For

this

this genus.

reason

it is

those in question are to be

with a certain degree of hesitation

The occurrence

Feildenia

of

is,

PI.

The specimen of the leaf, (1.

specimen

still

I.

however, not unexpected,

figured in

fig.

fig.

27

is straight,

ber of the veins

is

usually

32.

28 presents a falciform bend at the base

more pronounced than

On

from Spitsbergen.

c.)

sp.

2530,

figs.

the apex

that usual in Feildenia Nordenskioldi

the contrary

the base of the leaf of the

rounded and not oblique, as

is

with the species described ally the case

from Spitsbergen.

the really belong to

brown

in the

very similar to Feildenia

gener-

num-

only exceptionally 10, while 8 to 10 seems to

6,

Feildenia they

One specimen

is

In this the

be the usual number in the specimens from Franz Josef Land.

species.

include

I

represented in the Upper Jurassic flora of Spitsbergen.

Feildenia

Nath.

complete leaves

this difficulty is of course greatly

other,

when such fragmentary specimens as

determined.

as

If it

may

therefore probably belong to

softer rock with but 6 veins

these

If

is,

a new

however,

Nordenskioldi Nath. from Spitsbergen.

TAXITES, Brongniart.

Taxites

cf.

gramineus Heer

PI. II. figs.

Cycadites gramineus Heer, pi. 8, fig.

7

etc,'

100.

p.

8.

(?),

pi.

20-23. zur

'Beitrage

sp.

foss.

Flora Spitzbergens',

Heer, 'Beitrage zur Jura-Flora Ostsibiriens 26,

fig.

4.

Taxites gramineus Nathorst, 'Zur mesozoischen Flora Spitzbergens',

As seem

to

far

as

may

in breadth

p.

be ascertained from these fragmentary specimens,

agree very well with Taxites

strata of Spitsbergen

p. 34,

and East

gramineus Heer

Siberia.

The

sp.

17.

they

from the Jurassic

leaves are about 3 to 3'5

mm.

which

may

and present transverse impressions on

their surface,

certainly be considered a phenomenon of dessication, but which, at the same

time, doubtless is connected with

are seen in this sort of

leaf.

some

structural peculiarity, as they so often

NATHORST. FOSSILS PLANTS OF FRANZ JOSEF LAND.

16

The specimen

fig.

23

so than fully permits of

from Spitsbergen

is

broader than

is

the others (4 mm.),

A

belonging to the same species.

its

my work

figured in

[NORW. POL. EXP.

above

cited

(PI.

I,

but

not more

similar specimen fig.

14).

ABIETITES, Coeppert. Abietites(?) sp. PI.

In

my

I.

figs.

opinion this leaf

is

42,

and (magnified)

complete, and not the apex of a leaf of Pinites

(Pityophyllum) as seems proved by thereof. special structure

as however there

may

It

as

clue,

its

narrowing

therefore be

may

at

off

its

base and the

to leaves of

compared

Isuga;

be a question also of Sequoia and other genera

Nor do

not be determined with certainty.

any

53.

among them

it

can-

the other conifer remains give

seeds are found which

may

be said

to point

both

Abies and Sequoia.

to

PINITES, Endllcher.

There cannot be the hat

Linne has allowed

Josef Land.

no

there is

slightest it

-

doubt that the genus Pinus

- is

represented in the fossil flora from Franz,

As, however, the various remains are usually found separately, in possibility of deciding,

occur some closely allied but

now

each case, whether there

extinct genus.

cases, they should in reality belong to

many

with the nomenclature the twigs

1

already in use

we

the male flowers Pityanthus.

It is

Pinus

plainly

more

;

not also

precludes that

way

In accordance

itself.

will call the leaves

Pityodadus; the cones Pityostrobus

may

therefore wiser to use

It is

the denomination Pinites for these remains, which in no in

to the extent

Pityophyllum

;

the seeds

correct to

separately than to connect them with one another, which

and uncertain. These names are

Pityospermum; name these organs will

always prove

more or

less arbitrary

and

be withdrawn, so soon as the connection of the different organs with

will

of course provisional,

one another be proved.

Pityanthus PI. II. figs. 7, It

flower,

uished. 1

appears

to

though the

me

fairly

sp.

and (magnified) 7

certain

that

a.

this object is

details of the structure of the

a Pinus-\\ke male

anthers cannot be disting-

Their edges appear however to have been fimbriated.

A. G. Nathorst, 'Zur mesozoischen Flora Spitzbergens',

1.

c.

p. 62.

N0>

DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES.

3.]

sp. a.

Pityostrobus

PL

II.

figs. 9,

These specimens, as to the sub-division

is

and (magnified) 9

10,

Sapinus, which

is

10

a,

a.

case with mesozoic forms, belong

the

generally

Thus we can choose between

17

characterised

the genera Cedrus,

Picea, of which the two last must be given the

thin

by

scales of cone.

Larix, Abies, Tsuga and

first place,

if,

on the whole

any known genus, which cannot be determined from

there can be question of

the scanty material available.

The

tuse apex.

on

and seem

scales, as previously stated, are thin,

either

They are furnished with longitudinal striae which curve outwards The specimen fig. 10 shows parts of the scales side (fig. 9 a).

nearer their base, with indications of impressions

PI. II. figs 11,

Possibly this the female

flower

of

and

of Spitsbergen

the other

1

a

species,

recalls

which Heer,

it

is

be a young

which

to

belongs

the two seeds.

a.

cone, the

or

more

correctly

genus Pinus

in

a

presents rather powerful rhomboid

object

Strobilites

Heeri Nath. from the Jurassic strata considered

in his day,

hand there might

which reason

and (magnified) 11

may

specimen

The round

signification.

impressions,

On

little

made by

(?) sp. b.

Pityostrobus

limited

have had an ob-

to

a young Pinus cone. 2

also be the question of

with great hesitation

some

short shoot, for

describe the fragment as Pity-

I

ostrobus.

Pityospermum

cf.

Maakianum Heer

sp.

PI. II. fig. 15.

Pinus Maakiana Heer,

'Beitrage zur Juraflora Ostsibiriens

landes,' p. 76, pi. 14,

fig.

und des Amur-

1.

This specimen agrees so entirely with the seeds of Pinus described by Heer,

1

a

Nafhorst

1.

c.

more

especially with

his

fig.

4-.

that the identity

of the

p. 20.

Heer, 'Beitrage zur fossilen Flora Spitzbergens', arctica, vol.

1,

Maakiana

p. 45, pi. 9, fig. 7, 8.

Flora fossilis

NATHORST. FOSSIL PLANTS OF FRANZ JOSEF LAND.

18

two can scarcely be doubted. the

Probably

It

specimen represented by but

so torn

is

it

text-figure

Heer's 3.

Ib

Heer

la.

fig.

16 should also

fig.

figured in the

it

is

very

accompanying

by being narrower-winged, but

opinion that

is of

of

more narrow-winged than

also

is

be placed here,

any determination

that

3) differs

(fig.

fig.

Pityospermum.

smaller than the other specimens.

The specimen

uncertain.

Fig.

much

is

[NORW. POL. EXP.

his

Pinus Maakiana may

possibly belong to the genus Tsuga.

Pityospermum

cf.

cuneatum Nathorst.

PI. II. fig. 14.

Owing

smallness of the seed

the

to

itself

(scarcely

one third of the

seed-wing) and what appears to be an almost truncate apex of the wing, and also

as regards

dimensions, this specimen seems closely allied to Pityo-

its

spermum cuneatum from described by me However, *.

of the

the

strata of Spitsbergen, already

the identity of the two

to the

owing

incompleteness

cannot be considered certain.

in question

specimen

Upper Jurassic

Pityospermum Nanseni

n. sp.

PI. II. figs. 12, 13.

As a

type for this species

we must

presented in the annexed text-figure

seed

(fig.

most complete.

the

is

itself

is

As

regards

the figure; Fig- 4.

Pityospermum

Awards

Nanseni. Natural

almost round,

its

form

in

its

about

wing stretching as

not quite

hah*

in

obtained,

length,

the

as long as the

greatest breadth about the middle.

other respects,

I

refer the reader to

fine

striae

radiating

the outer margin.

by Newton and Teall

in

differing only

to

be entered

their PI. 38,

here

fig.

6.

by the outer margin

12,

certainly

the

wing

also

include the

specimen on

of which, probably

Nathorst, 'Zur mesozoischen Flora Spitzbergens',

PI.

owing simply

of preservation, appears narrower.

1

re-

is

It

that

has

of the

far as the lower side of the seed.

Here we must fig.

mm.

11

wing shows as usual,

the

same form and dimensions,

possibly also

is

Another complete specimen

size.

figured

the

4) which, of all the seeds It

wing, this latter having

reckon that specimen

first of all

p. 63, pi. 5, fig. 38.

II.

fig.

13,

to its state

NO.

DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES.

3.]

Pityospermum PI. II. figs.

This specimen length

differs

of the wing,

sp.

18 and (magnified) 18a.

17,

size of the seed

by the considerable

which also appears

obliterated in the specimen,

be narrower.

to

18, that its real

fig.

19

and the greater

It is,

however, so

form cannot be ascertained

with any certainty.

Whether

the specimen,

fig.

a winged seed

19, is really

wing seems too

to the part that should correspond

is

uncertain, the

thick for that.

It

ought

therefore at present to be considered as incertae sedis.

Newton 38,

ised

figs.

have also figured two

Teall

which evidently belong

7, 8)

therefore appears as

growing

in the

same

there

which

locality,

Taxodium

Tertiary

if

slate

fig.

had been is

winged

8

is

about 28

five or

(1.

mm.

c.

PI.

in length.

of Pinites

six species

not however per se improbable.

Cape Staratschin

at

seeds

one or two other species character-

to

Their specimen

by very large seeds. It

the

and

of Spitsbergen,

From

Heer has

described no less than 11 different species founded on seeds and scales, so that the occurrence It is

is

not without analogy

among

cases previously known.

moreover possible that a part of these winged seeds

ried hither

may have been

car-

from a considerable distance.

Pityophyllum

cf.

StaratscMni Heer

sp.

PI. II. figs. 24, 25.

Pinus Staratschini Heer fig.

6, 7.

'Kreideflora (Kgl.

vol. 12, no.

der arktischen Zone',

p.

129,

pi.

38,

Svenska Vetenskaps Akademiens Handlingar

6 and Flora

fossilis arctica, vol. 3).

Pityophyllum Staratschini Nathorst 'Zur mesozoischen Flora Spitzbergens', pp. 41, 68, pis. 5, 6, figs.

These leaves are narrower than those at the

same

time, they are broader than

stromi.

The

species,

which

surface presents the is

also

the

2830, 3236. of

Taxites gramineus Heer, while,

the leaves of

same transverse

case with

Pityophyttum Lind-

rugosities as in the former

very similar

described by

leaves

from the Upper Jurassic beds at Advent Bay, Spitsbergen. of the material, however, renders the determination far

The

from

me

insufficiency

certain.

NATHORST. FOSSIL PLANTS OF FRANZ JOSEF LAND.

20

Pityophyllum

Lindstrdmi Nath.

cf.

PI. II. figs.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

26-34a,

38.

Pityophyllum Lindstrdmi Nathorst 'Zur mesozoischen Flora Spitzbergens,' pp. 40, 67,

The

13-15, 18-31;

5, figs.

pi.

pi.

leaves of this species are generally 1

and often show a

distinct midrib, at times

and moreover

ginal veins,

pond with the rows

17, 18.

6, figs.

with an

No

of stomata.

On

38,

and moreover

ticular description

I

must

in

many

figs.

I

suppose, corres-

the lower (outer) side the leaves are

seen by the transverse-

is

For a more par-

other specimens.

refer the reader to

Probably the two specimens,

in breadth

such transverse rugosities as exist in

convex, but on the upper (inner) side concave, as fig.

mm.

indication of two mar-

finer longitudinal striae, which,

the preceding species are present.

section

seldom 2

1.5,

my work

cited above.

35 (enlarged 35a) and

36,

should also

be included here, as they are probably to be considered as short shoots; this

be

so, the species

The

must have had many leaves

leaves in question are the most

common

of

in

each short shoot.

fossils of the plant-bearing

stratum, and occur in most specimens of the rock.

Advent Bay, Spitsbergen, so also

in

if

As

from

in the collection

Franz Josef Land there are accumulations

broken coniferous leaves connected in such a manner that

it

duced that they have been the abode of some phryganid larva. to indicate that the deposit, as is also probable

must be

de-

This seems

from other reasons, has

origin-

ated in fresh water.

CARPOLITHES. Sternberg.

Carpolithes

PL

A

somewhat oblique

II.

figs.

It

from the Upper Jurassic strata figs.

47

Among it

49,

51)

8 and 8a (magnified).

seed, the

rounded by a narrow wing.

sp. a.

may

margin

of

which has evidently been sur-

be compared with

of Spitsbergen (Nathorst,

though the specimen before

us

the conifers of the present day the seeds of

in appearance.

my

is

1.

Carpolithes c.

p. 69,

sp. c.

Taf. 5,

far less symmetrical.

Sequoia are rather

like

NO.

DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES.

8.]

b.

Carpolithes sp. PI. II.

This

may

40 and 40a (magnified).

figs.

be the seed of Taxites or Ginkgo, but

Pityospermum, or one where

wing has

the

Carpolithes

oval seed, striated,

spermum

c.

sp.

possible that

seeds,

may

be a Pityo-

sp. d.

42 (twice magnified).

not unlike the preceding though more acute, are here fixed

at the side of each other.

It

two Pinus seeds affixed

be considered

may

that they are impressions

to the scale of cone.

Carpolithes sp.

The

it

without wings.

PI. II. fig.

of

be a wingless

fallen off.

It is

41a).

(fig.

Carpolithes

Two

may even

41 and 41a (magnified).

PI. II. figs.

An

21

cast of a seed represented in the

e.

accompanying

is

pears

cleft.

Carpolithes sp. e. natural size and

Heer,

any

Thus

without,

of

5)

In the centre

a deep impression or cavity, and the apex ap-

there

bears a faint resemblance to certain

it

Samaropsis-torms Fig. 5.

(fig.

letterpress-figure

has on the whole a heart-like form though with a truncate base.

from Eastern Siberia

however,

described

by

any complete agreement with

them,

magnified.

INCERTAE SEDIS. Fig. 6.

The conifer.

object here represented

As, however, it

it

may

(fig.

6) is probably

an inflorescence

be also compared with twigs,

wiser to enter the

drical objects

fossil

I

some

have thought

as incertae sedis.

lying beside and above

of

The

cylin-

one another, on

the surface, present a sculpture (badly represented in the figure)

Fig.

6.

Incertae sedis.

which seems

to

indicate that they

constructed of small, closely packed scales. other hand, ture

have been If,

on the

the objects be considered twigs, the sculp-

would be derived from

leaf-scars.

GEOLOGICAL AGE OF THE PLANT-BEARING DEPOSIT.

A

the

at

glance

(on pp. 23

list

accompanying

24) of the fossil plants

described in these pages, will at once prove to specialists that the fossil flora

from the deposit between the basalt beds

of

Franz Josef Land, has

its

greatest

resemblance with the previously known Jurassic floras from Siberia and Spitsbergen.

Of

these, that of Siberia

and the

flora of

Cape Boheman

of Spitsbergen

have by Heer (and afterwards by me) been brought under the Brown Jura, an opinion which, as regards the latter flora, carried

on by

me

during the

summer

is

of

no longer tenable

affirm that the plant-bearing

than

the Oxfordian, or belongs to

We

marine

its

Boheman and

its

ample

Land

its

Siberia,

supply of the Pinites species.

There

In this respect

it

at

Pityophyllum IAndstr0mi Nath.

Advent Bay.

The age

of this

to

a horizon

The agreement between is,

younger

proved by

agrees more with

me

by

Cape Staratschin.

as found

As a mat-

deposit

I

also

have

so

common

tried

to define

by stating

is

the fossil flora of Franz Josef

however, far from complete.

in the deposit

made by counting the deposit as Upperwhich is somewhat older than the Wealden."

that "the nearest approach to truth

most Jurassic,

at

is

is

is,

most common species found at Franz Josef Land seems iden-

ter of fact the

with

younger

place above the

a circumstance which

Advent Bay, and by Heer as discovered

tical

is

Ammonites Lamberti.

the youngest Jurassic flora of Spitsbergen, viz: that described at

must be

thus, to begin

moreover, no doubt whatever that the flora of Franz Josef Land than that of Cape

it

uppermost portion, which also harmo-

containing

deposits

may

deposit of Franz Josef

nises with the supposition of the lowest basalt-bed having

Oxfordian

the investigations

1898 having proved that

placed above the Oxfordian Aucella-bearing deposits. with,

;

Most remarkable

is

Land and Advent Bay

the absence, at Franz Josef

THE FOSSIL FLORA OF FRANZ JOSEF LAND.

Allied or identical species

List of species described in this paper.

from other

Cladophlebis

sp.

Belongs

Sphenopteris

sp. a.

?

to the

localities

Jurassic Cladophlebis-

Type.

Asplenium and A.

petruschinense

Heer

Czekanowskianum Heer

from the Siberian Jura. Sphenopteris

sp. b.

Sphenopteris

(Thyrsopteris)

rayana Brongn from England, Siberia

Sphenopteris

Mur-

the Jura of

etc.

Sphenopteris (Thyrsopteris) Maaki-

sp. c.

ana Heer from

the Siberian

Jura

and some other Jurassic forms. Sphenopteris (Adiantites)

sp. d.

Adiantites

Nympharum

Heer from

the Jura of eastern Siberia.

Pterophyllum?

Podozamites?

sp.

Podozamites lanceolatus

sp.

from the Jura gen, Siberia

Ginkgo polaris Nath.

Lindl.

sp.

of Europe, Spitsber-

etc.

Ginkgo sibirica Heer and G. flabellata Heer from the Siberian Jura.

Ginkgo polaris Nath. Oinkgo

sp.

var.

pygmaea. Ginkgo pluripartita Schimper sp. from the

Wealden

deposits.

24

NATHORST. FOSSIL PLANTS OF FRANZ JOSEF LAND.

List of species described in this paper.

Ceekanotvskia d. rigida Heer.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

Allied or identical species

from other

localities.

Czekanotvskia rigida Heer from the Siberian Jura and from the Rhaetic

beds of Scania.

Phoenicopsis

angustifolia Heer.

cf.

Phoenicopsis angustifolia Heer from the Jura of Siberia and Spitsbergen.

Feildenia

Feildenia Nordenski0ldi Nath. from

sp.

the uppermost Jura of Spitsbergen.

Taxites

cf.

gramineus Heer

sp.

Heer

Taxites gramineus the Jura of Siberia

sp.

from

and Spitsbergan.

AbietitesP sp.

Pityanthus

sp. a.

Pityostrobus sp.

Pityostrobus ?

sp. b.

Pityospermum

cf.

Heer

Maakianum,

Pityospermum Maakianum Heer

sp.

from the Siberian Jura.

sp.

Pityospermum

cf.

cuneatum, Nath.

Pityospermum cuneatum Nath. from the uppermost Jura of Spitsbergen.

Pilyospermum Nanseni Nath. Pityospermum

sp.

Pityophyllum

Heer

cf.

Staratschini,

Pityophyllum Staratschini Heer from the uppermost Jura

sp.

of

sp.

Spits-

bergen.

Pityophyllum

cf.

Lindstr0mi Nath.

Pityophyllum Lindstr0mi Nath. from the uppermost Jura of Spitsbergen.

Carpolithes

sp. a.

Carpolithes

most Jura Carpolithes sp.

b.

Carpolithes sp.

c.

Carpolithes

sp. d.

Carpolilhes

sp. e.

sp.

c.

from the upper-

of Spitsbergen.

PSamaropsis from

the Siberian Jura.

NO.

GEOLOGICAL AGE OF THE DEPOSIT.

3.]

Land, of Elatides curvifolia Dkr. to

Bay predominates

25

which both at Cape Staratschin and Advent

sp.,

Baiera spetsbergensis

such a degree.

also not found at

is

Franz Josef Land, while at Advent Bay no Ginkgo polaris, Phoenicopsis, to

appear

that the plant-bearing deposit of

the plant-bearing strata of

decide whether

cult to

the of

most natural conclusion,

ever,

it

is

in

Greenland, and

Land

therefore

is

must

it

conditions

still

to

be no

however, so

it

limits,

of

it,

As

the

pre-

these, as before

How much

younger, how-

its

limits there is

upward

no real Wealden

The

as

the fossil flora of Franz

agreement with

that

in-

must be younger

the

is,

as yet,

Urgonian

flora of

flora

therefore be supposed that the fossil

thus defined:

of

must be younger than the

regards

older than the Urgonian.

only be

that

younger.

As

is,

fossil floras

downward

its

certainty

Polar regions

the

There appears

described.

regards

decide.

to

and

;

age of the deposit can only be

uppermost part

consequence, be

difficulty that in

Josef

the

difficult

very

of the

and Cape Boheman.

stratigraphical

belong to

Land must

Josef

the

to

owing

Oxfordian, or

the

may

between the

material at hand

be adduced with

Jurassic flora of Siberia

than the stated,

As

an approximate degree.

viously stated,

a period

to

complete, that a precise determination

it

diffi-

In favour of

Pityospermum Maakianum)

The

Cape Boheman and Advent Bay.

to

is

consequence, would be to consider the flora

in

Franz Josef Land as belonging

made

it

and Cape Boheman (Sphenopteris, Ginkgo

Czekanotvskia, Phoenicopsis,

polaris,

not probable

is

the fact of the similarity or affinity of species

Siberia

of

floras

fossil

is

etc.,

quite contemporaneous with

is

be considered older or younger.

is to

it

Franz Josef Land

it

Cape Staratschin and Advent Bay, but

the former supposition there in the

Under these circumstances

have been discovered.

result of the

plant-bearing

flora of

Franz

age-problem can

deposit

was formed

towards the close of the Jurassic or commencement of the Cretaceous Period, without our being able at present

to settle

In order to avoid misapprehension, that, together

to

with

many

the Jurassic Period

other authors,

and not

to

it

I

which. is

perhaps best, for

me

to

mention

reckon the Wealden as belonging

the Cretaceous;

a question

in

itself,

of

very slight importance. It

seems, however, as

by myself

in 1898,

of the deposit.

if

the conditions at

King Charles Land, as examined

might possibly define with somewhat more precision the age

Above

the fossil-bearing

marine strata which, according

to

NATHORST. FOSSIL PLANTS OF FRANZ JOSEF LAND. [NORW.

26 the

determination

there of

is

the

of

Pompeckj reaches up which shows affinity to

Dr. J. F.

a plant-bearing deposit

Wealden and Cape Boheman. in

therefore,

Wealden.

consequence of

It is

its

This

into the

position,

Neocomian,

the fossil flora both

plant-bearing

stratigraphical

POL. EXP.

be older

than the

covered by a basalt-bed, above which, at one point,

fragments of a plant-bearing stratum which

in

cannot

deposit

I

found

every detail appeared to agree

with the stratum between the basalt-beds of Franz Josef Land and which, in all probability, If

as

is

the

case

there,

was covered by another bed

of basalt.

these plant-bearing strata are identical, which cannot be fully proved owing

to the condition of the material at present available, then, as

quence, the den, or be

my work plants.

fossil flora of

Franz Josef Land must either belong

somewhat younger.

on the geology

a natural conse-

of

This question

will

to the

Weal-

be further touched on in

King Charles Land when describing

its

fossil

PLATE

I.

PLATE

142

Figs. Fig.

1.

I.

are drawn in natural

Cladophlebis

sp.

2.

Sphenopteris

sp. a.

3.

Sphenopteris

sp. b.

4.

Sphenopteris

sp. c.

5

&

7.

6.

size.

Sphenopteris (Adiantites)

Pterophyllum

819. Ginkgo polaris Nath. 20 & 21. Ginkgo polaris Nath. 22

24.

2530.

Figs

Ginkgo

var.

sp.

31.

Podozamites?

sp.

32.

Feildenia?

33.

Male flower

of

34.

Ginkgo. Czekanotvskia ?

35.

Czekanotvskia

3638.

rigida Heer. Czekanorvskia?

39

41.

Phoenicopsis

42.

Abietites? sp.

cf.

cf.

angustifolia Heer.

are magnified drawings.

43.

Cladophlebis

sp. (Fig. 1).

44.

Sphenopteris

sp. a. (Fig.

45.

Sphenopteris

sp. b. (Fig. 3).

46.

Sphenopteris

sp.

47 49.

pygmcea.

sp.

Feildenia

4357

sp. d.

? sp.

&

48.

c.

2).

(Fig. 4).

Sphenopteris (Adiantites)

Male flower

sp.

d. (Figs.

Ginkgo (Fig. 33). Ginkgo polaris Nath. var. pygmcea.

51.

Ginkgo polaris Nath. (Fig

52.

Ginkgo polaris Nath. var.

18).

pygmcea

(Fig. 21).

53.

Abietites sp. (Fig. 42).

Czekanotvskia

55.

Czekanotvskia?

56.

Leaf of Taxites with parasitic fungus.

56

still

6).

(Fig. 20).

54.

fig.

&

of

50.

57.

5

cf.

rigida Heer.

(Fig. 34).

more magnified.

Pterophyllum?

(Fig. 35).

sp. (Fig. 7).

56 a, part of

The Norwegian Polar Expedition 1893

1896.

M

3.

PLATE

II.

I

"I

PLATE Figs.

16.

II.

6a portions of

figs.

magnified 7a.

Pityanthus

sp.

8,

magnified 8a.

Carpolithes

sp. a.

&

14.

&

13.

17, 18,

24, 25.

2634,

cf.

sp. a.

sp. b.

cuneatum Nath.

magnified 18a.

Taxites

cf.

Maakianum Heer

cf.

Pityospermum

gramineus Heer cf.

sp.

sp.

Staratschini Heer sp?

26a, 26b, 32a, 33a, cf.

sp.

Pityospermum?

Pityophyllum

tyophyttum 37.

Pityostrobus?

Pityospermum

magnified 19a.

2023.

Pityostrobus

Pityospermum Nanseni Nath.

Pityospermum

15, 16?.

19,

magnified 9a, lOa.

magnified lla.

11,

12

10,

and

3 and 6 magnified.

7,

9

Figs 3a

angustifolia Heer.

cf.

Phoenicopsis

34a magnified

portions.

Pi-

Lindstr0mi Nath.

Transverse section of

unknown

leaf

(Pityophyllum

or Czekonotvskia?) thrice magnified. 38.

Pityophyllum

cf.

Lindstr&mi Nath. Transverse

tion, twice magnified.

39.

Impression of wood.

40,

magnified 40a.

Carpolithes

sp. b.

41,

magnified 41a.

Carpolithes

sp.

42,

Carpolithes

sp. d.

c.

Twice magnified.

sec-

The Norwegian Polar Expedition 1893

1896.

M

3.

PI. II.

.Ill

33.

IV.

AN ACCOUNT OF THE BIRDS BY

ROBERT COLLETT AND

FRIDTJOF NANSEN.

L

-n the

from

together

put

three sections of this paper, the observations imparted are

first

Nansen's journals,

ments and explanations during the preparation

made during

gives the observations the ice in the

summers

verbal information also

first

the

section

from Yugor

Siberia,

(78

drifting with

compiled from written and

Scott-Hansen, Blessing and Mogstad, and

from

received

is

was

last section

from the journals kept by Sverdrup.

The

to

the time that the ship

com-

verbal

The

of the work.

1895 and 1896, and

of

his

by

supplemented

north-west

Strait,

of

N. Lat, 132

5 three young birds (now belonging to the Smithsonian Institution in Washington) are

In

the

tional

described in detail in the report of this expedition (Report of the International Polar Expedition to Point Barrow, Alaska, pp. 124, 125. Washington. 1885), as they were supposed, from their plumage, to be somewhat younger than the other specimens. In these three specimens, "the middle rectrices are black-shafted, with this color extending more or less on the webs, continuous of the black of the tip". In all the 'Fram' specimens, which were several weeks younger, the shaft, above the black tip, was white; in a single specimen, a darker shade extended a little way tip on both sides of the shaft, which itself was white. This ephyrid, which is related to Pasiphae, inhabits exclusively the Arctic Ocean. Professor G. 0. Sars ('The Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition 1876 187a Vol. XIV.

up from the

'

Zoology. Crustacea', p. 37, PI. IV. Christiania, 1885) considers this species to be a pelagic form that is not confined to any particular stratum of water; for while the type specimen was taken (during the 2nd German North Polar Expedition) on the very surface of the water in the sea to the east of Greenland, the the North Atlantic Expedition were taken at various depths,

numerous specimens of

down

to 1862 fathoms.

20

COLLETT AND NANSEN. ACCOUNT OF THE BIRDS.

remains

of crustaceans,

the

brought

plankton-collections

mals are very quick in

has only found one

home by

this

Expedition.

As

the

This species

is

Gammarus

of

in

species

these ani-

easily caught

which were only slowly carried along with the

the tow-nets,

bird.

specimen of

movements, they were probably not

in their

Of other Crustacea, only remains one

[NORW. POL. EXP.

drifting ice.

locusta were found, in

one of the commonest amphipods

in the collections

of the 'Fram'.

On

other

the

hand,

all

This did not seem, however,

probably G. saida.

the immediate vicinity of the ship, as only

The

remained.

Of

where the

young

mm.

rather smaller,

Gadus

vertebras

and of a

long),

was

summer

of 1894.

species)

was heard by one

seen; (81

first

specimen

Lastly,

left

was

the

which

of the

in the ice

during the

belonged to

this

crew on June 19th: the atmosphere was

On

was

certainly

a north-westerly

direction

July 6th, one in

26' E. Long.).

on July 14th,

supposed without doubt

to

a large gull was seen in the distance, belong

to this

that

was

species.

Pagophila eburnea, From

the

(that in all probability

round the ship, and disappeared

31' N. Lat., 124

In those males

Fabr. 1780.

that the bird could not be seen.

flew

the intestinal

partly brownish black.

Only two or three specimens were observed while

it

in

light colour ; while the right one,

Lants glaucus,

misty, so

otoliths

mm.

and females.

the best state of preservation,

in

The

and a few

in

saida).

birds included both males

were

testes

longer (about 2'5

was

have been captured

were found a few small Taenioids

there

tube (probably originating from the eight

some

to

length of the latter varied from 2'5 to 6

parasites,

The

remains of a Qadus,

the specimens contained

(Phipps) 1774.

the spring right on until towards the end of

August

(1894),

when

the channels around the ship froze up, this species appeared very frequently,

sometimes several

80

birds

50' N. Lat., 130

daily.

During

E. Long, and 81

this

period,

the

ship

52' N. Lat., about 121

was between E. Long.

NO.

THE FIRST SUMMER

4.]

On May

the

1894,

13th,

bird

first

THE

IN

the

of

year

neighbourhood of the ship by Nansen and Johansen. (a kittiwake or an ivory gull) or a fulmar, but

of

being determined with certainty.

its

21

ICE.

was

it

It

lowing day,

and

or

towards the

The

again heard. but from

shrill

its

recognised as belonging to this species.

certainly

round

On

the vessel.

23rd was heard the unmistakable' cry of an ivory

NNW.;

thick with

for

gull

allow

to

the fol-

a bird was again seen (possibly the one of the preceding day),

On May

three

a

either

flew southwards.

it

NW.

was

flew over the ship

It

northwards, after flying once

flew

also

could be

the

too far off

weather was foggy, so that the bird could not be seen; it

in

It

NNW., and was hailed as a messenger of spring. On May 19th, at three in the afternoon, a gull was querulous cry,

was seen

a wet

but the bird

On June

fog.

times round the

some time

in the

On June

ship,

was not

seen, as

gull, flying

was

the atmosphere

2nd, two birds came, and after flying two or

away; but they returned, and remained

flew

neighbourhood of the ship.

five

5th,

itself

eburnea came

P.

One

more followed during the day.

of

flying

up from

the

was shot

these

and

south,

the

first

bird

after the winter.

On June seemed fixed

to

6th, ivory gulls

were seen often and at various times.

be attracted by the refuse-heaps, but did not appear

to

They

have any

During the few days following, several more were seen (on

course.

the night of June 7th, two together; on the night of June 8th, a flock of all

of

six),

which flew due north.

On June

22nd,

were seen together, flying towards the

more appeared, and one

June 25th, a few

Throughout

four

July,

ivory

gulls,

of

NW. On

them was shot by Sverdrup.

as well as

Fulmarus and Rissa, were

seen frequently, though the particular occasions were not noted down.

were also seen

in

August;

A

few

but after the 23rd of that month, the channels

round the ship froze up, and no more birds were seen that year. All the specimens observed

peared

to live in

very

shy,

to

be in adult plumage.

a great measure on blubber, and preferred

where bears had been skinned. not

seemed

though

They

to

often alighted on the

more so here on

the ice

They

ap-

keep near places ice,

and were

by the 'Fram', than they

COLLETT AND NANSEN. ACCOUNT OF THE BIRDS.

22

afterwards

to

appeared

be by

the

[NORW. POL. EXP.

hut on Franz Josef Land, and

winter

during the journey along that shore.

? Stercora'^i^ls crepidattts, (Banks) 1773.

One

1894,

July,

of Stercorarius

the smaller species

of

was seen a few times

in

but not sufficiently near the ship to allow of any certain deter-

mination of the species.

On

July 14th, a bird

doubt was a skua.

went out

was

seen, that Peder Hendriksen could say without

Sverdrup saw two flying above him that night, when he

From

hunt a ringed seal (Phoca foetida).

to

Nansen thought they must have belonged

to

this

their

species,

description,

and not

to

St.

longicaudus.

Fulmarus gladdHs, Like Pagophila and Rissa, the ship the

was

whole,

The

this

species

when

frequently observed while It

seen,

could not, however, on

was

generally solitary.

specimen that could be determined with certainty, appeared on

On

June 22nd, 1884, the second on the 26th.

and was shot by Scott-Hansen

(81

round the

ship,

until

the

the 29th, yet another

34' N. Lat., 122

In July and the beginning of August,

quently

was

drifting with the ice the first year.

be said to be numerous, and

first

(Lin.) 1766.

they

channels

froze

was

seen,

E. Long.).

were

observed

more

up towards the end

fre-

of

August, 1894.

Cepphus mandti, On June black

4th,

sea-bird,

direction true

1894, at

with

white

N. by E. (81

1'30

(Licht.) 1822.

A. M., Mogstad saw in

marks on

its

the

distance, "a

wings", flying past the ship in a

29' N. Lat., 122

E. Long.), which probably be-

longed to this species. In the

course of the summer, solitary black guillemots were repeatedly

seen flying about over the open channels near the ship.

were

seen together; they

peared in the SE.

The

last

flew

several

times round the

On

July 13th, two

'Fram',

and disap-

Subsequently they were occasionally seen in the channels.

was seen here on August

12th.

NO.

THE FIRST SUMMER

4]

Although the

black guillemot, like

arctic

must, on the whole, be considered a

summer, these

IN

littoral

birds (probably the younger,

THE 'ICE. its

form,

23

congener on the continent, it

here appeared that in the

immature ones)

distributed them-

selves over the Arctic Ocean, at considerable distances from the nearest land.

Further confirmation of

this

was obtained north

fact

of Spitsbergen, during

the return voyage of the 'Fram'.

?

On June belonging

26th,

to this,

westerly direction.

a

little

auk, and

This

may

1894,

or the

As

it

not a

possibly

Alle alle,

Mogstad and Jacobsen observed a small

sea-bird,

previous species, flying over the ship in a north-

was

a considerable

at

black

have been a stray

of Alcidce did not therefore

seem

N.

specimen,

were observed. to

height,

37'

guillemot (81

species, nor of the larger Alcidce,

'Fram' that summer.

(Lin.) 1766.

it

was taken

Lat.,

121

be

E. Long.).

as no more of this

Breeding-cliffs

occur in the

to

region

and colonies

traversed

by

the

III.

THE SLEDGE-JOURNEY AND FRANZ JOSEF LAND (1895, 1896).

Plectrophenaac nivalis,

(Lin.) 1766.

During the entire sledge-journey over the North Polar Sea, none species

was observed

until the arrival at

of this

the north-east side of Franz Josef

Land, when half a dozen were seen on Torup's Island (Coburg Islands), on

August

16th, 1895.

Subsequently they were seen during the journey south,

on Franz Josef Land, at most points where there was bare ground, though never in large numbers. All through the winter, after the winter,

they were never seen.

was seen near

the winter hut,

The

first

on April 30th

that appeared (1896).

Arquatella, maritima, (Gmel.) 1788.

On June have been

The

5th, 1895,

Johansen saw a wader flying over him, which

this species, or

purple sandpiper

wards along the coast

and beginning

of

of

perhaps a phalarope (82

was seen once

18'

N.

may

Lat.).

or twice during the journey south-

Franz Josef Land,

in 1895.

In the end of August

September, a few specimens were seen on the shore near

the winter hut.

On June

13th,

1896, off the south coast of

Cape Barents), several

flocks of

Northbrook Island (west of

waders, evidently belonging to this species,

were seen flying westwards. During June,

commonly seen

July

in the

and August, 1896,

the purple sandpiper

neighbourhood of Gape Flora.

was very

NO.

THE SLEDGE-JOURNEY AND FRANZ JOSEF LAND.

4.]

Branta

bernicla,

(Lin.) 1766.

probable that this species has breeding-places both in the middle and

It is

On September

northern parts of Franz Josef Land.

were seen flying over the winter

On June

easterly direction.

winter

25

hut, (on Frederick

1st,

1896,

Jackson Island)

in

a south-

during the journey south from

on Mary Elizabeth Island, were seen a quantity

hut,

two of them

6th (1895),

the

excrements

of

and empty egg-shells from the previous year, evidently belonging to this species. The island, called "Goose Island" in Nansen's journal, is flat, and the ground is

some extent composed

to

moss and other

On June

vegetation.

of

mud and 7'

(81

N.

gravel,

and

is in

places covered with

Lat.).

two brent geese were seen sitting on the shore-ice at

5th, 1896,

Cape Richthofen.

Some

of

these birds were also seen during the stay

June and July, 1896, but no breeding-places were found

Somateria mollissivna,

On

A

only one occasion of

flock

in the

The

5th, 1896.

this

there.

with

the two

Branta

open water near the shore at Cape Richthofen, on

flock included individuals of both sexes (80

46' N. Lat).

1819.

or three specimens were seen in the vicinity of Hvidtenland, on the

7th August, 1895, (on the north side of Liv Island), in 81

This was the only time that journey

in

species observed on Franz Josef Land.

Sterna macrura, Naum.

Two

Cape Flora,

(Lin.) 1766.

specimens was seen (simultaneously

swimming

bernicla)

June

six

was

at

this species

42' N. Lat.

was observed during

the sledge-

in 1895.

June and July, 1896, several specimens were seen near Cape Flora. pair seemed to be breeding somewhere in this neighbourhood, although In

A

no nest was found.

Rissa tridactyla, During the sledge-journey,

The

first

specimen

in

the

this species

(Lin.) 1766.

was seen

spring, 1895,

frequently.

was observed on June

13th, in

COLLETT AND NANSEN. ACCOUNT OF THE BIRDS.

26

20' N. Lat.

about 82

By

came

degrees they

to

[NORW. POL. EXP.

be observed almost daily,

and several specimens were shot (together with Pagophila eburnea and

Fulmarus

Here

as food for the dogs.

glacialis)

in the ice,

however, they

seldom appeared otherwise than singly or only a few together. Close great

to

Hvidtenland,

numbers

all

became more numerous, and were seen

they

autumn along

the

through

Land, wherever there was open water

g.

(e.

coasts

the

NW

on the

of

in

Franz Josef

side of Karl Alex-

ander Land).

Along the shore near the winter daily, until the

middle of September,

when

They were

and they disappeared.

over,

hut, great

numbers

of

them were seen

was

the sea outside

entirely frozen

They almost

chiefly old birds.

al-

ways kept only over open water, busily engaged in catching crustaceans. Flocks of them moved incessantly up and down along the shore, hovering over the water moving with the tidal current, and darting down with a dull against

splash

the

surface of the water,

but they frequently had to share their booty with Stereo-

animal appeared;

rarius crepidatus.

They seemed

to live exclusively

and never touched the blubber and by the

in

travellers,

eburnea, and

not

there

in

seen near

and walruses

of the bears

killed

Larus glaucus. first

appeared at the winter hut on

was no open water within a

great

numbers

Cape M'Clintock,

until

May

13th (1896),

distance of 35 kilometres.

The

After this they were seen fairly frequently,

very next day several were seen. but

flesh

on small marine animals,

which respect they differed widely from Pagophila

After the winter, they

although

whenever a crustacean or other

May

22nd, 1896,

whence there was

when

a

only

them were

flocks of

short

distance

to

open water.

Cape where

Flora, on the south coast of

their

arrival there

nesting-places

last

were actually seen.

on the 17th June, laying had

found some days

The

place

At the time f of Nansen's

not begun

specimens that could have belonged

homeward voyage

open water

the Barents Sea,

in

first

;

the

first

eggs

were

later.

seen during the

chiefly

Franz Josef Land, was the

young birds

to

in the 'Windward',

on the 9th August.

of the previous year.

Franz Josef Land were on the border of the

These seemed

to

be

NO.

THE SLEDGE-JOURNEY AND FRANZ JOSEF LAND.

4.]

Rhodostethla rosea,

27

(Macg.) 1824.

For the second time during the expedition, Rhodostethia was observed, time

the

region

between

a few were

only

the

far

ice

the north

to

and they were

After passing Dickson

birds.

Sound

which they were observed

this

- -

was

fully coloured

The

seen.

between 82

lies

evident that they must breed

is

Franz Josef Land

of

side

time,

Siberian

sound between Hohenlohe Island

(the

not another specimen

it

New

principally older,

and Karl Alexander Land),

and

this occasion, not

seen as in the previous year, north of the

but great numbers;

Islands,

Lat.;

On

in

and Dickson

of Hvidtenland,

on the north-east side of Franz Josef Land.

Sound,

This was

between the llth July and the 14th August, 1895.

this

10'

region in

and 81

30' N.

somewhere on the north-east

perhaps on Liv Island

no nesting-

though

place could be discovered during the journey.

The (about

82

metres

NE

came was

N.

8'

flying

but

surface of

On

of

this

bird,

was

on a

level with

Cape

at least 50 kilo-

The

Fligely.

bird

from the north-east, and disappeared towards the south-east;

it

its

and

in

flying,

to

show

the

rosy

it

its

colour on the under

body.

seen.

beautiful

showed the black ring round

distinctly

was not near enough

any kind were

of

the llth July, 1895

Nansen and Johansen were then

Lat.).

was

the days following there

birds

was seen on

species

of Hvidtenland, or about

full-coloured,

neck,

its

individual

first

It

visible.

came

flying low,

rose-coloured

mist to the west. all full-coloured

On

On

fog,

and the

ice

had closed up, and few

July 14th, another roseate

made a

was

seen,

NE

specimens, and flying from

an old

tour round the camp, showing

and then disappeared

breast and belly,

July 17th, the next

gull,

to

on the

SW

19th,

into the

two more,

(about in the direc-

tion of Hvidtenland).

During the

latter

half

though not quite every day. close

One

A

of

On

above the heads of the of these

little

later,

was a young

July,

they

were

the 27th, two

travellers,

came together from

and again disappeared

bird, the first that

a full-coloured bird was seen.

been seen in the distance.

observed more frequently, the S, circled in the south.

had been observed

this season.

Hvidtenland had then already

COLLETT AND NANSEN. ACCOUNT OF THE BIRDS.

28

As

a

as

roseate

the

land,

rule,

and the 3rd August, only

8th August, they were seen repeatedly (near of

them

flying

50 or 60

about or

July 29th,

the

nesting-place in

old

were

neighbourhood,

On

Islands),

of the glacier,

Young and

sea.

numerous.

all

on

birds;

and 31st

were seen each time.

Eva and Liv

on the edge

sitting

above the

feet

was any

there

On

the afternoon)

in

single, full-coloured pairs

Hvidtenland did they become at

off

Only

They appeared,

they were seen altogether four times, but only single

morning and one pair

from the

far

itself,

could not be said to be numerous.

gulls

30th (one pair in the

July,

the drifting ice

in

only singly or in pairs, seldom several together.

for instance,

the

were

as the travellers

long

[NORW. POL. EXP.

the 7th

and

whole flocks

which was about

Whether

together.

however, could not be

ascertained.

Eva

Island

completely covered with glacier, and does not appear to

is

have a single patch (August coast

a

9th),

strip

bare

of of

From

ground.

the

of Adelaide Island

top

NW

could be discerned on the

low, bare ground

Liv Island, possibly an old beach-line, about 20 or 30 feet high,

of

and perhaps

1

kilometre long, apparently forming a low beach, partly covered

With

with rock debris.

Liv Island was also snow-white, and

this exception,

down

covered with a dome-shaped ice-cap sloping without any abrupt glacier edge.

Of

into the sea

the land that

all

was

on

all

sides,

in sight, this

was

the only spot free from snow, where birds could possibly breed; but whether the

would be considered suitable as a nesting-place

locality

and whether the places

The

it

was

where nests of the ivory

last

After

the rest of the

their

inhabiting

any

Cape

Flora.

find

seemed

to

resemble

have been found.

exclusively

journey;

in

locality

movements they

their food

the water.

gull

that they vanished completely,

was seen during

their

it

doubtful, although

specimens were seen near the Coburg Islands between the llth

and 14th August.

In

is

large enough,

for this species,

the

and Larus glaucus)

to take

any

of

was thus no

Rissa tridadyla.

the pelagic

They never came near

there

between Dickson

region

recalled

among

and

sign of

Sound and

They appeared

to

organisms on the surface of

the provisions (like

them.

and no specimen

Pagophila eburnea

They generally

flew rather low,

and were on the wing night and day. They often flew close to the kayaks, but were never seen swimming. They were extremely graceful in their move-

NO.

THE SLEDGE-JOURNEY AND FRANZ JOSEF LAND.

4.]

ments; they often rested on the edge of the

mentioned above,

were frequently seen

they

where these went precipitously down

glaciers,

Now upon one Adelaide

sitting

sitting,

Island

the water's

apparently

and

;

it

On

edge.

right

asleep,

upon

the edge of the

into the sea. floe-ice

some

the 8th August, Johansen

came

on the

flat

ice off the

him come within a few paces

let

As

open water.

and then they might also be seen resting on the

away from

distance

young

ice close to the

29

of

it.

shore of It

was a

bird of that year.

On

they might be heard to utter a single note, which

rare occasions,

Nansen thought resembled

the

cry of a wryneck (lynx).

They were gene-

rally silent.

They were

not shot, as they were too small to serve as food.

Lariis glaucus, Fabr. 1780.

On

the drifting ice

itself,

only occasionally observed, but numerous near

the land, from Hvidtenland southwards to

On June supposed

to

1st,

Cape Flora.

was heard above

1895, the cry of a large gull

have been that of

this

1

species

.

the tent,

and

This was in about 82

20'

N. Lat. Subsequently one was seen

now and

again flying above the lanes; but

only in the neighbourhood of land did they begin to be numerous.

A

nesting-place

was found on

the

16th August,

on the north side

of

Torup Island (Coburg Islands). The colony was not very numerous. The nests lay on the ledges along the lower part of the cliff, and generally contained two half-grown All along the

2 young ones

NW

(81

33' N. Lat).

coast of Franz Josef Land, L. glaucits

was numerous;

but no other nesting-place than the one on Torup Island was seen.

At about

appear; and

end of August,

the

young

through the autumn,

old

and young birds might be seen (together with P.

the

1

2

birds of

the year

began

to

all

In 'Farthest North', this species is wrongly called in several places Larus argentatus (Vol. II, pp. 206, 230 & 238). In 'Farthest North', this species has been wrongly translated as 'the black-backed In the Norwegian edition, 'Fram over Polhavet' (Vol. U, p. 212), gull' (Vol. II, p. 308).

a photograph

is

given of the

cliff

with the breeding

gulls.

COLLETT AND NANSEN. ACCOUNT OF THE BIRDS.

30

1 eburnea) wherever any refuse blubber was

wise

all

all

end

the

of

day and night alighted on the roof

like the ivory gull, they

of

the hut

adhering to the walrus-skins

still

to eat the

itself,

covering

About the middle

long.

covered with

remains of

and they were not a

it,

when everything

of October,

some few young glaucous

ice,

gulls

still

last birds

the 9th April, 1896

siderably earlier),

was

past,

the

it;

and they were the

frequently, right

Fulmarus

first

specimens were seen at the hut on

eburnea and Fulmarus both having appeared con-

(P.

and soon began once more

as they had done in the autumn.

down

Cape Flora, though not

to

of the

hut,

in

such abundance as either

or Pagophila.

(Phipps) 1774.

This bird was observed in large numbers

May, 1895. in

to visit the roof

During the journey south, they were seen

Pagophila eburnea,

was,

night

round was

seen from the hut that year.

After the winter

after

for miles

all

remained, daily visiting

the roof of the hut, or the frozen bear-skins lying near

spite

With of its

its

travellers for

all

impertinent ways, and

beauty,

the "carrion-birds in the desert, the

almost every

troublesome with their persistent tapping on the frozen skins

little

it

stones, other-

away by them. September, when the winter hut had been

were quite common, and,

they

blubber

and meat with skins and

stores of blubber

necessary to

it

blubber would soon have been pecked

Even towards built,

be found, or a walrus or a

to

They were very troublesome, making

bear had been cut up. cover up carefully

[NORW. POL. EXP.

a long time.

through the sledge-journey shrill,

angry cry or scream,

anything but a welcome companion. the

same

individuals often seemed to follow

They grew

were so tame that they ventured right

Like

continually bolder,

and

at

last

into the tent to steal blubber.

As an example of their boldness, the following incident may be mentioned. One day (August 15th, 1895), when Nansen was asleep, lying on the ice with his head close to the side of his kayak, which the

sledge,

raising

his

was standing on

he was awakened by hearing a tapping close head,

saw an ivory

gull

pecking eagerly

to his ear,

and

at a piece of blubber

L. glaucus, as well as Pagophila eburnea, very much prefers the blubber to the in this respect resembling the bear, while the fox "prefers the flesh.

flesh,

NO.

THE SLEDGE-JOURNEY AND FRANZ JOSEF LAND.

4.]

31

The

lying on the deck of the kayak, only a foot or two from his head.

looked at him, but by a quick motion he caught

over the back.

which

tail,

pecked at his fingers, and

screamed,

also succeeded in doing, but with the loss of

it

remained

a

It

in his

it

in

The

Nansen's hand.

but alighted on the

grasping

tried

its tail

away, as well as

only a hundred yards

ice

evidently on

again approached,

bird flew

hand,

to

which

could without

a while

After

off.

some new opportunity

the look-out for

it

get free,

feathers, it

bird

it

of

getting at the blubber.

Nansen has observed

these birds following the bears,

often with loud

screams, especially where seals have been seen in the neigbourhood, and there is

a prospect of any being

over himself, as

a

seal, or

it

seemed with

a walrus.

On such

may easily warn When an animal was

as they

how

He

killed.

has also frequently noticed them, hovering

special interest, while

he was stalking a bear,

occasions they are less welcome than usual,

the stalked animal by their screams. killed

and skinned,

it

was

often astonishing to see

quickly flocks of these birds would be on the spot, even

been observed for a long while previously.

Suddenly

when they had

their shrill,

resembling that of a tern, would be heard high in the air. first

come only from a

whose will

single bird

that has chanced

to

and soon ten or twenty

others,

of

The

cry,

cry,

may

pass near the

quick, keen eyes have at once discovered the prey.

call

angry

This cry

not

at

spot,

however,

them may have gathered, ma-

king a most disagreeable noise.

At the winter

how a

hut,

Nansen

bird might chance to

also often

had an opportunity

pass, and discover a place where,

a bear had been cut open and skinned, or where pieces etc.

had been

of the it

it

would again

would then happen that

flock of

from

hesitation

directly to

often recognized the very

was easy

after

fly

to recognize

away

a while

five to ten ivory gulls

came

of

observing

for instance,

blubber,

After having examined the place, and perhaps eaten

left.

blubber,

of

eastward.

cries

came

the place where food

same

by some

birds.

from the

in

the

east,

air,

special black spots

and a

and without

had been found.

One young

some

But almost invariably

were heard

flying

meat,

Nansen

bird in particular,

which

on one wing, was very

often to be seen in these flocks.

On May

31st (1895),

the

first

pair

was seen during

the sledge-journey,

and two others were heard or seen the same day (about 82

20'

N. Lat).

COLLETT AND NANSEN. ACCOUNT OF THE BIRDS.

32

On June

4th several were seen,

On June

daily.

mouth a

As

the sledge-journey.

large piece of blubber which

On June

by a bear.

seal killed

and from that time they were seen almost was shot and eaten -- the first bird that

one specimen

4th,

was brought down on its

[NORW. POL. EXP.

dropped out of

it

shot,

had probably taken from some were shot

7th, another couple of these birds

were too small

now and

one

for food, but subsequently only a single

for the dogs), as they

it

was

it

again was shot (as food value of

to give sufficient food for the

a cartridge.

On

Hvidtenland, on the 7th August,

At the winter

coast of Franz Josef Land.

numbers

them were seen

of

sitting

and subsequently they were numerous along the

the edge of the glacier,

great

many

They were

of them.

hut, during the

chiefly old birds.

on

NW

autumn, there were

Young

birds were not

seen before the beginning of September, and even then they were compara-

This fact may,

indicate

that

nesting-place within no great distance; but none

was

tively few.

to

appear at the winter hut

hut

of the

until the

in

distinguish

from the slower, but stronger tapping winter the

After the

On

beginning of October,

the stores against their attacks.

inside the hut, they could easily

when

five

came

but at

flying

On

direction. first

first

from the

the

When

the travellers were

quick pecking of the ivory

of L. glauctis.

were seen as early as

SE and

that

day,

the

perched on the

March cliff

12th,

first

gull

also

paid a

1896,

west of the hut. to

be seen

visit to the hut,

they were not so bold as they had been in the autumn, and

was some time by the track

before they acquired the

in the

snow,

that

this

first

same bird

audacity.

It

could be

the bear-skins

and

stores lying close to the hut.

were seen, and

roof of the hut,

though not now

and the in quite

They were seen though never

in

it

was now not long stores outside

it,

it

seen

had alighted on the ground

near the hut, and had walked a short distance without daring

gulls

roof

was very

it

some more appeared, although no open water was

April 5th,

any

They continued when all water had

seen.

peck at the blubber, often in great numbers, and

to

difficult to protect

gulls

has been some

there

Like L. glaucus, they daily perched upon the

been frozen over.

long

however,

On

April 9th,

to

approach

many

ivory

before they regularly visited the

as they had done in the autumn,

such large numbers.

frequently

on the journey south towards Gape Flora,

great abundance.

During the long journey over the

ice

NO.

THE SLEDGE.JOURNEY AND FRANZ JOSEF LAND.

4.]

between Cape Richthofen and Cape Barents (Northbrook seen

and P. eburnea seems

occasionally,

33

be less connected

to

water than the kittiwake, which on the whole

is

they were

Island),

with

open

seldom seen away from

it.

Although P. eburnea often appeared simultaneously with L. glaucus, each species differed

When

several respects.

in

a pair of L. glaucus were

going to swoop down upon a skinned seal or walrus, they

above

jestically

there

sitting

and then dropped down, and

it,

some

contemplatively for

first

a

settled at

circled

little

ma-

distance,

while, before they finally walked

little

Here the smaller P. eburnea, which were already busy meal, would respectfully make way for them. P. eburnea, uttering

towards their booty. over their its

angry

shrill,

darts

cry,

an arrow upon

like

its

If

prey.

a walrus or a

bear were being skinned, they were instantly on the spot, and often pecked at the blubber 'almost under the very knife itself.

Stercorarius crepidatus, (Banks) 1773. During the journey along the north-west coast crepidatua was not uncommon, and

it

of

Franz Josef Land,

was observed almost

St.

daily during the

kayak-voyage, nearly always together with Rissa tridactyla, which were the of

objects

almost

their

incessant

At Cape Hugh

attacks.

Mill

18'

(81

N. Lat), where the travellers were encamped on the 25th and 26th August,

was heard

the frightened cry of the kittiwakes

1895,

were chased by skuas trying

make them

to

all

night long, as they

relinquish the booty they had

captured.

At

the winter hut,

distance,

a

skua,

with

its

sharp

worth

the

poor

bird,

Darting

down

like

for

would

utter

the

it

pitiful

even amongst

cries

of

continued until the latter had to disgorge lowed,

when

the skua

reached the water.

It

distress. its

From a if

one

catch -- possibly a small fish or silently

make

straight

a score of other kittiwakes.

an arrow, the skua would now chase most

ways.

would at once observe

The skua would then

its efforts.

not missing

August and the beginning

of studying their

eyes,

made a

bird in a whole flock of kittiwakes

a crustacean

latter part of

Nansen had a good opportunity

of September,

long

during the

The

booty, which

would dart down, and catch the

the kittiwake, which

wild chase would be it

had long since swal-

falling food before

it

very often happened, however, that the kittiwake, un-

COLLETT AND NANSEN. ACCOUNT OF THE BIRDS.

34

willing to give

down on

sit it

alone,

the

distance

had at

it

with

pay

its

twice.

the

of

catch fly

some

but

it

distance

but though leaving off,

would remain

quiet,

and there wait

would

itself safe,

away.

fly

and allow

would then suddenly

It

Indeed,

it

to fly

it

fly straight at

even happened that

seemed an almost ridiculous waste far

skua catching anything fell

into the

Even

in the water.

water or on

still

manoeuvre

of energy,

for

by a

little

if

the booty dropped

,

skua could

the skua would often it.

They seemed

to

They disappeared with Rissa

tridactyla,

the water froze over towards the middle of September.

In the spring (1896), they had not yet appeared at the winter hut the travellers left

They were to

the

it

frequently

north-west of

observed at Cape Flora, especially near a

Elmwood, where a

Jackson-Harmsworth Expedition

pair evidently

species

ice, e. g.

were seen

on August 9th

coloured variety,

was

in

had a

men

little

nest.

of the

l ,

During the homeward voyage this

when

on May 19th.

Several nests of this skua were found about Cape Flora by the

the

have

pond, some distance to the east of the hut, where they

had possibly had a nesting-place.

to

it

seen daily in the neighbourhood of the winter hut during

the early days of September, chasing the kittiwakes. their" haunt

this

to the ice, before the

-- which, however, very seldom happened

They were

pond

the

another crustacean on the

effort to catch

less

away without making any further effort to capture As a rule, the skuas observed were light-bellied.

when

it;

would

it

sea where there were plenty of them; but Nansen never ob-

by the kittiwake, it

eyes,

tribute.

would apparently require

a

ice

distress

its

more, and the wild chase would begin anew, until the kittiwake

was repeated

served

its

undisturbed;

last to

surface

on the

alight

After a while, the kittiwake, thinking

once

bird

pressed, that in

where the skua never attacked

flat ice,

skua, following

some

was so hard

prey,

would always

it

patiently.

The

its

up

[NORW. POL. EXP.

in the

'Windward', several skuas belonging

the Barents Sea, especially along the edge of

(1896).

The

light-bellied,

as well

as

the dark-

observed.

Clarke and Bruce, 'On the Avifauna of Franz Josef Land* (The Ibis, April, 1898, p. Also 'The Mammalia and Birds of Franz Josef Land' (Proceedings of the Royal Physical Soc. of Edinburgh, vol. XIV, 1899, p. 104). !

NO.

THE SLEDGE-JOURNEY AND FRANZ JOSEF LAND.

4.]

Stercorarius lonyicaudtis, During the sledge-journey over the

(Vieill.)

was seen

open up a good

to

deal,

Hvidtenland, in 81

The

in

ice

had just then

and birds were seen more frequently.

This species was not observed on Franz Josef Land.

ward voyage

Nansen

three times, which

expressly states in his diary belonged to this species.

begun

1819.

ice north-east of

45' N. Lat., on July 30th, 1895, a skua

35

the 'Windward',

Barents Sea (near the edge of the

During the home-

a few specimens were seen on August

ice),

Fulmariis gladalis,

in the

open

9th, 1896.

(Lin.) 1766.

This bird and P. eburnea were the two most frequently observed on the ice itself during the sledge-journey north of Franz Josef Land. bird observed in

the

and the dogs on

May

spring of 1895

29th (82

was a fulmar, which

The

first

flew over the tent

26' N. Lat.).

The same day another specimen was

was now

to

some

and from the middle

of

June

seen.

The

ice

extent broken up, and lanes were beginning to form.

The next fulmar was seen on May

30th,

they

were seen very frequently (about 82

seen

all

land;

10' N.

Lat.).

They were

also

through July, when Nansen and Johansen came nearer to Hvidten-

but

they

not

did

seem

to

be

especially

numerous on

the north or

north-east side of Franz Josef Land, and no nesting-place could be found there.

A

were then afraid of running short of food.

travellers

of

The

couple of these birds were shot on June 18th, 1895, and eaten.

them

to feed the

nufactured

out

of

some

dogs with, without expending cartridges, hooks were matins,

to

which were fastened pieces of meat, but without

P. eburnea always

success.

In order to catch

managed

to

peck off the meat without swal-

lowing the hooks, and the fulmars take their food almost exclusively from the surface of

because the

first

dogs,

it

the is

water; indeed, they scarcely ever rest upon the

difficult for

them

to fly up.

ice,

few days of August, 1895, one or two were often shot daily

which at

learnt to do so

first

possibly

During the latter part of July

and

for the

refused to touch the strong-smelling bird, but gradually

when food was very

scarce.

COLLETT AND NANSEN. ACCOUNT OF THE BIRDS.

36

They were seen near water was frozen over.

The

many were

They afterwards appeared

seen.

ice outside the hut,

and along the

was impossible water was not

discover,

29th,

to

yet open,

1896, Nansen says

about, but

cannot

I

also

On June

3rd,

hut.

basaltic

nor were

out

why

visible

April 9th,

though with what object

any lanes

to

settle,

in the ice.

and the

On

April

they

come

in here".

observed frequently during the journey south from the they

were found

in

large

numbers established on the of

cliff

Cape Fisher

N. Lat), the only nesting-place that was found during the journey.

was not very

rock here precipitous

precipitous, but

close by, there

cliff

it

"Mollies are seen here constantly flying

basaltic crags just east of the high, perpendicular, basaltic (81

all

frequently, flying about over the cliffs,

there

On

anywhere.

when

as April 5th

early

were never seen

they

in his diary:

make

They were

as

came as

winter

the

after

was no open water

there

although

(1896),

the winter hut until late in September,

that appeared

first

[NORW. POL. EXP.

had sloping

On

terraces.

was a numerous colony

of

The

the high,

Uria lomvia.

At Gape Flora they were seen frequently in the course of the summer, but did not seem to nest nearer to that station than on Mabel Island 1 .

During the homeward voyage seen in the

ice,

August

in the

'Windward', some few fulmars were

and along the edge

8th, 1896;

of the ice, in the

open

Barents Sea, they were rather numerous on August 9th and 10th.

Most ing

of the

specimens belonged to the dark variety; only a few belong-

The same

a lighter form were seen.

to

farther north,

first

birds

namely,

of

29th,

the

1895,

year

when

made

in full

the ice

their

summer plumage,

and disappeared, probably N.

Lat.).

Cf.

Clarke and Bruce, The

1

to

be the case

in

one

ice.

Licht. 1822.

had become rather broken up, the

appearance

during

a pair of Fulmarus and a Cepphus mandti.

was already

26'

seemed

on Franz Josef Land, and during the journey over the

Cepphus mandti, On May

also

the

sledge-journey,

The

latter,

which

flew several times round the travellers,

of the lanes

Ibis, 1898, p. 275.

which were just forming (82

NO.

THE SLEDGE-JOURNEY AND FRANZ JOSEF LAND.

4.]

Black (Spitsbergen) guillemots were subsequently seen singly, in June, July,

the

of

now and

then, mostly

and the beginning of August, 1895, on the

Along the

they were very common, and small colonies

latter

of

them

little

auks,

on the

cliffs

were seen breeding along with much more numerous colonies of on Torup Island, at Cape Felder, Cape Helland, Cape east

and west

of the

Mill,

winter hut (Cape Norway), on the small island Steinen,

west of the winter hut,

The

Hugh

north of

ice

and on the north-east side of Franz Josef Land.

Hvidtenland, coasts

37

etc.

1

dovekie, or black guillemot,

was seen as

towards the end of

late as

September, 1895, at the winter hut. After

the

March 10th

a

winter,

couple

These birds

(1896).

mandti were observed as

of \C.

(as also the

little

auks) could scarcely have

passed the winter at any great distance to the south. ready in

They were then

al-

summer plumage.

They afterwards appeared with

company

little

auks,

frequently at

the

one or more of them

winter

hut, as

when

were never numerous.

could be seen inhabiting the

hut along with

They little

found together, being always

much

rule in

they flew to or from the sea; but they

the

auks,

a

accompanying

generally

each large flock of those birds,

winter

early as

the

latter,

cliffs

however, where

above the they

were

more numerous.

During the sledge-journey southwards, the dovekie was found inhabiting the

cliffs

at

23rd, 1886. of

them

at

Cape M'Clintock, together with numbers It

was

too early to find eggs.

of

little

There also seemed

auks, on to

May

be colonies

Cape Richthofen.

At Cape Flora, mens were seen on

C.

mandti was comparatively numerous.

Some

speci-

the voyage out through the ice to the south of Franz

Josef Land, on August 8th, 1896.

Uria lomvia, During the whole sledge-journey species

1

were seen.

On June

18th,

in

(Pall.)

1811.

1895, only three specimens of this

(1895),

one was shot (together with a

According to Payer's description, the black guillemot also breeds on Crown Prince Rudolf Land where he saw it in April, 1874. (Payer, 'Oesterreich-UngaCape Auk rische Nordpol-Expedition 1872-1874', p. 325. Vienna, 1876). Nansen thinks there are colonies of them at several places on this island, e. g. at Cape Brorok.

COLLETT AND NANSEN. ACCOUNT OF THE BIRDS.

38

[NORW. POL. EXP.

The next day another was shot (82 15' N. Lat.) only a single one was observed flying southwards over the

pair of fulmars) for food.

but after that,

;

camp, on August llth, half-way between Hvidtenland and Franz Josef Land. through the journey south along the

All

and up

side of Karl Alexander Land,

winter spent on Frederick Jackson Island, not a single spe-

the

to

NE

cimen was seen.

The apparent total absence of these birds in Land aroused Nansen's attention, as Payer,

the northern part of Franz Josef in the

report of the Tegethoff

Expedition and the sledge-journey to the most northerly limits of Franz Josef 1 Land, mentions finding "Alken, Tauchern und Teisten"

edition

2 wrongly translated "auks and divers"

Auk

Crown Prince Rudolf Land.

in great

the English

in

numbers

at

Cape

One reason why Nansen did not believe he was near Crown Prince Rudolf Land was just that he found none of those in

guillemots which were said that

probable

or

dovekies (Teist);

has no nesting-place on

really

1896 or 1896.

and

this

They were never observed either in

it

is

of

and on June 3rd

a few kilometres farther south this

Fisher sea;

is

a basalt

or

1

2

(1896), at

two

cliff

flying to

off.

Mary

Elizabeth Island, in the early

a numerous colony of them was seen

Cape Fisher,

in

N. Lat.

81

It is

possible

There

Cape

almost 900 feet high, rising perpendicularly out of the

and here there were thousands

incessantly

Jackson Island),

most northerly nesting-place on Franz Josef Land.

their

is

lomvia

During the journey south, they were seen for the

days

that

not improbable that Uria

at the winter hut (Frederick

time south of Cape M'Clintock and ;

therefore

northern part of the group of islands.

first

June

It is

word "Alken'' ("auks") has by some mistake come into and that he has meant nothing but little auks and black

the

Payer's description, guillemots

be found there in thousands.

to

of

Uria lomvia

living,

and

flocks

were

and from the open water, which was only a kilometre

seemed

to

have been open

water

right

up

to

the

"Wir fanden jetzt alle Felswander des Kronprinz Rudolphs Landes mit Tausenden von Alken, Tauchern und Teisten besetzt. Ungeheuere Schwiirnie erheben sich, und 44' N. Lat.], belebte das leidenalles Land, auf das die Sonne schien [April, 1874, 81 schaftlichen Schwirme der beginnenden Brutzeit". Payer, 'Oesterreich-Ungarische Nordpol-Expedition 18721874', p. 325. Vienna, 1876. Payer, 'New Lands within the Arctic Circle', vol. translation

II,

p. 154.

should evidently have been: "guillemots,

ibid. vol. II, p. 91.

little

London, 1876. The right auks, and dovekies", cf.

NO.

THE SLEDGE-JOURNEY AND FRANZ JOSEF LAND.

4.]

cliff

a short time

only

before,

and

this

39

evidently the rule here

is

the

all

year round.

South of Cape Fisher, there seem

be several nesting-places, and these

to

guillemots were observed along the coast wherever there

appeared, for instance, to be breeding at

and some kilometres north

seemed land,

of this

be inhabited by them.

to

numbers

great

numerous than

of

was open

Cape Richthofen (80

promontory, a

cliff

50'

They

N.

Lat.);

was seen which

Along the south coast

them were

water.

of

also

Northbrook

Is-

and they were here much more

seen,

Alle.

Lastly they were found (as already mentioned by Clarke and Bruce) in

numbers, breeding,

great

at

Cape Flora and other promontories on North-

and during the

brook Island and the adjacent islands;

Elmwood during

few were also

on August

Sea,

and beginning

eggs were collected by Jackson, and

tities of

A

part of June

the latter

8th,

seen in the ice in 1896, apparently

travellers'

stay at

of July, 1896,

quan-

birds shot for food. 1

many

the northern part of the Barents to

belonging

the

brooding tribe on

Franz Josef Land.

Alle alle, This species was during

the

one of the

and

sledge-journey,

it

(Lin.) 1766.

first

appeared far north in the

that

ice

most nume-

soon became one of the

rous there.

The lanes

in

first

was seen on June 9th

the

ice

west wind began

appeared

in

great

(about 82 to

20' N.

and

blow,

numbers.

(1895),

when

Lat).

After the 18th June,

open

On June

the

ice

there were

somewhat,

a good many

they

when

the

suddenly

19th and 20th, great numbers were

seen in the lanes, where they flew to and fro in search of food, diving just outside the tent-door.

From south,

three

that

time

they

appeared almost

and returning towards the south. or

four together,

and used

a day, but were afterwards

Clarke and Bruce, The

daily,

They

generally kept in pairs, or

to lie in the lanes

invisible.

Their

Ibis, April, 1898, p. 271.

always coming from the

from six

visits also

to eight

hours

depended upon the

COLLETT AND NANSEN. ACCOUNT OF THE BIRDS.

40

the

condition of

the ice were open, they were numerous;

If

ice.

[NORW. POL. EXP. if

it

were

none were seen.

closed up,

Off Hvidtenland they were not seen, on the whole, in very great numbers

and on these glacier-covered

are no places for a colony.

Island cliffs,

on August 16th.

(Coburg Islands),

above Larus glaucus.

This

is

The number

38),

Payer mentions

North Pole Expedition of "Alken,

of

his

in

amounted

18721874,

Alle alle (probably also a small

It is

.

e.

As

Cape Brorok.

g.

report

of the

referred

Austrio-Hungarian

that in April, 1873, he found thousands

Tauchern und Teisten" on the

44' N. Lat. ('Cape Auk') 1

81

in

of birds in this colony

on Crown Prince Rudolf Land, which would

basaltic cliffs

evidently afford good nesting-places for them, (p.

nesting on the

not the most northerly colony on Franz Josef Land.

certainly

Nansen saw many

above

They were here

33' N. Lat.).

thousands (81

to

;

The

colony seen during the journey, was on the east and north sides of Torup

first

to

islands, there

number

cliffs

in

Crown

Prince Rudolf Land,

probable that this means principally of

Cepphus mandti).

During the journey south along the north-west coast of Franz Josef Land, colonies

a

were found established on almost every

nesting-place.

in great

They were found,

numbers on Cape

ones scarcely ready

and

to fly;

in several places

Felder,

for

cliff

that could afford

instance (besides on

Torup

them

Island),

where, on August 16th, they had young

on Cape Helland on August 18th (81

on Frederick Jackson Island, Cape

Hugh

24' N. Lat.), Mill, the cliffs

above, west, and east of the winter hut, on Steinen, west of the winter hut,

and

in the fjord farther in.

Next they were found (on May 23rd, 1896) on Cape M'Clintock, and (on June

6th,

1896)

on

Cape Richthofen.

Cape Fisher, on the other hand,

appears to be inhabited exclusively, or almost exclusively, (and

Fulmarus

by

Uria lomvia

glacialis).

South of the last-named promontory, the birds did not seem

to occur in

such large numbers; but, as already mentioned by Clarke and Bruce 2

have settlements on Cape Flora and in several places

in

the

,

they

southernmost

parts of the group of islands.

1

Payer, 'Die Osterreich-ungarische Nordpol-Expedition 18721874', p. 325.

a

The

Ibis,

1898, p. 272.

Vienna, 1876.

NO.

THE SLEDGE-JOURNEY AND FRANZ JOSEF LAND.

4.]

Alle

alle

on the

seems,

to

whole,

almost supreme

reign

Alcidce on the north-west coast of Franz Josef Land,

with a minority of

the winter hut, they

were seen

towards the end of September.

winter not very far

a

first

day,

and

and a

a

later,

cheerful

their

twittering

perched on the

was

cliffs

came

was heard

above the

N.

of the two.

autumn

(1895),

they had already made

was seen coming from

the

hut,

along the

same way.

the

was

it

the

inner

westwards;

cliffs

Later in the afternoon

and then

again,

but

hut,

81

in

Cape Fisher,

In the afternoon of the above-mentioned

flying close past

flock of four

the

and must thus have spent the

about ten in number,

flock,

little

to the south.

away

part of the fjord,

sea

After the winter,

among

but always together

for the last time in the

appearance by February 25th (1896),

their

of

Uria lomvia become the more numerous

Lat., did

At

mandti; and only south

C.

41

were evidently

they

The

too dark to see them.

covered with ice as far as the eye could see, and the sun could

still

not appear above the horizon until the following day.

have been on the

cliff

They may

possibly

previously, without having been observed on account

of the darkness.

In the beginning of of

part

were

they

flight to

the

day,

cliff

absent,

totally

and from the

seemed

fjord,

of

the

March they were seen very

cliff

above the hut was

having evidently gone out

above the

hut,

morning from the sea across the ice-covered cliffs,

and much more

the afternoon, at about 2 o'clock, flight

very high,

often

when

Their

sea.

often

flying

Immense in

early

flocks in

the

fjord to their resting-places (nest-

lasting until late

the air

the

to

cliffs

farther up the fjords.

In

they would once more set off toward the the

in

would be quite

they seemed to steer direct west, or on the

the

although the distance from the open sea to the hut was

at least forty kilometres,

the

at other times

them; to

At some

and the nest-rocks farther up the

thousands upon thousands of them came

sea,

of

be very regular in the beginning of March.

to

rocks) on the

full

frequently.

filled

afternoon.

They

often

with the flying legions.

some days more

flew

And

north-west, where

dark sky indicated that there was open sea in the distance, which was

possibly distinct

tainty.

seen by object,

them from

for

their

heights;

which they made a

they always seemed to have a

straight course without

any uncer-

COLLETT AND NANSEN. ACCOUNT OF THE BIRDS.

42

They

[NORW. POL. EXP.

They make

with great velocity, and the flocks close together.

fly

a strange whistling or vibrating sound when they

with their

probably

fly,

wings, recalling somewhat the sound of a flying snipe in the spring. is

so loud, that a flock could be easily heard, even

it

was

4th, at 10

The

A. M.

they flew about,

them

that

in his diary:

above the hut was

cliff

full of little

from one projecting ledge

twittering,

on the surface

also sat

was so high

it

it.

the following remarks about

Nansen has March

see

difficult to

when

This sound

When we

of the glacier.

another,

and

came out

be-

to

again

auks, and

tween 3 and 6 P. M., they had disappeared.

March 5th and

No

6th.

little

auks were seen while the

were out

travellers

taking a walk in the afternoon.

March

Two

about 7 P. M.

7th, at

and two

the fjord,

flocks of

little

auks were seen flying up

were flying out towards the

flocks

sea, or

northward

along the coast.

March

8th,

at 9 A.

Ten

M.

flocks

of

auks were seen by Johansen

little

while he was out, flying in from the sea.

March

10th, at

Johansen saw what he estimated

6 A. M.

auks flying up the

little

succession of

came

immense

and

this continued

There was an incessant

sea.

one after another.

flocks,

was an incessant

out, there

the sea,

from the

fjord

until

flight of flock

late

in

the

be millions of

to

"At 2 P. M. when we after flock out towards

afternoon.

Two

black

many

flocks

guillemots were also seen."

March

llth, 3 to 7 P.

March

12th, 10 A.

M. The

were seen passing on

March

16th,

4

Farther on

left

above the hut

their

way

The

cliff

full of little

auks;

out towards the sea.

above the hut

in the spring, after the

full

of

middle of March,

later in the day,

little

auks.

the flight

was

less

and stay longer on the

Their nesting-time had not commenced when Nansen and Johansen

the winter hut on

The winter,

M.

to 7 P.

cliff

birds were observed.

They would then appear

regular. cliffs.

No

M.

arctic foxes,

May

19th (1896).

which had paid daily

and had had the audacity

take the meat that

was

to

stored there,

make

visits to the

hut

all

through the

regular excursions to the roof to

and from which they could hardly be

NO.

THE SLEDGE-JOURNEY AND FRANZ JOSEF LAND.

4.]

driven away,

entirely disappeared

appearance on the

On August six in

number,

when

the

little

auks began

43 to

make

their

cliffs.

9th,

the travellers

sitting

on the

saw

the last of these birds.

last ice-floe passed,

They were

on the edge of the open

water in the Barents Sea, south of Franz Josef Land.

IV.

THE LAST TWO SUMMERS IN THE ICE. NORTH-EAST OF FRANZ JOSEF LAND, 1896; NORTH OF SPITSBERGEN, 1896. Plectrophenax nivalis, During the summer of 1895, north-east

was

for

of

(Lin.) 1766.

Franz Josef Land, the 'Fram'

by snow-buntings only four times. The first appeared on May 22nd. It fluttered around the visited

some

and then flew

time,

On June

two more appeared near the

10th,

On June

lowing, one.

were seen that year.

In the

summer

bird of the year, the deck,

was

and on the day that,

fol-

no others

The most northerly specimen was the one observed on

of 1896,

5' E. Long.).

when

the ship

was north

of Spitsbergen, the first

a snow-bunting, was seen on April

fed with

25th.

meal, and became quite tame.

few days, disappearing on April 28th (84

On May

ship,

ship, twittering,

40' N. Lat).

one more was seen, but after

19th,

45' N. Lat., 83

June llth (84

towards the north (84

off

IT N.

It

It settled

upon

remained there a

Lat.).

3rd, another of these birds settled near the ship.

On

the 6th,

two came; but the dogs would not leave them alone, and they soon took their departure.

On May

25th,

three

remained near the ship heaps.

They were

made

until far

their

on into June, finding

also often seen

be looking for crustaceans.

appearance at one time.

These three

their food in the refuse-

by the water-hole, where they appeared

to

NO.

THE LAST TWO SUMMERS

*.]

Two

of the three specimens

THE

IN

were males, the

46

ICE.

The males

a female.

third

The

soon began to fight with one another, and on June 9th, one departed.

two birds

behind appeared to

left

they chased one another as

build;

and scraps

bits of straw,

after

wood-wool

to

show

in their beaks.

the

signs of wishing to

and were seen

in play,

if

move southwards, and

to

began

of

and began

pair,

flying off with

But as the ship

shortly

snow-buntings remained by the

was no opportunity of ascertaining whether any The ship, at that time, was in about 83 N. Lat,

was

refuse-heaps, there

nest

actually built.

or about

230 kilometres from the northern point of Spitsbergen.

Aegialitis hiaticula,

On June

Spitsbergen, in 82

a skeleton)

1896,

13th,

59'

Wing, 120 mm.;

tail,

60

mm.

b.

Wing, 124 mm.;

tail,

56

mm.

interest,

in usual

one as

summer plumage.

this species in the ice far

as hitherto

(the

of

Museum.

a.

of

were shot north

this species

Both specimens are now preserved

N. Lat.

in the Christiania

They were both The appearance without

two specimens of

(Lin.) 1766.

above Spitsbergen,

is

not

only a few scattered individuals have been ob-

served upon these islands, and there

is

no certain knowledge of

its

having

been found breeding there.

Crymophilus fulicariiM,

Was

(Lin.) 1766.

observed two or three times during the

summer

of 1896, in the ice

to the north of Spitsbergen.

On June N.

1'

10th,

Lat., thus

that day

On

about 250

was calm and the

farther south.

1

Juell) in

one shot,

kilometres north of Spitsbergen.

clear,

and the wind had been

NW

in

83

The weather for

some days.

day following, four more small waders were seen, supposed

have belonged

to

two specimens were shot (by

to

this

species

The

ship

was then a few kilometres

1

On June llth, a wader was seen (by Mogstad) flying past the above-named species, but seemed to be considerably larger.

ship.

It

resembled the

COLLETT AND NANSEN. ACCOUNT OF THE BIRDS.

46

The two specimens shot were both logical

Museum

and

have been a

to

in Christiania.

that

more

brightly coloured than the other

body

is

bright red,

head

is

of

without

to

They appear

The one

pair.

preserved,

any

;

[NORW. POL. EXP.

and are now

have been male and female,

probably the female,

is

Zoo-

in the

is

larger

and

the whole of the under surface of the

lighter

The upper

feathers.

surface of the

a uniform black, the sides of the head and the broad band towards

the nape pure white.

The

male are not so pure.

colours of the

crown has red-edged

of the belly are whitish, the is

a

of

The

feathers on the middle

feathers,

and the eye region

dull white colour. a.

Wing, 136 mm.;

tail,

67

mm.

b.

Wing, 130 mm.;

tail,

63

mm.

Somateria vnollissima,

On June

two eider ducks were shot north

1896,

19th,

(Lin.) 1766.

of Spitsbergen

They were male and female; they came flying up from and settled in one of the channels in the ice. The ice that day

55' N. Lat.).

(82 the

south,

was

pretty closely packed.

No

Both specimens were

other specimens were seen in the

when

1819.

tern

close to the ship, that Sverdrup

ously mentioned

(p.

of

same

August

full-coloured.

was observed during the summer of 1895 (June 21st), It came so 'Fram' was in 84 32' N. Lat., 80 30' E. Long.

single

the

and

ice.

Sterna macrura, Naum.

A

old

of the

25),

was

able to send a shot after

Nansen saw a

year,

somewhat

1'

N. Lat.

As

previ-

pair of these birds in the beginning farther south (north of Hvidtenland).

Similarly, north of Spitsbergen, a single specimen

1896, in 83

it.

Neither this species, nor

was seen on June

9th,

Larus glaucus, seemed

to

frequent the open channels north of these large islands where they breed.

Larus This the

species

summer

f/laucus, Fabr. 1780.

was not observed with

of 1895, north-east of

certainty

Franz Josef Land.

from the 'Fram' during

On June

12th,

a large

NO.

gull

THE LAST TWO SUMMERS

4.]

was seen and shot

did this species appear in

the

1896, in

N.

51'

but

;

could not be recognised

it

any great numbers during the summer

of

north of Spitsbergen; single specimens were observed only

ice

One was observed on May

two or three times. (83

at by one of the crew

47

ICE.

48' N. Lat).

with certainty (84

Nor

THE

IN

13th, flying over the channels

This and a pair of Pagophila eburnea were the

Lat.).

first

sea-birds that appeared that year.

A when

specimen was seen on June 9th, and

single

had already begun

'Fram'

the

to

one on July

lastly

the

approach

31st,

northern shores of

Spitsbergen.

?

On June backed

Larus mariwus,

30th, 1895, in the ice north-east of

was seen by two

gull

Mogstad was near enough distinctly

saw

to

black back.

its

Norwegian name

for

it

spot, the gull flew

send a shot after

to

In his journal,

fired,

after,

Rissa tridactyla, During the summer

of 1895, only

Lastly,

The mined,

the deck

known

it

in

doing

so,

"Svartbag" (the

to

16th,

is

channel to the

little

0' E.

Long.

(Lin.) 1766.

a few

solitary kittiwakes

Franz Josef Land.

were observed

The

two more were seen, and one

by Dr. Blessing.

This

by a

the most

A

first

of

was them

fulmar was shot on the same

northerly

latitude

in

which

birds

have been shot.

a single specimen was seen on June 19th.

contents of the stomach in those specimens where they were exa-

were,

as a

Gadus saida was

1

On June

52' N. Lat.).

are hitherto

calls

35' N. Lat., 75

in the ice in the middle of June, north-east of

was shot from

and

it,

a fulmar was shot from the same

This was in 84

away.

seen on June 10th.

he

the bird settled

but when, shortly

west of the ship;

crew when on a hunting expedition.

the

of

Franz Josef Land, a black-

Larus marinus).

After the shot had been

day (84

Lin. 1766.

Qadws saida, the expedition.

rule,

found, about 70

mm.

In one individual, in length.

a specimen of a

1

This species was only once observed in the ice itself during July 16th, 1895, in 84 42' N. Lat., Dr. Blessing, when on an excursion

Lep. 1773.

On

crustaceans.

COLLETT AND NANSEN. ACCOUNT OF THE BIRDS.

48

[NORW. POL. EXP.

Above Spitsbergen they were more numerous, though few with the ivory

On May over

26th, small flocks of six

the

in

the

ice,

some specimens were again seen

were seen two or three times hovering

(83

On May

observed that year.

first

50'

were

roseate gull

was

ship

in

summer

Nansen and Johansen had found

it

(p.

of 1895, 26).

specimen was observed by Mogstad on July 18th, when the

first

was

and

old

(Macg.) 1824.

also seen from the 'Fram' in the

but in a higher latitude than

The

all

shot.

Bhodostethia rosea, The

30th,

N. Lat).

After this they were seen frequently, and several specimens, full-coloured,

comparison

gull.

channels

the

in

84

41'

N.

Lat.,

74

On

30' E. Long.

July 19th, another

was

seen

by Mogstad and Sverdrup together, when they were out seal-hunting.

The

bird

and

coloured,

Both specimens were

within 15 or 20 paces of them.

flew

all

the characteristic

marks

of the species

were observed.

The next specimen was seen on July 22nd, by Scott-Hansen N.

Lat.);

and

lastly, single

last

but without

specimen was seen by Blessing during a

16th (84

July

and the middle

were not observed with

summer

on

August

species

was

of

August,

fully coloured.

all

Young

birds

certainty.

not

observed

north

of

Spitsbergen

during

the

last

(1896).

Xema A

sfci-expedition

The

altogether seven specimens were observed that year between the

of

The

success.

27').

Thus middle

36'

(84

9th and llth

specimens were seen on the 4th,

August, one of them being shot at by Mogstad,

fully

gull

with

1896, in about 83

saMni,

(Sab.) 1818.

a black head was observed by Mogstad one day N.

Lat.,

when

the 'Fram', with steam up,

in July,

had begun

to

to collect algce, saw a specimen of a Gradus lying motionless in front of a projecting when he atpiece of ice in a channel; but it disappeared under the ice like lightning

tempted to come near it. Its length was about 120 mm. No other fish has hitherto This species is known to Norwegian sealers by been observed so far north as this. the of

name of Gadus.

"Is-Mort",

Mort being the general name

for the

young of various species

NO.

THE LAST TWO SUMMERS

4.]

her

force

out of the ice above Spitsbergen

way

was made

those days, no note

The

of the date.

cated to others of the crew, and

its

This species was seen almost up

84

in

1895,

14th,

38',

a

but in the hard work of

;

beyond doubt.

(Phipps) 1774.

85

to

49

ICE.

observation was communi-

is

authenticity

Pagophila ebtirnea,

On May

THE

IN

N. Lat.

bird,

to

supposed

have been a P.

eburnea, was seen flying from the north-north-east towards the south.

was

the

bird

first

that appeared in

the spring of that year.

doubted specimen was seen on the 2nd June

Hansen.

and altogether

summer

of the

In the course

last

In 'the

June, to

But they

any great numbers.

specimens, two together, were noted on the 10th July.

summer

north of Spitsbergen, the

of 1896,

first

13th (83

May

two specimens

50' N. Lat.).

degrees they became exceedingly numerous, and after the middle of

they

were seen

daily,

sometimes in small

be found at the refuse-heaps, or by the bears'

specimens were shot in the course of the summer of

August alone, forty-one were

shot, fourteen of

? Stercorarius longicaudrus,

;

They were always carcases, and a number of flocks.

and about the beginning

in

them upon one day

(Vieill.)

During the summer of 1895, skuas were only seen

(July 29).

1819.

in the ice to the north-

On

east of Franz Josef Land, on one occasion, namely, the 4th September.

day four or

five

was shot specimens were observed, and one of them

without result (84 fairly

un-

by Scott-

latitude)

three specimens were shot in the beginning of July.

were seen flying above the ice-channels on

By

first

they were seen singly several times,

did not appear to frequent this part of the ice in

The

same

the

(in

The

This

close

to

47' N. Lat., 77

them,

took

them

17' E. Long.). to

Scott-Hansen,

at,

that

but

who came

be St. longicaudus, on account of the

"very long tail-feathers".

These specimens were the

last birds

observed that year.

North of Spitsbergen, the species was not observed with 10th,

Scott-Hansen

saw

a north-north-westerly the smaller species.

in

the

direction,

distance two

certainty.

On June

skuas flying over the ship in

and thought they must belong

to

one of

COLLETT AND NANSEN. ACCOUNT OF THE BIRDS.

50

Stercoraritis This species was

pomatorhinus, (Temm.)

observed

rule in small flocks of

Two

but once in a large flock of nearly twenty.

1815.

the middle of June, 1896, in

repeatedly in

a

the ice north of Spitsbergen, as

[NORW. POL. EXP.

from three

to six birds,

specimens were shot, and

minutely described in Dr. Blessing's journal.

As

was probably a young

On June

tail",

and

bird of this species.

19th (82

N.

57'

The

was shot by Mogstad. to

a skua was seen that had "a forked

early as June 13th,

have been 340 mm.;

the

appeared together, and one of them

Lat.), four

stated by

Dr. Blessing

middle tail-feathers extended 60

mm. beyond

the

length of

is

wing

the others.

On June

21st

birds, all of the

same

N.

53'

(82

species,

Lat.),

was

a straggling

seen,

and one

of

flock

of

about

sixteen

them was shot by Capt.

Sverdrup.

Both the specimens shot were old? birds, and It

rous in

known

on the whole, surprising

is,

the ice far to the

It

comparatively nume-

has hitherto only been

as a sporadic visitant of Spitsbergen.

The

Subsequently

they were seen

Six of these were

shot,

all in

them was shot by Blessing on June

contents of

its

now and

more than twenty specimens

together, but scarcely

summer.

glacialis, (Lin.) 1766.

fulmar in 1895, north-east of Franz Josef Land, appeared on the

first

30th May.

of

to find this species

north of Spitsbergen.

Fulmams

of

fully coloured.

again,

singly

two

in all in the course of the

a latitude above 84 Before

16th.

or

it

died,

30' it

One

N.

vomited the

stomach, which proved to be the jaws and portions of the body

a cephalopod (84

52' N. Lat.).

In other specimens, only crustaceans were

found.

The

last

and was the in

85

5'

N.

Fulmarus last bird

Lat.,

79

birds have ever been

was seen on September

glacialis of this year

On

observed that autumn. 0' E. Long.,

known

and

that day, the 'Fram'

this is the highest latitude in

to be observed.

'

14th,

was

which

NO.

THE LAST TWO SUMMERS

4.]

This specimen

is

om

The

first

derpaa

numbers

far greater

in

the ice north of Spitsbergen.

was seen

They were afterwards seen

Lat.).

51

ICE.

Bentsen saa iaftes en Havhest, som kred-

Skibet en liden Stund, og trak

Fulmars appeared

N.

THE

thus spoken of in Sverdrup's journal:

"14th September, 1895 sede

IN

all

Eaakene". 1

vestover, efter

summer

the

in

of 1896,

May 22nd

there on

through the summer, singly or in

animals or refuse from the surface of the water.

about seventy (July

when

beginning of August,

16th;

83

14'

N.

little

the middle of June

out of the

way

the crew, fifteen of

They were

Lat.).

From

the ship forced her

specimens were shot by

45'

(83

small flocks, circling above the channels, and occasionally picking up

until the

in

them

in

as food for

utilised

principally

ice,

one day

the dogs.

Cepphus mandti, The Spitsbergen

guillemot

summer

paratively often during the

They were

was observed com-

of the birds that

of 1895, north-east of

Franz Josef Land.

generally seen, however, only singly or a few together

May, four were observed N.

was one

(Licht.) 1822.

on the 29th

;

one time, and two of them were shot (84

at

Altogether a dozen of this species were shot that summer,

Lat.).

a latitude higher than 84

N.

The

ship

was then

at least

32'

all

in

330 kilometres

north-east of Franz Josef Land.

This guillemot, its

in

food

which

principally

among

these high northern

metres

from the

channels, or

North

the

latitudes,

continental form,

littoral

and

at

its

the floating pieces of ice;

and

it

of Spitsbergen, in the

summer

littoral

probably

here

also,

hundred life

kilo-

in the

Gadus saida

of 1896, the Spitsbergen

the open channels, from latitude 84

wards as far as the northern shores of Spitsbergen,

numerous

leads

of several

is

grylle)lfinds

principal food.

was unusually numerous by the most

thus

fish-species,

a distance

Cepphus

nearest mainland or island, a kind of

among

that constitutes

(like the

this,

and Alle

guillemot N., southalle,

being

of all the species of birds that appeared in these latitudes.

Sometimes as many as twenty of these guillemots might be brought down on one day, and almost one hundred and fifty were shot for the table. Dr.

"Bentsen saw a fulmar this evening, which circled about the ship for a while, and then flew away towards the west, following the channels".

COLLETT AND NANSEN. ACCOUNT OF THE BIRDS.

52

Blessing writes in his journal for June

goes

on busily every day.

most

shot,

12th

[NORW. POL. EXP.

N. Lat):

(83

Black guillemots and

little

"Bird-shooting

auks are the birds

both because there are most of them, and because they are the

best for eating".

was most numerously repreBlessing examined a number of specimens shot

order to learn which of the two sexes

In

Dr.

sented in these legions,

end of June and the beginning of July.

at the

individuals,

forty

twenty-six

then appeared that out of

It

were males and fourteen females.

In

the

all

females, the ovaries were not fully developed, the eggs being no larger than little

grains,

and only

one specimen the

in

size of small peas.

males were also quite small, and thus

of the

young and incapable

The

first

the 13th

May,

being the

first

83

testes

the specimens were probably

all

of reproduction.

Spitsbergen (in

The

guillemot

year was observed as early as

of the

and on the 29th, a specimen was

57' N. Lat.),

shot,

bird killed that year.

All the specimens observed were in their normal

Vria lonwia, While Cepphus mandti and Alle open channels north of Spitsbergen

(Pall.)

alle

in the

summer plumage.

1811.

occurred in great numbers in the

summer

Fratercula arctica were comparatively rare

of 1896,

there,

Uria lomvia and

only a few specimens of

each of the last two species having been observed from the 'Fram'.

Of Brtinnich's guillemot,

mens were seen

altogether.

on June 19th (82

ship,

was shot (among three

the

The

first

55' N. Lat.);

little

was seen

flying

auks occurring that day

Fratercula arctica glacialis, single

along a

specimen was observed above

channel,

on July 12th, 1896 (83

his journal, that for several

11'

N.

specimen Finally,

Lat.).

(Leach) 1821.

Spitsbergen, 11'

first

in great numbers).

(83

speci-

northwards past the

and on June 23rd, the

more were shot on the 12th and 13th July

A

more than a dozen

for instance, scarcely

N.

Lat.).

days there had been few birds

flying

northwards

Mogstad writes in the channel,

in

but

on the above-mentioned day a number of birds made their appearance, especially black guillemots and

No

little

auks, and a pair of Brunnich's guillemots were shot.

other specimens were observed in the

ice.

NO.

THE LAST TWO SUMMERS

4.]

Alle alle,

IN

THE

53

ICE.

(Lin.) 1766.

This species was, on the whole, rarely observed during the time that the 'Fram' was drifting north-east of Franz Josef Land,

a latitude between 84

on

auks,

30'

and 84

Several were also observed

48' N.

the other hand, appeared

the middle of July, 1896, while the 'Fram'

N.

Lat., they

were found daily

were shot for the

was

alone

-

-

the middle

the time

all

and

in the channels,

On one day

table.

numbers

in great

From

north of Spitsbergen, during the last summer.

83

all

dogs always frightened them away.

in the channels, but the Little

of 1895;

however, were shot between June 21st and July 7th,

several specimens, in

summer

in the

of

moving

June in

to

about

two hundred

at least

the 23rd

in the ice

June

twenty-

nine were shot.

The

first

56' N. Lat.).

auk appeared that year on May 28th (83

little

They were most numerous on

clear days, while during fog they

were

less

plentiful.

The reason

number

of the great difference in the

of birds north of Spits-

bergen and north of Franz Josef Land, was doubtless that during the the

of 1895,

round the ship

all

of

among

1896, there

the temperature, of

forty birds, there

little

in his journal for

northwards". auks.

where there were

was more

or less water

on the whole, was higher. auks shot about the

little

of the

auks; a number of them were

On

the

All day

consisting chiefly of

12th

number

August 6th

sitting

In other places,

August,

two sexes.

were only ten females. of this species

34' N. Lat.):

(81

the crow's-nest today, a channel in the west, that

were lying asleep on the water.

little

In

order to learn the proportion

in

Mogstad writes

saw from

full

ice,

closely-packed

the ship gradually approached Spitsbergen, the

increased. "I

in

examined a number

1896,

then appeared that

As

summer, and

the

Blessing also

beginning of July, It

drifting

few open channels.

comparatively

Dr.

was

'Fram'

summer

he writes:

I

on the

was

ice,

literally

and many

saw

flock after tlock flying

"A

countless

number

of

we have been steaming among great flocks of them, young birds. This means that we have not far to go

before coming to open water".

INDEX. Page 45

Aegialitis hiaticula, (Lin.) 1766 Alle alle, (Lin.) 1766

8,

53 9 6 24

9,

25

13, 22, 36,

51

23, 39,

Anser segetum, (Gmel.) 1788 Archibuteo lagopus, (Gmel.) 1788 Arquatdla maritima, (Gmel.) 1788 Branta bernicla, (Lin.) 1766 Cepphus mandti, (Licht.) 1822 Colymbus arcticus, Lin. 1766

13

fulicarius, (Lin.) 1766 Falco aesalon, Tunst. 1771

CrymophUus

8,

FratercuJa arctica glacialis, (Leach) 1821

Ftdmarus Harelda

glacialis, (Lin.) 1766 glacialis, (Lin.) 1766

Lagopus lagopus,

Lams

22, 35,

(Lin.) 1766

argentatus, Gmel. 1788 fuscus, Lin. 1766

LOTUS Larus glaucus, Fabr. 1780 LOTUS maTinus, Lin. 1766

Nyctea scandiaca, (Lin.) 1766 PagopMa ebuTnea, (Phipps) 1774

Phalaropus hyperboreus,

Squatarola helvetica,

11 11

..

11, 20, 29,

6 12, 20, 30,

6,

14, 24,

15, 27, 10, 14, 25,

10, 25,

(Lin.) 1766

Stercorarius crepidatus, (Banks) 1733 Stercorarius longicaudus, (Vieill.) 1819 StercoraTius pomatorhimis, (Temm.) 1815

12, 22,

Sterna macrura, Naum. 1819 Totanus nebulaTius, (Gunn.) 1767 UTia lomvia, (Pall.) 1811

10, 25,

Xema

sabini, (Sab.) 1818

46 47

(Lin.) 1766

Plectrophenax nivalis, (Lin.) 1766 Rhodostethia rosea, (Macg.) 1824 Rissa tridactyla, (Lin.) 1766 Somateria mollissima, (Lin.) 1766

45 6 52 50 9 7

12, 35,

49

8 44 48 47 46 7 33 49 50 46 7

13. 37,

52 48

.No -I

N?4.

The Norwegian Polar Kxpedilion 1893-1896.

RHODOSTETHIA ROSEA YOUNG

IN

(MACG)1824-

FIRST PLUMAGE.

V.

CRUSTACEA BY

6.

0.

SARS.

INTRODUCTION. Of the zoological

collections

home from

brought

Norwegian North

the

Polar Expedition, those relating to the marine invertebrate animals have been

my

placed in

hands

report on the results of cerned. to

extensive class, and there

animals.

As, however,

all

is

my

intention in

number is

knowledge

hitherto unexplored part of the it

and

description,

fauna in

a subsequent paper

may

propose to

to report of other

little

comparatively

North Polar Sea

now

animals collected belongs

of the

of the

I

Crustacea are con-

investigations as far as the

my

Indeed, by far the greater

this

and

for examination

and

this far remote,

be of considerable

interest,

also to give a short account of the

other marine invertebrates found during the Expedition.

The

collection

in

different

localities,

each,

of

I

preservation.

consists

question

have

as

a

rule,

carefully

of several

tubes

with

date,

labelled

gone

through

the

and

from

bottles

depth

contents

and mode of

all

the

samples, in order to gain both a general view of the character of the fauna,

and more bottles

special information

Only one

of

contained true bottom-animals taken up by the aid of the trawl;

the other samples

course

about the several species.

contain

have been procured by the aid

exclusively pelagic animals,

chiefly

of

the

tow-net,

Omstocea.

and

Of

the all

of

these

again Copepoda, chiefly belonging to the Calanoid group, are predominant,

having been taken in nearly every haul and in considerable numbers along the whole route of the "Fram". is

due

ersed.

to

As

the is

This peculiar character of the collections

unexpected physical conditions found in the Polar Sea travwell

known,

it

has

until recently

been the general assumption

of geographers, that the Polar basin, north of Siberia

and Franz Josef Land,

4

a shallow

could only be quite

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. O.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

with depths scarcely

sea,

some

exceeding

hundred fathoms, and the zoological equipment of the 'Fram' Expedition was

But

arranged in accordance therewith.

that part of the Polar

adopted view, with the

proved

ice,

respect even

was a matter

no

of

and consisting far

The

or

trouble

this

drifted

in

such depths, and, indeed,

was necessary

it

to

make up from

a provisional sounding-line of

To

of thin steel-wire.

end of

the

sufficient

the

length

which of course

this line,

from being strong enough for dredging operations, was appended

some instances a heavy latter case

a sample

in

water-bottle,

it

a means of ascertaining the depth

find

to

was

quantity of hemp-rope at hand

trawling

purpose

'Fram'

the

of

wire-ropes

dredging

little

For

with exactness.

was

for

Sea through which the 'Fram'

be everywhere of enormous depth, exceeding in this

Norwegian Sea.

the

insufficient

quite

to

in direct contradiction to this generally

in

others an ordinary lead, and in the

bottom was always brought up together with the

of the

But on a preliminary examination, scarcely any traces of organisms could ever be detected in this material, and it must be concluded from this

lead.

that

there

is

at

On

the ocean.

least

very

little

the other hand,

superficial strata

of the sea,

it

animal is

life

on the bottom

a very remarkable

fact,

this part of

that the

more

though almost perpetually covered with a layer

through which comparatively small, temporary openings occur in the

of ice,

shape of channels and lanes, were found to abound with

life

the year, and even to the most northerly latitudes reached. able, too,

more

in

that the pelagic animals observed

superficial strata

considerable

In

bottom.

depths,

many

peculiar

than

the sea,

perhaps

even

cases the tow-net

300 metres, and, as a instances,

of

when

rule, it

at all times of It is

very prob-

are not strictly confined to the

but that they also at times descend to to

the

strata

was lowered

the draught

was working

in

immediately covering the to depths exceeding

was considerably smaller

depths.

200 or

richer in

Moreover,

such the

Amphipode described below as Cyclocaris Guilelmi Chevreux, was

found several times clinging

to

the sounding-line

at only a short distance

above the water-bottle, which was hauled up from depths between 500 and 1000 metres. The imperfect development of the visual organs in this form,

and likewise to

in

some

of the other pelagic animals observed,

point to abyssal habits.

would also seem

NO.

INTRODUCTION.

6.]

As

explored by the Expedition, to that of

particular,

it

exhibits,

common

was not a

the samples,

some

little

by any foreign Atlantic Basin.

to

on the whole, a pronounced resemblance

number

the greater

of species

having,

Calanoida

In considering the

both.

in

surprising to find rather abundantly represented

characteristic forms

fjord-basins of the south

me

it

the North Atlantic Basin,

proved to be

indeed,

in

fauna in the North Polar Basin

to the general character of the pelagic

and west coasts

of

well

known

to

me

from the deep

Norway, but hardly ever recorded

though they must doubtless also occur in the North

zoologists,

These forms, which have occasionally been mentioned by

as deep-water Calanoida, are, indeed, at least off our coasts, only met

with in depths of more than 100 fathoms, whereas in the North Polar Basin Intermingled with them were

they often ascend to the very surface of the sea.

some well-known surface-Calanoids, such as finmarchicus,

number

Pseudocalanus elongatus,

of hitherto

unknown

the widely distributed

There

etc.

Calanus a

moreover,

are,

forms, to be presently described in detail, which

accordingly might be regarded as peculiar to the Polar basin;

improbable that on a closer investigation, these forms occur in the northern part of the Atlantic basin.

but

it

is

not

be found to

will also

Indeed, strictly speaking,

the most westerly part of the 'Fram's' route lies on the border between the

two basins; and yet the character of the fauna here did not essential

manner from

that in the eastern part.

current in the North Polar Sea has been clearly direction,

centre

of

it

is

possible to suppose that far

distribution

east,

the pelagic fauna of that part of the ocean is

as yet impossible

decide

to

is

shown

still

ought to be regarded as immigrants from the

to flow in

Bering Sea.

At any

existence of the western current has been demonstrated in a

manner by the of a current in of

the sea;

down

drift of

is

it

such cases

in

rate,

though the

most convincing

also full evidence of the existence

quite the opposite direction, but confined to the deeper strata

for both the comparatively high temperature of the

and

to the lowest depths

from the Atlantic Basin.

may

the 'Fram', there

But as

very imperfectly known,

which forms

east.

a westerly

at least might have their

in the

with certainty

any

As, however, the superficial

some forms

perhaps even

differ in

An

its

great salinity clearly

show

to

be derived

immigration of animals to the North Polar Sea

accordingly be possible from both the west and the east

superficial strata flowing in

it

water found

;

but, as the

a westerly direction, together with the

ice

more

covering

6

G. 0.

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

them, are largely mingled with fresh water, and constantly subjected to a rather low temperature, they

seem

in reality to offer less favourable conditions

for the well-being of higher organisms.

of the pelagic animals found in the

I

am

therefore of opinion, that the bulk

North Polar Basin are

in fact derived

from

the west through the Atlantic current flowing in beneath the superficial Siberian

On

current. in

the other hand, I think that the latter

conveying a constant supply of nourishment

of great importance

is

the pelagic animals of

to

This nourishment consists of microscopic

the North Polar Basin.

Diatomece, which are found

abound

to

algae, chiefly

water of the

in the superficial polar

Siberian Sea, though gradually diminishing in quantity westwards, apparently

owing

to their

being largely fed upon by the various pelagic animals.

Indeed,

without such a constant conveyance of nourishing matter, there could be no

such rich animal is

It

in the Polar Sea.

life

a very remarkable

fact,

that

forms

which have hitherto been

regarded as quite southern in distribution, are also represented in the Polar Sea.

have several instances

I

remarkable occurrence

of this

as regards the pelagic Copepoda.

Thus,

in

to

report

on,

a sample taken at about the

centre of the Polar basin traversed, I found a well preserved specimen of a

Calanoid, differing conspicuously in

its

external appearance from

forms, and easily recognizable as a species of the genus

all

the other

Hemicalanus

Glaus.

This genus has as yet only been known from the Mediterranean and the tropical

and

parts of the Atlantic off the

Pacific Oceans,

Norwegian coast or

in the sea north of the Phillipi

are found

New

in great

never having been met with either

the Atlantic coast of Europe.

off

Furthermore,

Siberian Islands, two species of the genus Onccea

abundance,

and both these species

I

have been

enabled to identify with perfect certainty with species recently recorded by Dr. Giesbrecht from the

was

certainly

Bay

observed

south coast of Norway; yet only

known from

of Naples.

One

of the species, 0. conifera Giesbr.,

by the present author but the other species,

the Mediterranean.

the two above-mentioned species of

many 0.

years

notopoda

In about the

same

ago

off

Giesbr.,

tracts, in

is

the

as

which

Onccea occurred, another very peculiar

Copepod, belonging to the same group, was met with.

It is

a species of the

genus Lubbockia Glaus, hitherto only known from the Mediterranean and the tropical parts of the oceans.

same sample in which the picking up some specimens of

Finally, in the very

last-named Gopepod was found,

I

succeeded in

NO.

INTRODUCTION.

6.]

a small, perfectly hyaline Copepod of a

still

more

a species of the highly remarkable genus Mormonilla

at once recognizable as

of Giesbrecht, the systematic position of which

two species

of this

and

peculiar appearance,

is still

rather doubtful.

Only

genus have hitherto been recorded, and both of them were

found in the tropical part of the

Pacific,

south of the equator.

The

polar

form so closely resembles one of the two species described by Dr. Giesbrecht, that

that

should have been

I

the

inclined to identify the

distance between the occurrences

great

The very

identification.

much

close,

two forms, were

seems

and apparently genetic

to

which seems

is

not

such an

relationship between the

two polar species of the amphipodous genus Pseudalibrotws below, and those occurring in the Caspian Sea,

forbid

it

to

be described

another remarkable instance,

fully to corroborate the correctness of the

assumption of geologists

as to a direct connexion in olden times between this isolated basin and the

North Polar Sea. In order to Sea,

I

subjoin

show lists

the general character of the pelagic fauna in the Polar

of

the species found in 5 widely-separated tracts of the

region traversed by the "Fram".

No.

1.

12th to 24th October, 1893.

Sea north

of

New

Siberia (beginning of the

In about 78

N.

Lat.,

Sabinea septemcarinata

136

E. Long.

(Sab.).

Myto-stage.

Parathemisto oblivia Kr0yer.

Metopa longicornis Boeck.

Gammarus

locmta, var. mutata,

Lilljeb.

Calanus finmarchicus, Gun. hyperboreus, Kr0yer.

Pseudocalanus elongatus, Boeck. major, G. 0. Sars.

pygmceus, G. 0. Sars. Euchceta norvegica, Boeck.

drift).

G. O.

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

Metridia longa, (Lubb.). Acartia longiremis,

Lilljeb.

Oithona similis, Glaus. Onccea conifera, Giesbr. notopoda, Giesbr.

maxima, Brady & Norm.

Conchoecia

Cirripedia-larva

in Cypris-stage.

Clione papilionacea

Pall, (larva).

Appendicularia. Sagitta (Spadella).

Young

Ophiura?

of

Medusoid.

Number

of

Diatomece (Chcetoceras).

No.

2.

March-April, 1894. In about 80

Hymenodora

N. Lat, 134

E. Long.

glacialis, (Buchh.)

Thysanoessa longicaudata, Kr. Euthemisto

libellula (Mandt).

Parathemisto oblivia, (Kr0yer).

Lanceola

Scina

Claitsi, Bovallius.

borealis, G. 0. Sars.

Cyclocaris Guilelmi, Chevreux.

Pseudalibrotus glacialis, G. 0. Sars.

Nanseni, G. 0. Sars.

Eusirus cuspidalus, Krayer.

Amphithopsis

Gammarus

glacialis,

Hansen.

locusta Lin., var. mutata.

AmathiUa pingvis

(Kr0yer).

Dajus mysidis Kroyer, Cryptoniscid-larvce.

(larvffi in

1st

and

last stages).

NO.

INTRODUCTION.

6.]

Calanus finmarchicus, Gunn. hyperboreus, Kroyer.

Scaphocalanus acrocephalus, G. 0.

Sars.

Undinella oblonga, G. 0. Sars.

Euchceta norvegica, Boeck. Chiridius armatus, (Boeck). tenuispinus, G. 0. Sars.

Pseudocalanus major, G. 0.

Sars.

Spinocalanus longicornis, G. 0. Sars.

Drepanopus Bungei, G. 0.

Sars.

Heterochceta norvegica, Boeck.

compacta, G. 0. Sars.

Augaptilus glacialis, G. 0. Sars. Metridia longa, (Lubbock). Temorites brevis, G. 0. Sars.

Conchoecia maxima, Brady

&

Norm.

Sagitta (Spadella).

Only

slight traces of algae.

No. April

Between 84

15'

and 84

3.

August, 1895.

42' N. Lat.,

and between 96

Thysanoessa longicaudata Parathemisto

(Kr.).

and 72

oblivia, (Kroyer).

Lanceola Clausi, Bovallius.

Eusirus Holmi, Hansen.

Amphithopsis

glacialis,

Calanus finmarchicus,

Hansen. (Gunn.).

hyperboreus, Kroyer.

Scaphocalanus acrocephalus, G. 0. Sars. Scolecithrix brevicornis, G. 0. Sars.

Undinetta oblonga, G. 0. Sars.

E. Long.

G. 0.

10

SARS.

CRUSTACEA.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

Euchcela norvegica, Boeck.

Undeuchceta spectabilis, G. 0. Sars. Chiridius armatus, (Boeck). tenuispinus, G. 0. Sars. brevispinus, G. 0. Sars.

Heterochceta norvegica, Boeck.

compacta, G. 0. Sars.

Augaptilus glacialis, G. 0. Sars.

Hemicalanus spinifrons, G. O. Metridia longa,

Sars,

(Lubb.).

Temorites brevis, G. 0. Sars.

Conchoecia maxima, Brady

&

Norm.

Sagitta (Spadella).

No

algae.

No.

4.

October 12th, 1895.

85

13'

Amphithopsis

N.

Lat.,

glacialis,

Calanus finmarchicus,

79

E. Long.

Hansen. (Gunn.).

hyperboretis, Kr.

Scaphocalanus acrocephalus, G. 0. Undinella oblonga, G. 0. Sars.

Chiridius brevispinus, G. 0. Sars. Heterochceta norvegica, Boeck.

compacta, G. 0. Sars.

Augaptilus glacialis, G. 0. Sars.

Metridia longa,

(Lubb.).

Temorites brevis, G. 0. Sars.

No

algae.

Sars.

NO.

INTRODUCTION.

5.]

No.

westerly part of the Tram's'

The most 47'

5.

May, 1896.

February

Between 84

11

and 83

and between 25

57' N. Lat,

Thysanoessa longicaudata, Euthemisto

route.

and 11

E. Long.

(Kr.).

libellula, (Mandt).

Parathemisto oblivia (Kroyer).

Lanceola Clausi,

Bovallius.

Cyclocaris Cruildmi, Chevreux.

Pseudalibratus glacialis, G. 0. Sars.

Nanseni, G. 0. Sars.

Paramphithoe

brevicornis, G. 0. Sars.

Metopa longicornis, Boeck. Eusirus Holmi, Hansen.

Amphithopsis

Gammarws

glacialis,

Hansen.

locusta L. var. mutata.

Calanus finmarchicus,

(Gunn.).

hyperboreus, Kr.

Scaphocalanm acrocephalus,

G. 0. Sars.

Euchceta norvegica, Boeck. Chiridius armatus, (Boeck). Heterochceta norvegica, Boeck.

Melridia longa,

(Lubb.).

Conchoecia maxima, Brady Clione papilionacea,

&

Norm.

Pall. jun.

Sagitta (Spadella).

No

I

algae.

further add here a

instance

it

list

of species

has been expressly stated

very surface of the sea, whereas in to

some considerable depth below

from a single

that all

the

the

locality,

because in

sample was taken from the

other cases the tow-net

ice.

this

was lowered

12

SARS.

G. 0.

CRUSTACEA.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

28th June, 1895.

84

32' N. Lat, 76

About midway

in the route of

Sample taken by towing from a boat Parathemisto

E. Long.

in

a

the 'Fram'.

large open lane in the ice.

oblivia, (Krayer).

Calanus finmarchicus,

(Gunn.).

hyperboreus, Kr.

Scaphocalanus acrocephalus, G. 0.

Sars.

Undinella oblonga, G. 0. Sars.

Euchceta norvegica, Boeck.

Chiridim armatus,

(Boeck).

tenuispinus, G. 0. Sars.

Heterochosta norvegica, Boeck.

compacta, G. 0. Sars.

Metridia longa, (Lubb.). Temorites brevis, G. 0. Sars.

Conchoecia maxima, Brady

&

Norm.

Sagitta (Spadella).

No

algae.

Of the 11 species 6 also occur them,

off the

of

Norwegian coast; but

Calanus finmarchicus,

except

more than 100 fathoms. is

Copepoda enumerated from the above-named sample,

are

The above-named

it

is

worthy of note, that

here

confined

to

great

all

of

depths,

Hyperiid, Parathemisto oblivia,

also a pronounced deep-water form off our coasts,

and the same

is

also the

case with the 3 Norwegian species of Conchoecia, one of which, C. borealis

G. 0. Sars,

very closely allied to the arctic form here named.

is

In the following pages, of Crustacea

found

in

the

shall try to give

I

collections

of

an account

the 'Fram',

of all the species

with notes

occurrence and distribution, and with descriptions and figures of the

on

their

new

or

less familiar forms.

The

plates

accompanying

this

account have been prepared by the auto-

graphic method employed by the present author in most of his recent publications,

and

will,

I

hope, serve for an immediate recognition of the species.

ACCOUNT OFTHE

SPECIES.

PODOPHTHALMIA. Fam. CRANGONIDjE. 1.

A

Sabinea septemcarinata

(Sab.).

well-preserved larva in the last stage of this form

Kr0yer)

is

in

the collection,

(= Myto Gaimardii,

having been taken by means of the tow-net on

the 13th October, 1893, from a depth of about 50 metres.

Distribution.

Coast of Norway, Atlantic coast of North America, Green-

land, Spitsbergen, the

Murman

coast, the

Fam. 2.

Of in his

Hymenodora

this peculiar form, described

Kara Sea,

the Bering Sea.

EPHYRID-ffil.

glacialis (Buchholtz).

and figured

in detail

by the present author

account of the Crustacea of the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition,

a solitary young specimen was found

in

a sample taken on the 24th March,

1 1894, the tow-net having been lowered to a depth of 300 metres.

Distribution.

Greenland, several stations of the Norwegian North At-

lantic Expedition (cold area), the

Faroe Channel, east coast of North America

(Albatross Expedition).

Fam. EUPHAUSinxE. 3.

A

Nyctiphanes norvegicws (M.

Sars).

well-preserved specimen of this beautiful form

was taken on

the

22nd

May, 1894, from a depth of 100 metres. 1

this form must have occurred rather plentifully in about the same tract, and in the very surface of the sea, is proved from the fact that easily recognizable remains of it were found in the stomachs of 8 specimens of the roseate gull (Bhodostethia

That

rosea) shot between the 3rd and 8th August same year.

14

G. 0.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

Coast of Norway, Scotland, the

Distribution. east coast of

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

Murman

coast, Greenland,

North America.

4.

Thysanoessa longicaudata

(Kr0yer).

Thysanoessa tenera, G. 0. Sars.

Syn:

in

Solitary specimens of this form,

found in 4 different samples taken

a more or

less perfect state,

were

places lying widely apart from each

in

(March 24th, 1894, July 30th, 1895, Feb. 4th, 1896, Feb. 13th, 1896),

other

the tow-net having been lowered

a depth of between 50 and 300 metres

to

Varanger Fjord, sea between Norway and Jan Mayen

Distribution.

(Norw. North Atl. Exp.), Greenland.

AMPHIPODA. Fam. HYPERIID.E. 1.

This well-known

Euthemisto

arctic

libellula (Mandt).

form was taken both at the beginning and close

the cruise, partly young, partly fully of the specimens are, however,

greater

number

from the western part of the region traversed.

Coast of Finmark,

Distribution.

The

grown specimens.

of

the

Murman

coast,

Novaja Semlja,

Siberian Polar Sea, Beeren Eiland, Spitsbergen, Jan Mayen, Greenland.

2.

Parathemisto oblivia (Krayer).

This form also seems to be widely distributed basin,

having been

taken

along

throughout the Polar

the whole route of the 'Fram'

in

no

less

than 12 different places. Distribution. stations of the

Coast of

Norway, British

Isles,

Greenland,

numerous

Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition.

Fam. LANCEOLID.K. Gen. Lanceola, Say.

Remarks.

This genus was established by the American zoologist, Th.

Say, as early as the year 1818, to include a peculiar to

the Hyperiid group.

authors,

some

of

whom

Amphipod belonging

But the genus was not recognized by subsequent regarded

it

as synonymous with Hyperia, others

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

5.J

with

Vibilia.

Vibilia.

he pointed

as

genus,

Say's

Dr.

to

is

It

described

originally

out

figures

in

from

difference it

regards

Of these

by Say.

the

restoration

Hyperia and

both

less

than 5

new

species to

one has been found

as only a short diagnosis,

and,

accompanied

by Dr. Bovallius,

it

of

as the type of a distinct

species,

has been given of

outline,

we owe

that

same time adding no

during the 'Fram' Expedition,

by 4

its

even

Dr. Bovallius

Indeed,

family, Lanceolidce, at the that

Bovallius

15

SPECIES.

find

I

it

appropriate here to describe and figure this remarkable form more in detail.

Lanceola Clausi, Bovallius.

3.

(PI.

I).

Lanceola Clausi, Bovallius, 'On some forgotten genera

hang

till

The Same:

Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl. Part

Kgl.

and Antarctic Hyperids'.

'Arctic

arbeten, vol. IV, p. 553, PI. 41,

figs.

of

Bi-

Amphipoda'.

10, p. 8.

Vega-Expeditionens vetensk.

11-14.

Description.

The

largest specimen

about 10 mm.;

of

in the collection, the one here figured, has

as

but,

Dr.

Bovallius

gives

the

a length

as 16 mm.,

length

it

cannot be fully grown. True,

at

first

marsupium; sion is

is

but,

the

here

specimen

on a closer examination,

merely due

to

a

it

For the

delusion.

the ventral walls of the

body

beneath the skin, the ganglionic chain the anterior part of the body-cavity

The integuments

is

may

len

As

the

cephalon,

no marsupium at

nothing but

is

appearance,

all

be very distinctly traced. dilated,

in

Indeed,

order to give

are remarkably soft and supple, and the whole body

metasome generally

unlike

what

small, and abruptly truncated cave,

has

1)

stomachal part of the intestine.

mesosome, the whole body looks

The

fig.

easily seen that this impres-

enormously

thereby acquires a peculiar vagueness in

Amphipods.

this

I.

along the middle of which, immediately

itself,

for the exceedingly capacious

is

(see PI.

with largely protuberant

fact is that

formed, and the protruding part that has

room

figured

being an adult gravid female,

of

the appearance

sight,

is

like

its

is

contours, not observed in other

bent in against the greatly swol-

an

irregular, soft ball.

the case in

the true Hyperiids,

in front, with the anterior face

and bounded above by a

projecting, rostrum-like angle.

is

very

somewhat conBetween the

G. O.

16 insertion of the

2 pairs

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

of antennae,

forms, on each side, a slight rounded

it

which the very small eyes have

lobe, within

on each side

in

mesosome are

the

of

seems

form a continuous whole.

to

The

scarcely exceeding in length the cephalon,

rather short,

ceeding segments are of considerable

The 3

to the

is

connected.

to

1st

segment

is

and 4th each exhibiting

the 3rd

size,

2nd

whereas the 3 suc-

posterior segments rapidly diminish in size;

any protuberant ventral

appearance

terminates

of the

an elevated transversal eminence defined behind by a

in front

it

well defined in their dorsal part,

but the protruding ventral part

coxal plates are connected;

exhibit

and below,

an even horizontal margin, with which the extremely small

exhibiting laterally

sion.

their place,

another obtuse lobe, with which the buccal mass

The segments

5th segments

[NORW. POL. EXP.

distinct depres-

the last 2

do not

and on the whole are very similar

part,

in

The

3 succeeding segments belonging to the metasome.

epimeral plates of the latter are comparatively small and evenly rounded.

The urosome and composed

The whole

as in the true Hyperiids,

(see also fig. 16),

of 2

segments only, the division

posterior

the

of

is

depressed,

2 being wholly fused together.

last

comprising the metasome

body,

urosome, scarcely attains half the length of the anterior, and

this is

and

regarded

by Dr. Bovallius as a distinctive character, separating the present species from

some

the others.

of

much more

division is

The

It

eyes,

extremely small,

is

fully

contrary

to

rounded,

however,

very probable,

that in the male this

developed than in the female.

what

is

case

the

and composed

of

in

are

the true Hyperiids,

a restricted number

of visual

elements, imbedded in a light red pigment.

The

superior antennae (see

the upper angle

of

the head,

issue at rather a long distance

figs. 2, 3)

and widely apart from each

apparently composed of only 3 joints,

the

Of the peduncular

the 3rd the flagellum.

first

in the peduncle;

distinctness flagellum,

is

in

for the type species, there is

but the

I

have not been able

specimens

2 constituting the peduncle,

may be

tiiat,

and

as indicated

to

see

such a joint with any

The

terminal joint,

the peduncle, compressed, lanceolate,

bristles.

Any

is

a very short intermediate joint

have examined.

somewhat longer than

edged with very small sensory distinguish.

I

It

are

They

joints, the 1st is the larger,

defined from the 2nd by a deep constriction.

by Dr. Bovallius

other.

from

apical joints,

I

have

or

and

failed

to

NO

ACCOUNT OF THE

5.]

The

inferior antennae

(see

and have

slender than the superior,

which

last of

uniarliculate, in

a

The

the largest.

is

figs.

forming a somewhat

2

&

a

are

4)

the peduncle

little

and more

longer

composed

of

4

the

joints,

as in the superior antennae,

flagellum,

flattened,

17

SPECIES.

narrow, lanceolate

is

terminating

joint,

straight, slender spine.

The

huccal mass (see

number

the usual

The

of oral parts

anterior

bilobate flap,

2) is rather protuberant,

and composed

of

mutually covering each other.

&

2

(see figs.

lip

&

figs. 1

5)

forms a comparatively small, deeply

covering the masticatory parts of the mandibles, and having

the edge quite smooth.

The

posterior lip

much

is

6)

(fig.

and each terminating

divergent,

The mandibles

2

(see figs.

in

&

with the lateral lobes greatly

larger,

an oval, somewhat recurved lappet. are

7)

in the

form of 2

below the anterior

horizontally arranged pieces meeting in front,

almost

flattened,

They

lip.

do not exhibit any trace of a true molar prominence; but the inner face

rough owing edge

cutting

to is

the

presence

numerous small

of

The

hair-like spinules.

with the upper corner acutely produced, the lower

simple,

more obtuse, and exhibiting a very small mandible, just within

is

upper corner

the

tooth-like projection.

the

of

cutting

edge,

On

the

left

is

an

there

extremely small bidentate prominence, constituting a rudiment of a secondary cutting plate. of

body

the 1st

the is

The

well developed, being considerably longer than the

is

mandible, and

rather short,

exhibiting

pressed,

palp

composed

of

whereas the 2nd

is

The

slender setae. part, several

The

The

short,

elongated and somewhat combristles,

terminal joint

figs.

2

&

is

outside

the outer

in

shorter than the 2nd,

8) exhibit all the chief parts

masticatory lobe

somewhat oblique end

the

Of these

joints.

and

delicate ciliation along the inner edge.

anterior maxillae (see

Amphipoda.

typical

a

3 well-defined

4 short spiniform

inside

with conically tapered,

is

and likewise densely

into

4 strong

is

densely hairy and divided at

teeth.

hairy, but without

found in

any

The

basal lobe

is

true spines or setae.

rather

The

a single lamellar joint of oblong oval form, and partly palp consists of only covering the masticatory lobe outside.

on

the

From seen

inner

It

is

edged with short spinules, those

margin being extremely small and densely crowded together.

the outer side of the basal part,

moreover, several strong bristles are

to originate.

3

18

The

maxillae

posterior

The

their construction.

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

O.

'G.

(see

basal part

is

armed

are likewise

maxillipeds (see

The

tute of palps.

normal

quite

in

and muscular, and

narrow and strongly incurved.

and the somewhat larger outer lobe

&

2

figs.

Both

moreover,

is,

as in other Hyperiida, are quite desti-

10),

pieces,

and projecting at the end inside

lappets,

which

undoubtedly answer

lappet.

These

and are fringed with short

bristles,

the basal lobes in other

to

that the large

indubitable

each carrying outside a single

a short triangular

in

close juxtaposition,

in

lie

lamellae

appended

to

Amphipoda.

a very similar appearance.

or

is

exhibiting, as they do,

may

they

either be extended straight in

spread out, so as to diverge more or less widely.

be

straight inner edge,

row

there is a double

each of the lobes also

carries

likewise

are oblong oval in form, and, being mov-

basal paH,

the

to

They

It

the end of the basal part,

represent the masticatory lobes in other Amphipoda,

ably articulated

common

broad, flattened basal part consists of a short

and 2 juxtaposed lamellar

root-joint,

front,

EXP.

at the tip with several strong spines.

The

seta,

9)

rather voluminous

the 2 terminal lobes are comparatively

lobes are densely hairy,

&

2

figs.

t>OL.

[NORW.

outside,

Along the

of strong spiniform bristles,

some

at

distance

from

the

and

tip,

2

similar bristles springing from a distinct ledge.

The 2

pairs of

gnathopoda

12) are of essentially similar structure,

(figs. 11,

being considerably shorter and thicker than the pereiopoda,

abundantly supplied with

bristles.

They

and also more

are quite simple, without

any

trace of

a cheliform structure, the propodal joint being conically tapered, and carrying

This joint

at the tip the small dactylus.

posterior than

distinctly defined

The 2 ance,

the

in

anterior

is

but

pair;

in

more produced in the none of them is there any

rather

palm.

anterior pairs of pereiopoda

and moderately

Of the

slender.

(fig.

13) are of quite

joints, the carpal

normal appear-

and propodal ones are

somewhat compressed, and are both provided along the posterior edge with a row of short spinules. The dactylus is comparatively small and quite simple. The 3 posterior pairs of pereiopoda (figs. 14, 15) gradually diminish somewhat the

in length,

dactylus.

The

and are latter

concave edge, and exserted

and capable

all

is

in

distinguished by the peculiar arrangement of

strongly curved,

a very acute

of being received into

finely

point.

denticulated along

It is,

moreover,

the

retractile,

a hollow formed by a cup-like projection of

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

the propodal joint (see

14

figs.

a,

15

a).

19

SPECIES.

Otherwise, these legs are remarkably

smooth, and have the basal joint scarcely broader than on the 2 anterior pairs.

The

branchial lamellffi are comparatively small, and are present on the

posterior gnathopoda 13,

14).

and the 4 anterior

pairs of pereiopoda (see figs

were present inside the branchial lamellae

The pleopoda The uropoda

12,

(see figs. 12, 13).

are rather powerfully developed, and of normal structure. (see

fig.

exhibit

16)

the

structure

Hyperiids, the terminal rami being lanceolate serrulate (see

fig. 17).

except in the

The

1,

In the specimen examined, slight rudiments of incubatory plates

The

last pair

do not

somewhat greater breadth

in form,

It

does

not reach

to

in

with the edges finely

from the 2 preceding ones,

differ

of the basal part.

telson (ibid.) is oblong triangular in form,

any armature.

met with

usually

and quite simple, without

the end of the basal part of the last

pair of uropoda.

This peculiar Amphipod occurred in 6 different samples, 5

Occurrence. of

which were taken along the eastern part

between latitudes

80

the

of

route

had been lowered

far the greater

quite

young.

which

is

number Only

of the

to depths of

Davis

the places,

between 100 and 300 metres.

were 2 larger specimens caught, one

Straits, in lat.

Fam. Scina

4.

Some specimens

By of

a depth

N.

of

(Bovallius).

sciNiD.ffi:.

borealis, G. 0. Sars.

towards the end of March and

places, to

72

of this easily recognizable

about the 80th degree of

3

all

specimens found are very small, and evidently

one place

in

In

that here described.

Distribution.

collected

"Fram",

and 85, the 6th much farther west, at about the 30th

degree of longitude, and near the 85th degree of latitude. the tow-net

the

of

latitude,

form were found

in the

in

3 samples

beginning of April, 1894, in

the tow-net having been lowered,

in

all

300 metres.

Fam. LYSIANASSID.K. Gen. Cyclocaris, Stebbing.

Remarks. Mr. Stebbing,

This genus was established to include

in

the year 1888

by the Rev.

a peculiar Amphipod from the Challenger Expedition,

20

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. 0.

having been taken

the solitary specimen procured

[NORW. POL. EXP. the Pacific,

in

at

some

The genus was justly placed in the extensive family Lysianassidce, though in some characters it differs rather markedly from It was, indeed, very surprising to find this genus the other known genera. distance from Tahiti.

represented

and

I

the Polar

in

had intended

The same

Sea by a well-marked and very beautiful

to dedicate

species, however, has

our celebrated explorer, Prof. Nansen.

to

it

been quite recently recorded by M. E. Chevreux

Monaco, and, as nothing has as yet

of the Prince of

from the Expedition

species;

been published about the Crustacea of the Nansen Expedition, the name pro-

The

posed by M. Chevreux for this species ought of course to be retained. in detail below. species will be described

Cyclocaris Guilelmi, Chevreux.

5.

(PI. II

Cyclocaris

E.

Guilelmi,

France, T.

Remarks.

XXIV, The

Chevreux,

&

III).

Bulletin

de

societe

la

zoologique

de

1899, p. 148.

present

species

is

nearly related

the

to

Pacific

form

described by the Rev. Mr. Stebbing as C. tahitensis, though evidently specifically distinct,

some

in

being not only of considerably larger

of the structural details,

here given with those reproduced

hand,

but also differing

size,

as will be seen by comparing the figures in

Mr. Stebbing's

On

work.

no doubt can arise as to the identity of the Polar form

the

other

with that

recorded by M. Chevreux under the above name.

Description The

of the

Female.

length of the largest specimens in the collection

Those examined by M. Chevreux were somewhat 11 to 12

The

general form of the body (see PI.

metasome and urosome combined.

and generally

mm.

measuring from

II,

The back

fig.

1)

is

moderately slender

slightly exceeding in length is

quite

smooth throughout,

slightly curved.

The cephalon a

about 18

mm.

and somewhat compressed, with the mesosome the

smaller,

is

(see also

lateral point of view,

fig.

2)

is

rather thick

quadrangular in form,

and massive, and, from

being transversely truncated

NO.

in

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

by the unusually above,

as

so

rostral projection,

somewhat more prominent, and

are

head appear

inferior

on each side an

but forms

incised,

of the lateral faces is not, as

boundary

uninterrupted,

line.

gently curving

Of the segments 2nd,

The

or

emarginated

line.

rostral projection, the anterior edges of the

curved.

very slightly

the

lower corners

the

antennae;

which extend

The upper angle of the head curved down between the bases of the

meet along the dorsal

to

between them and the

usual,

but very imperfectly developed eyes,

large,

forms a very small superior

smooth, and almost wholly occupied

lateral faces are perfectly

Its

front.

21

SPECIES.

which

is

the mesosome,

of

comparatively

length to the cephalon.

the

The 2

last,

considerably longer than

is

both together about equal in

short,

very

The succeeding segments

both in length and depth, penultimate one.

the 1st

gradually increase

however, being scarcely larger than the

anterior pairs of coxal plates are very small,

sponding segment, gradually expanded

and extended obliquely

distally,

so as to reach the hind edge of the cephalon (see still

larger, and, as usual,

an obtuse

in

the emargination

and

which are much deeper than the corre-

partly concealed by the 3rd pair,

coxal plates are

somewhat

lobe.

fig.

1).

The

in front,

4th pair of

emarginated behind, projecting below

The 3

posterior pairs of coxal plates

are not nearly so deep as the 2 preceding pairs, and are transversally oval in

form, slightly decreasing in size posteriorly.

The

epimeral plates of the metasome (see

&

figs. 1

3) are of

moderate

size,

the anterior pair being obtusely rounded, whereas the 2 posterior pairs are

acutely produced behind, with the inferior edge fringed with delicate bristles.

The 3 segments half

as long

depression,

of the

the

as

urosome are well

The

metasome.

and the 2nd

is

very short.

1st

defined,

and combined are about

segment exhibits a

slight dorsal

In none of the segments could

any

spines or bristles be detected.

The eyes size,

(see

figs.

1

&

2),

as above stated, are of quite enormous

not only occupying the greater part of the lateral faces of the cephalon,

but also extending dorsally,

however,

is

so

as to

very imperfect, there being

but only simple, rod-like

fibres,

imbedded

meet

in the middle.

Their structure,

no trace of any refracting elements, in

a dark red pigment.

In specimens

that have been a long time in strong alcohol, the ocular pigment very soon

disappears,

as

is

also

often

the

case in

other

Lysianassidce.

In

such

22

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. 0.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

specimens, the eyes appear to be altogether wanting, as indicated by M. Chev-

but

reux;

in

some

from the Nansen Expedition, that have

of the specimens

been preserved in a weaker solution of alcohol, the ocular pigment was observable, though

easily

in these

had somewhat changed

it

The

and the 2 anterior segments

met with

which

sensory carries

a

is

The

rather large, sublaminar,

At the

filaments.

and

is

composed

is

and densely clothed

The 2

like

is fully

inside with delicate

the 3 succeeding ones, half the length of the

much

is

the largest.

which issue at some distance below the

5),

(fig.

about

is

flagellum

of 12 articulations, the 1st

composed

are about twice as long as the

2).

The

6 articulations, the 1st of which

of the peduncle quite concealed fig.

mesosome combined, and they Lysianassida). The peduncle

this articulation,

tip,

of

inferior antennae

superior,

(see

in the

The accessory appendage

rigid bristle.

flagellum,

of the

with the 2 outer joints very small.

thick,

twice the length of the peduncle, and of

size could

are comparatively short, about as long as

4)

(fig.

exhibit the structure generally

and

and

full certainty.

superior antennae

the cephalon

short

original colour;

specimens the actual presence of eyes, and their enormous

be proved with

is

its

still

latter,

and have the

by the antero-lateral corners

first

2 joints

of the cephalon

outer joints of the peduncle are of about equal length,

and are both clothed anteriorly with short

bristles.

slender, being fully twice as long as the peduncle,

The

is

flagellum

and composed

of

rather

about 30

short articulations.

The

buccal

uncovered

mass

(see

figs.

1

&

2) is greatly

protruding in front

laterally,

somewhat beyond

of the cephalon.

The

easily observable,

even without dissection.

The

anterior

The apart,

peculiar structure of the mandibles

is lip (fig. 6)

and 2 rounded

part,

protuberant,

and wholly

the anterior edge

and maxillipeds

is

comparatively small, exhibiting a median convex

lateral expansions.

posterior lip

(fig.

7)

is

much

and each projecting behind

in

larger,

with the lateral lobes widely

a narrow

process

pointing

straight

posteriorly.

The mandibles a molar process 1

of 1

(fig. .

8)

The

are pronouncedly laminar, cutting edge

is

and without any

quite simple, straight,

trace

and sharp,

is certainly described by M. Chevreux; but I believe that in this he has fallen into an error, by mistaking the chitinous tendon of the rotatory muscle of the mandible for a process of this kind.

Such a process case

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

23

SPECIES.

with only a very small dentiform projection at each corner. atory part, there

is

a row of thick

corner of the cutting edge

ciliated spines

some

from

distance

the

extending from the lower

about the end of the inner third part of the

to

mandible, and at some distance from at

Inside the mastic-

its

Anteriorly,

fig. 9).

each mandible forms an angular

edge,

cutting

projection, outside which the palp

posterior edge (see

The

is articulated.

latter is rather slender,

but scarcely longer than the body of the mandible, and has the terminal joint

narrow lanceolate, and shorter than the medial one, both being fringed inside with a row of delicate

The

bristles.

anterior maxillae

terminal joint of the palp

which,

as usual,

several

strong

divided

is

and

armed

is

The

spines.

the

at

one

posterior maxillae

by

being

the

far

(fig.

maxillipeds

(fig.

several

The masticatory

of

is

moderate

and

size,

have both lobes rather narrow,

lobe

is

slightly

the outer their

setae.

12) are prominently characterised

beyond the penultimate

which form very

inner edge straight and minutely serrate,

1

figs.

&

by the enormous

large, broadly oval

and

joint of the palps,

able on viewing the animal from the side (see

outer edge slightly curved,

strong teeth,

setae.

development of the masticatory lobes, plates reaching

into

Both lobes are densely clothed along

larger.

inner edge with partly ciliated

The

11)

tip

and along the inner edge, with

tip,

lobe

basal

curved, and carries inside 9 plumose

The

the

at

The

a normal appearance.

the 2 maxillae.

in

slightly differ

rather prominent,

exhibit quite

10)

(fig.

2).

easily observ-

They have

the tip obtusely truncate,

with a row of delicate

bristles.

The

the

and the

basal lobes

are obliquely truncated at the end, and each provided inside with a row of strong

The

setae.

palps are comparatively slender, and gradually taper distally,

the last joint being rather narrow, oblong, and, like

with scattered

The

the

bristles.

anterior gnathopoda (PI.

Of the

setiferous.

same

than these

joints,

Ill,

joints,

and gradually tapers

defined palmar edge.

The

(see fig. 1 a).

fig. 1)

are very slender and but scantily

the ischial one is unusually prolonged, being of about

length as the carpal one.

compressed

the other joints, clothed

dactylus

The propodal distally, is

joint is

somewhat

shorter

without exhibiting any distinctly

comparatively small, and somewhat

24

G. 0.

The

gnathopoda

posterior

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

(fig.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

exhibit the structure characteristic of

2)

the Lysianassidce, being extremely slender

and

and very frequently

flexible,

The 2

bent in such a manner as not to be visible externally.

outer joints

are densely clothed with fine hairs, and carry, moreover, fascicles of slender

The propodal

bristles.

of the carpal one.

oblong oval

joint is

It

in form,

narrowly truncated at the

is

upper corner the very small curved dactylus (see

The 2

The 3

of

anterior pairs

and quite normal

and exceeds

pereiopoda

fig.

and

tip,

3

half the length carries

on the

a).

are of moderate length,

(figs. 3, 4)

in structure.

posterior pairs

(figs. 5,

on the other hand, are more elongated

6, 7),

than in most other Lysianassidce, and slightly increase in length posteriorly

The

basal joint

anterior pair

In

outline.

(fig.

all

rather large and laminar,

is

5),

and

2 other pairs

in the

3 pairs, the posterior edge

and the infero-posteal corner drawn out part of the legs

is

to

moderate length, and but

for

some

distance minutely serrate,

secondary lobe inside developed

and sublinear

(see

figs.

and are

terminating

in

anterior pairs

The

and thicker than

in the

dactylus

moderate

of

size,

(not

plates

ramus

last pair

differ

point,

from those

in

fully

length of the urosome.

scat-

and also narrower,

2 preceding pairs, whereas the rami are comparatively

and lanceolate

in

is

remarkable from It

i.s

The

inner

form, with the inner edge densely

being spiniform, and projecting a 11)

form,

as usual, have the basal part shorter

outer ramus, on the other hand,

(fig.

in

and carying on the edges short

is

uniarticulate

Lysianas-

have both rami lanceolate

in both pairs being shorter, (fig. 10),

other

ramus

telson

of

with a small

so as to project beyond those of the above-mentioned pairs.

The

is

the legs, except the

all

larger,

distal joint

outer

structure.

(figs. 8, 9)

a simple, naked

than the inner.

the

in

specimen examined) are very narrow.

tered spinules, the outer

setiferous;

The

lobe.

The

in form.

The incubatory

27).

The pleopoda are of quite normal The uropoda, however, somewhat The two

7)

an obtusely rounded

branchial lamellae are present at the base of

in the

more pyriform

6

slightly curved.

1st pair (the anterior gnathopoda),

sidce.

is

&

(figs.

fringed on both edges with fascicles of short spines, and has

the propodal joint rather elongate

The

being obliquely rounded in the

its

is

little

distinctly biarticulate, the

beyond the inner ramus.

large size, as

narrow lanceolate

in

it

exceeds half the

form, and

cleft

nearly to

NO

ACCOUNT OF THE

5.]

Each

the base by a very narrow fissure.

a very acute

of the lateral halves terminates in

and exhibits a row

point,

25

SPECIES.

of

about

7

small

sub-marginal

denticles.

The

colour

Dr. Nansen,

the

in

state

living

bright red, with

is

of

the animal,

somewhat darker

Amphipod were taken

on the 23rd and 24th April, 1894, at about the 80th degree of

part

As

the line,

of

assumed

A

latitude, clinging

the latter having been lowered to a depth of between 500

to the sounding-line,

and 1000 metres.

in every instance the

specimens were found on the lower

a short distance from the water-bottle,

at only

was

single specimen

Finally, the

also found in a sample taken a

same form occurred

in

to

the

number

greater

of rather small size, its

occurrence

in

of

of the 85th degree of latitude,

the specimens

only 2 of them

this

place,

it

300 meters.

a sample taken on the 4th February, 1896,

a place lying much farther west, and north

far

must be

farther south,

little

the tow-net having in this instance been lowered to only 100

By

it

that they in reality occurred in the deepest strata, near the bottom.

on the 23rd March same year, the tow-net having been lowered

in

notes of

eyes.

Several specimens of this interesting

Occurrence.

to

according

130 metres.

caught here were, however,

From

being apparently fully grown.

must be

inferred

that

this

Amphipod

is

not strictly a bottom-form, but, like the species of the genus Pseudalibrotus, sub-pelagic in habits, though at times descending to very great depths.

Off the Lofoten Islands, taken by the aid of the bow-net

Distribution. ('nasse'), in

a depth

of

1095 metres (Expedition du Prince de Monaco).

Gen. Pseudalibrotus, Delia Valle. Alibrotus, G. 0. Sars (not M.-Edw.).

Syn:

This genus was proposed by Signor Delia Valle in his great

Remarks.

works on the Gammarids arctic species to the

Anonyx

of the Gulf of Naples,

littoralis of Kroyer,

genus Alibrotus of Milne-Edwards.

arctic form,

2

new

the present author

Grimm.

of

Dr.

0.

in

the

material

species

of

this

which

have now

collected

I

include

the well-known

had erroneously referred

In addition

to

the

above-named

genus have been recently described by

from the Caspian Sea, both I

to

to

report

belonging

to

the

collection

2 additional species,

during Nansen's North Polar Expedition,

found

both 4

of

26 which are quite

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. O.

from the previously known

distinct

on the other hand, are so closely related

but,

am much latter

inclined

to

2 Caspian

species, that

I

are descended.

Pseudalibrotiis Nanseni, n. sp. IV, V).

(PI.

Specific Characters.

Cephalon with the

back.

Body comparatively

contracted above.

with broadly rounded

robust,

rather prominent and angular at the

lateral lobes

postantennal angle well marked.

;

to the

arctic form, P. littoralis,

regard them as the primitive forms from which the

6.

tip

[NORW. POL. EXP.

Eyes

moderate

of

1st pair of coxal plates but slightly expanded,

truncated at the

The 2

tip.

acutely produced behind.

1st

somewhat

size, oval,

and obtusely

posterior pairs of epimeral plates of of

segment

urosome with a

metasome

distinct saddle-like

Antennae rather slender and elongated, especially in the

depression dorsally.

male, flagellum of both pairs in the latter provided with well developed cal-

accessory appendage of the superior ones

ceolae,

gnathopoda somewhat smaller than

about in

pereiopoda

middle

the

much

last pair

scarcely

The 3

oval

oblong

and coarsely

in form,

considerably shorter than the preceding pair,

more than

half the length of the basal joint.

with

of

the

last

insinuated.

of

Length

the basal joint.

quadrangular

male about 20

of adult

This species

It

to which, indeed,

which make

outer

part

structure about as

is

form,

tip

slightly

mm.

easily distinguishable

especially

in

from P.

by the structure

littoralis

by

its

of the posterior pairs

the outer part of which is remarkably short in proportion to

of pereiopoda,

closer

rounded

uropoda,

more robust form, and more

on a

the

Telson rather large, reaching to the end of the basal part

pair

Remarks.

serrate behind;

Last pair of uropoda

comparatively short, scarcely reaching beyond the others, in P. littoralis.

posterior pairs of

with the basal joint

than in the type species,

less slender

very large and lamellar,

posterior ones with

carrying the small dac-

tip,

of the terminal edge.

Anterior

articulate.

in the type species;

the propodal joint transversally truncated at the tylus

45

more resembles the Caspian I

believe

comparison, it

necessary

it

stands in direct genealogical relation, although,

several to

species, P. platyceras (Grimm),

differences

may

be found between them,

keep the two species apart.

I

propose

to

name

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

form

this

honour

in

Dr.

of

27

SPECIES.

Nansen, who also took special notice

of

it

during the Expedition.

Description.

The and

this

largest specimens in the collection

have a length

accordingly a rather large-sized form,

is

and about equalling

size the type species,

about 20 mm.,

of

in

considerably exceeding

in this respect the

Caspian species,

P. platyceras (Grimm).

The form P. littoralis,

the

of

is

(see PI. IV, fig. 1),

body

more robust and

rather

less

as compared with that of

compressed,

broadly rounded and perfectly smooth throughout. posterior division of the body, comprising the

as long as the anterior; but this the

metasome

is

is

the

adult

the

male,

metasome and urosome,

is

fully

scarcely the case in the female, in which

less powerfully developed.

The cephalon is comparatively short, not segments of the mesosome combined, and has nent and distinctly angular at the to

deeply emarginated,

encompass

and behind the

antennae,

In

the back being

latter

nearly as long as the

2

the lateral lobes rather promi-

tip (see also fig. 2).

the

first

The lower edges

globular basal joint

of the

are

inferior

they project in an acute angle, the postantennal

corner.

The segments none

of

The 4

them

of

mesosome gradually

the

a

little

distally,

as

in

broader

with the

the

other

than

the

species

pairs of coxal plates anterior,

2

in

posteriorly,

succeeding

size.

The

1st pair,

however,

ones,

and

slightly

expanded

tip transversely truncated (see also

of

this

Lysianassidce, and but very

what

size

anterior pairs of coxal plates are considerably deeper than the corre-

sponding segments, and not very different are

in

as the segments of the metasome.

as large

being, however,

increase

genus,

slightly

fig. 14).

pairs,

are narrower than in most other

emarginated behind.

are rather large, though

and are rounded quadrangular

The 4th

somewhat

The 3 less

posterior

deep than the

in form, gradually diminishing

some-

in size posteriorly.

The epimeral

plates

of

the

metasome are

well

developed,

the 1st pair

being rounded, whereas the 2 posterior pairs are each drawn out behind to

an acute point.

G. 0.

The urosome

is

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

long as the metasome, and exhibits

half as

scarcely

the base of the 1st segment, dorsally, at

The eyes

&

(see figs. 1

a well-marked saddle-like depression.

2) are clearly distinguishable,

which originally has undoubtedly been of a the

absorbed

in

moderate

size,

their

irregularly oval

The

upper part.

The

antennae,

more slender

is

light red

the

of

has become

colour,

alcohol.

are

They

of

being somewhat contracted in

form,

seem

their pigment,

though

to

be normally developed.

the other species of this genus, have the flagella

in

male than

in the

being a

case in

the

usually

the relative length of both pairs the inferior one

in

visual elements

as

more produced than rather

by the action

specimens

and

[NORW. POL. EXP.

is

the present family.

in the female (conf. figs. 1

and

2);

but

approximately the same in the two sexes,

longer than the superior.

little

They are

In the male, the

about the length of the whole mesosome, and have

latter (see figs. 1, 3) are

the peduncle very thick and massive, with the 2 outer joints, as usual, very

The

short.

about 50

is

flagellum

in all,

composed

of

numerous

articulations,

the 1st being very large and tumid,

numerous sensory

hairs,

arranged

in

2

sets.

amounting

to

and clothed inside with

The succeeding

articulations

each carry at the hind edge a well developed calceola of exactly the same structure as those on the inferior antennae

(figs. 6, 7).

dage exceeds half the length of the peduncle, and ations, the 1st being

The

inferior antennas

exposed

(conf.

flagellum in the male

the peduncle, anteriorly

When is

4)

(fig.

have the basal

5

articul-

and is

is

and wholly

joints

of

the

peduncle,

the

clothed on both edges with short bristles.

extremely slender and fully 3 times as long as

being composed of about 60 articulations, which are provided

with

to

of

joint globular

well

calceolae,

developed

arranged

alternately

viewed under a high magnifying power, each calceola

found

slightly

composed

the largest.

Of the 4 remainings

2).

fig.

the largest,

is

penultimate

The

much

is

The accessory appen-

consist

of

concave sucking

(see

fig.

5).

(see figs. 6, 7)

a short peduncle carrying at the end an oboval, disc,

which extends somewhat obliquely and termi-

nates in a very thin and hyaline, spatulate rim.

In the female,

somewhat

shorter,

as

above

stated,

and no trace

both pairs of antennae (see

of calceolas

is

found on the

moreover, are composed of a smaller number of articulations.

fig.

flagella,

2) are

which,

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

The

mass

buccal

so

anterior coxal plates,

are partly exposed (see

The

anterior lip

The

more or

is

is

posterior lip

but

a

has the

8)

(fig.

finely

lateral

9,

projecting.

lobes narrowed in front,

each being produced behind

to

and

a conical process.

are very strong, with the masticatory part

10)

a narrowly truncated cutting

into

part,

molar expansion, exhibiting at the

prominent

distinctly

fluted

and the epistome not

simple, rounded,

(figs.

and the maxillipeds

1).

fig.

somewhat incurved and divided a short,

completely concealed laterally by the

that only the mandibular palps

slightly bilobular at the tip,

The mandibles

less

29

SPECIES;

The

triturating surface.

palp

(see

fig.

9)

and tip

greatly devel-

is

and has the

oped, considerably exceeding the body of the mandible in length, last joint falciformly curved.

The

anterior maxillae

atory lobe

and

rather prominent,

is

to

The

4 somewhat smaller spines.

only 2 plumose sete at the dilated

and

The

is,

more than

(fig.

is

comparatively small, with

last joint of the palp

as usual, denticulated at the

posterior maxillae

and moreover armed with from

basal lobe

The

tip.

mastic-

carries at the tip several strong spines,

the inner edge being covered with fine hairs,

3

The

the usual structure.

11) exhibit

(fig.

but slightly

is

tip.

12) have the inner lobe rather small, scarcely

half as large as the outer, both exhibiting the usual dense clothing

of setae.

The

maxillipeds

(fig.

13)

on the whole agree

The masticatory

the other species of the genus. scarcely reaching

lobes are not very large,

beyond the middle of the penultimate

joint of the palp,

are oval in form, with the inner edge minutely serrate.

and carry the usual

The

narrowly truncated at the

tip,

rather large, with the joints

somewhat expanded and densely

The

anterior gnathopoda

type species,

propodos

is

(fig.

14) are

with those in

in structure

somewhat

setse.

basal lobes are

The

than in the

less strong

joint.

about the length of the 2 preceding joints combined, and tip,

exhibiting a well defined palm, which

palps are

setiferous.

with the outer part scarcely longer than the basal

truncated at the

and

is

is

The

obliquely

armed

at the

inferior corner with several strong denticles.

The species

posterior gnathopoda (PL V, chiefly

in

the

fig.

propodos being

versely truncated at the

tip,

1)

differ

from those

in

the type

somewhat broader and more

with the lower corner scarcely at

all

trans-

produced.

30

G. 0.

The 2

anterior

pairs

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

of

pereiopoda

[NORW. POL. EXP. are

2, 3)

(figs.

normal

quite

in

structure.

The 3

last

pair

known

6)

(fig.

species,

(figs. 4,

however, distinguished by the

6) are,

compared with the terminal

look

especially,

5,

as

basal joint,

the

of

size

large

posterior pairs

rather

different

being considerably shorter

infero-posteal corner

edge

The

The

1

figs.

anterior pairs of uropoda

ramus

5)

posterior

are rather large, but quite simple

They are wanting on

uropoda

the last pair

rami,

is

have the rami quite simple,

10)

shown by the present

author,

peculiarly transformed.

(see figs. 8, 11) are comparatively short, scarcely

beyond the others. both

(figs. 9,

in the type species, as

2nd pair

of the

last pair of

reaching

The

lobe.

with the

coarsely serrate throughout.

without any lateral lobes.

and mucronate, whereas the inner

in form,

The

6).

(fig.

The 2

species,

is

branchial lamellae (see

in structure,

of legs

3 pairs

with the

basal joint.

the

an obtusely rounded

to

produced

of this joint in all

of

and oblong quadrangular

very large, laminar,

is

the other

in

than the preceding pair,

terminal part not exceeding even half the length latter

from those

The

part.

In

structure

they resemble those in the type

but especially the outer one,

being fringed with ciliated

setae in addition to the spinules.

the

The

telson (see figs. 8, 12) is rather large, laminar,

end

of

the

basal

part

of

the last pair

quadrangular in form, and slightly narrowed distinctly insinuated

in the middle,

of

and reaches

uropoda.

distally,

It

is

to

about

rounded

with the terminal edge

and armed on each

side

with a minute

denticle.

Occurrence. sex,

were

latitude,

Some

collected

north

adult

specimens of

this

form,

chiefly of the

male

during the months March and April, 1894, in about 80

of the

New

Siberian Islands.

have been taken by the aid of the tow-net,

The specimens seem not to but on bait hung down from

some young specimens of this species occurred a sample taken on the 4th February, 1896, and much farther west, near the

ship.

Moreover,

85th degree of latitude.

in

the

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

5.]

Pseudalibrotus glacialis,

7.

31

SPECIES.

n. sp.

(PL VI).

Body somewhat

Specific Characters. species,

less robust

than in the preceding

and more compressed, with the back evenly rounded.

the lateral lobes distinctly angular at the tip

sometimes

Cephalon with

eyes oval, with the visual elements

;

distinct, at others imperfectly developed.

Anterior pairs of coxal plates

deeper than the corresponding segments; 1st pair rather broad and expanded, with the antero-lateral corner rounded off; 5th pair more than twice as large as

the

The 2

last.

posterior

Urosome

angular behind.

of

pairs

epimeral plates of metasome acut-

slightly depressed at the

than in the preceding species,

comparatively shorter

the length of the mesosome, flagella of both pairs of articulations, accessory

about

gnathopoda

base dorsally.

as

scarcely exceeding half

composed

appendage of the superior ones the

in

preceding

species;

of

a smaller number

3-articulate.

Anterior

ones,

however,

posterior

propodos being obliquely truncated at the

differing in the

Antennae

with the lower

tip,

corner produced, so as to form, with the extremely small dactylus, a minute chela.

The 3

posterior pairs of pereiopoda

somewhat

more produced

the preceding species, with the terminal part

robust than in

less ;

last pair scarcely

shorter than the preceding pair, with the basal joint rather broad in proportion to

its

length,

and but

uropoda comparatively

little

short,

longer

than

Last

the terminal part.

not projecting beyond the others,

of

pair

inner

ramus

considerably shorter than the outer, with only a single denticle inside, both

rami without any marginal

Telson rounded quadrangular

setae.

but very slightly narrowed distally, terminal edge scarcely at

Length about 9

Remarks.

much

smaller

This species size,

is

insinuated.

part

of

the

it

(Grimm), and in

my

approaches opinion,

the

much

last

pair

a somewhat

uropoda and

these characters,

easily distinguished

plates,

too, terminate in

of the last pair of

nearly related to the preceding one, but

and moreover

terminal

gnathopoda,

all

and

mm.

the anterior pair of coxal

shortened

in form,

it

different

shorter antennae, of

pereiopoda.

different

of the telson is also still

by the

is

form of

and the

The

of

less

posterior

manner, and the structure

somewhat

different.

In

all

nearer to the Caspian species, P. caspius

ought, indeed, to be regarded as the primitive

form, from which this species has descended.

Yet on a closer comparison,

32

G. 0.

there are that

to

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

be found some minor differences between these two forms, so

be advisable to keep them apart.

it

will

In

the

material

distinct varieties, the

collected

during the Nansen Expedition, there are two

one with the eyes normally developed and probably,

the fresh state, provided with light red pigment,

the other

with the visual

A

elements imperfectly developed, and the pigment of a whitish colour.

cimen of the

on

PI.

VI

latter variety,

fig. 10.

may

be

named

Both these forms agree

were also found together

Any more

which

in the

in

var. leucopis,

is

spe-

represented

in other respects completely,

and

same samples.

detailed description of this species, I do not consider

it

neces-

sary to give here.

Numerous specimens

Occurrence.

of this

form occurred

in

two samples

taken on the 4th and 13th February, 1896, near the 85th degree of latitude, the tow-net having been lowered to from 50 to 130 metres.

specimens were found

much

in another

Moreover, two

sample taken on the 21st February, 1894,

farther east.

Fam. PARAMPHITHOID^E. 8.

The

Paramphithoe' brevicornis, G. 0. Sars,

anterior half of a specimen

of this

form was found

in

a sample

taken on the 4th February, 1896, near the 85th degree of latitude. Distribution.

Coast of Finmark, Spitsbergen.

Fam. AMFELISCID.S:. 9.

Two

specimens of

Hoploops this

tubicola, Lilljeborg.

well-known form were found

in

a bottle containing

different

bottom-animals taken by the aid of the trawl on the 30th October,

1893, at

some

distance

north of the

New

Siberian Islands,

the depth being

90 metres. Distribution. the Baltic,

Kara Sea.

Coast of Norway, British

Isles,

coast of France, Kattegat,

Greenland, Labrador, Iceland, Spitsbergen, the Barents Sea,

the

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

10.

A

setosa, Boeck.

Haploops

single specimen of this

33

SPECIES.

species

was taken

in

the

same haul as

the

preceding one. Distribution.

Coast of Norway, Greenland, the Kara Sea, Iceland, the

Barents Sea, Beeren Eiland, Spitsbergen.

Fam. STENOTHOIDjE. 11.

Metopa

This species occurred

and 24th October, 1893,

in

longicornis, Boeck.

4 samples, 2 of which were taken on the 13th

at the beginning of the drifting of the 'Fram',

other 2 on the 4th and 13th February, 1896,

much

farther west,

and near the

The specimens were accordingly taken by the which was lowered to a depth of from 20 to 100 metres.

85th degree of latitude. of the tow-net,

Distribution.

the

aid

Coast of Norway, Greenland.

Fam. EUSIRID.K. Eusirus cuspidatus, Krayer.

12.

A

single

young specimen

of this arctic

taken on the 19th April, 1894, north of the

form was found

New

in

Siberian Islands,

a sample the tow-

net having been lowered to a depth of 40 metres.

Distribution.

Coast of Finmark, Greenland, Spitsbergen.

13.

Of

Eusirus Holmi, Hansen.

this species, recently described

by Dr. Hansen from the Kara Sea, there

are 3 specimens in the collection. 2 of them being found in a sample taken 26th

March

to

4th April, 1895, the 3rd in another sample taken on the 4th February,

1896, the tow-net having been lowered to a depth of from 100 to 130 metres.

Distribution.

The Kara

Sea,

Stat.

18 and 124 of the Norw. North

AH. Exped. (recorded as E. cuspidatus).

Fam. CALLIOPHDjE. 14.

This form,

first

Amphithopsis described

glacialis,

Hansen.

by Dr. Hansen from Greenland specimens,

occurred in no less than 9 different samples,

taken along nearly the whole

G. O.

34

The specimens

route of the 'Fram'.

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

are

more or

all

and

the great fragility of the appendages,

this

was

Greenland specimens examined by Dr. Hansen. ful,

whether

this

form should

in reality

[NORW. POL. EXP.

It

less mutilated,

owing

to

also the case with the

appears somewhat doubt-

be referred to the genus Amphithopsis

of Boeck.

Greenland, the Kara Sea.

Distribution.

Fam. GAMMARID.K.

Gammarus

15.

var.

Numerous specimens in several places

occurred

mutata,

Lilljeb.

some

of this form,

of

a very large

size,

were

collected

along the eastern part of the route of the 'Fram'.

2 samples

in

locusta, Lin.

It

also

taken in the western part of the route, on the 4th

and 13th February, 1896. Distribution.

Coast of Finmark, Greenland, Iceland, Spitsbergen, Franz

Joseph Land, the Kara Sea, Labrador.

Amathilla pingvis (Krayer).

16.

A

solitary

specimen of

this

form was found

in

a sample taken on the

21st March, 1894, the tow-net having been lowered to a depth of 300 metres.

Greenland, Spitsbergen, the Kara Sea.

Distribution.

ISOPODA. Tribe: Several larvae of Epicarida,

were found

in the

last

stages,

chiefly

in

samples taken north of the

them could be determined: and

EPICARIDA.

2)

the

1) larva? of

the

New

last

(Cryptoniscian) stage,

Siberian Islands.

Cryptoniscian larva

first

first

described by the Rev. M.

Stebbing from the marsupial pouch of an Onesimus plautus

Barents Sea,

Among

Dajus mysidis, Kroyer, both in

taken

in

the

and subsequently found under similar circumstances by the

present author off the Norwegian coast, 3) another larva stage), closely related to the larva of

(in

the Cryptoniscian

Asconiscus simplex, G. 0. Sars.

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

35

SPECIES.

COPEPODA. Tribe: Division

CALANOIDA.

AMPHASKANDBIA.

:

Fam. CALANTOJE. 1 Calanus fiwmarchicus

1.

(Gunner.).

This well-known and widely-distributed species of all the

Gopepoda

forming, indeed, in Distribution.

in the

far the

by

commonest

the samples, the great bulk of the contents.

all

Throughout the Arctic Ocean, coast

of

Norway,

the Baltic,

Mediterranean, Black Sea, North At-

Ocean, Pacific Ocean.

Calatws hyperboreus, Kroyer.

2.

This form also occurred

by

also

North Polar Basin explored by the 'Fram' Expedition,

British Isles, Atlantic coast of Europe, lantic

is

its

large size,

Distribution.

which

is

in

almost

all

the samples, being easily recognized

more than twice

that of C.

fmmarchicus.

Throughout the Arctic Ocean, coast of

Norway

as far south

as the Christiania Fjord, but here confined to greater depths.

Fam. SCOLECITHRICnXK. Gen. Scaphocalcmus,

Generic Characters. segment,

and

in

n.

Cephalic segment coalesced with the 1st pedigerous

female distinctly carinated dorsally,

exhibiting in

elevated rounded crest, rostral filaments small, but distinct.

segment well

defined,

though rather small.

front

an

Last pedigerous

Tail in female 4-articulate, with

the last (anal) segment short, in male 5-articulate, with the

2nd segment large

and tumefied.

the innermost but

Caudal rami

short, with

one much longer than the others.

2nd and 8th 20-articulate

imal part.

and 1

articulations

and very

setae,

Anterior antennae 23-articuIate,

larger than the others;

slender, with large sensory

Posterior antennae

6-articulate.

The

much

5 marginal

the 1st,

those in male only

appendages along the prox-

with the outer ramus shorter than the inner,

Mandibles with the masticatory part rather produced, cutting

families here recorded

answer to the respective sub-families of Dr. Giesbrecht.

36

G. 0.

teeth densely tip,

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

crowded together, and

all of

the

[NORW. POL. EXP.

same appearance, bidentate

Maxillae with the masticatory

palp with the outer ranius exceedingly large.

lobe prominent and tipped with slender spines.

at the

Anterior maxillipeds compara-

with the anterior lobes densely crowded together, terminal sensory

tively short,

and

delicate, simple,

appendages very

of comparatively small size.

Posterior

maxillipeds slender, with the terminal part reflexed and carrying long, slender

Oral parts in adult male greatly transformed, and, excepting the man-

seise.

dibular

ramus

palps,

much

reduced.

Natatory

2nd pair

of 1st pair uniarticulate, of

powerfully

legs

inner

developed,

and 4th pairs

biarticulate, of 3rd

both rami, except in 1st pair, with irregular transverse rows of

3-articulate,

Last pair of legs in female very small, 3-articulate, terminal

spinules behind. joint fusiform,

with 3 spines,

the innermost

much

elongated;

those in male

very large, with both legs biramous.

Remarks.

This new genus

and undoubtedly belongs Dr. Giesbrecht,

the

and here taken

however, from any the strongly

to

is allied

to the

genus Scolecithrix of Brady,

sub-family Scolecithricince, in

sense of a true family.

the

the 3 genera hitherto comprised

of

marked cephalic

crest,

as defined by

in

It

differs,

this family,

in

which gives the anterior division of the

body a pronouncedly navicular form: hence the generic name here proposed. Moreover, the structure of the different,

in

any

last pair

and the sexual dimorphism

of

the other genera.

species, which, however,

Polar Sea.

It

will

for

is

this

is

of legs in both sexes

is

somewhat

on the whole more prominent than

The genus as

yet

only comprises

a

single

one of the most characteristic Calanoids of the reason

be

described

at

some

length

in

the

following pages.

3.

Scaphocalanus acrocephalus, (PI.

VII, VIII, IX).

-- Female. Specific Characters. tapering anteriorly,

Anterior division of body oblong oval,

pronouncedly boat-shaped,

1st pedigerous segments

n. sp.

with the united cephalic and

more than twice as long as the remaining

cephalic crest projecting considerably in front of the rostral prominence,

narrowly rounded. produced behind. genital

part,

and

Last pedigerous segment with the lateral parts obtusely Tail

about Vs as long as the anterior division, with the

segment shorter than the two succeeding segments combined, and but

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

Caudal rami scarcely twice as long as they are

slightly protuberant below.

broad,

and obliquely rounded

from the

2 from

tip,

length of the

tail.

37

SPECIES.

outer

the

3

at the end,

edge,

the

of

marginal

setae

issuing

middle apical seta almost twice the

Anterior antennae slightly exceeding in length the anterior

division of the body, the 8th articulation about the length of the 2nd, last one

very small.

very large,

The 3

posterior

pairs

of

natatory legs with the outer ramus

and having the terminal spine coarsely denticulate

pair of legs with the

2nd

joint rather short, but distinctly defined, inner spine

of last joint twice as long as the apical one,

and minutely denticulate

outside.

mm.

Length of body, exclusive of the caudal setae, about 5 Male.

Last

outside.

Anterior division of body less regularly navicular, being abruptly

contracted in front, with the cephalic crest obsolete.

Last pedigerous segment

very small, with the lateral parts somewhat extant.

Tail exceeding half the

length of the anterior division, 1st segment quite short, 2nd very large, fully

as long as the 2 succeeding ones combined; caudal rami mobile, and, as a rule,

spread

out

to

each

side,

marginal

setae

less

fully developed

Anterior antennae comparatively shorter than

female.

in

female,

than in with

the

outer half exceedingly slender, proximal part with the joints partly lamellarly

expanded, and clothed

in front

with very large sensory appendages.

antennae and mandibular palps very powerfully developed;

wise very much legs,

in structure, 1st basal joint of both legs coalesced,

joint of left leg simple cylindric,

that

it

of right leg

Length of body 4Va

ulate, the inner uniarticulate.

Remarks.

that

rami of both legs slender, styliform,

but very broad,

The

was only

some time

remarkable form figured in

PI.

IX

that is in

I

could

much

shorter,

the outer one 3-artic-

mm.

sexual dimorphism of this Calanoid

after

oral parts other-

Last pair of legs about the length of the natatory

reduced.

and rather complicated

2nd basal

Posterior

convince

reality the adult

is

so very great,

myself

male

that

the

of that repre-

At a younger stage, on the other hand, the male resembles the female very closely, and it is accordingly only in the fully adult, sented in PI. VII and VIII.

or sexually mature state that this remarkable transformation takes place.

It

would appear from the greatly reduced oral

parts, that the existence of

transformed male individuals

a very short period, and indeed,

is restricted to

such

only a few specimens were found, whereas females and young males occurred

very plentifully in the samples examined.

38

(PI.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

the Female.

of

Description

VII, VIII).

length of fully adult specimens, measured from the front to the end

The

amounts

of the caudal rami,

much

very

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. 0.

larger than

this

form

is

accordingly

the previously described species belonging to

of

any

about 5 mm., and

to

this family.

The body

PI.

(see

VII,

figs.

1

&

other

in

exhibiting an oblong oval,

5 segments, the foremost of which

others

combined,

and

cephalic

and

rowed,

surmounted a

in

of

the

much

This division

is

composed more than twice as long as all the

is

and more properly represents 2 coalesced segments, the Anteriorly this segment

1st pedigerous ones. is

appearing,

and

has

more properly navicular form, the

or

the middle. greatest width occurring rather behind of

Calanoids,

very sharply marked off from the posterior,

anterior division larger size,

as

2),

in

view

lateral

of

gradually nar-

is

by a very conspicuous median

front

the animal

(fig.

crest,

as a narrowly rounded,

2),

helmet-shaped expansion, projecting considerably beyond the rostral prominence.

The

latter

but very

is

From

appendages.

what flexuous

and

slight,

prominence, on each

this

2 very small tentacular

carries at the tip side,

a

marked, some-

distinctly

seen extending obliquely back as far as the base of the

line is

where

posterior maxillipeds,

it

abruptly curves straight backwards.

As

far

as these lines are oblique, they constitute the inferior edges of the cephalic part of the segment,

and below them the

tuberant, exhibiting, about

the antennae

ment all

is

the

in the middle, the oral aperture,

and the several

exposed

pedigerous

the cephalic part,

segments

combined.

but

still

part of the seg-

nearly as long as

Of these the 3 anterior

very small and imperfectly defined

slightly diminish in size,

whereas the

from the preceding one.

In the middle, this latter segment

last. is

pro-

and on each side

The remaining

oral appendages.

somewhat shorter than

somewhat

soft ventral face is

is

deeply emargin-

ated, the lateral parts projecting behind as obtuse protuberances.

The

posterior division of the body, or the

the length of the anterior, It is

composed

and

(see fig. 9) of

genital segment,

is

much

ones combined.

It

is

is

very

much

tail,

is

scarcely

narrower, subcylindric in form.

4 well-defined segments, the

the largest,

somewhat

more than Vs

1st of which, or the

though shorter than the 2 succeeding

dilated

in

protuberance, carrying the genital opening.

front,

and forms below a

slight

Of the succeeding segments, the

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

penultimate one

is

but

wise

rather

short,

smaller than the preceding segment, whereas the

little

or anal segment

last,

The caudal

very short.

is

being

39

SPECIES.

twice as long

scarcely

or furca, are like-

rami,

as they are broad.

They

are finely ciliated inside, and obliquely rounded at the end, each carrying 5

Of these the 2 outer are attached

densely plumous

seta?.

outside

whereas the remaining 3 orginate from the

the

tip,

middle apical seta, or the innermost but one,

and may

attain

to

twice

are very

brittle,

it

is

the

unusual

rather

the

of

length

to

much

is

cate unciliated bristle

is

ilself.

The

longer than the others,

which they are

in

specimens

In addition to the above-mentioned caudal

quite perfect.

tip

As, however, these seta?

tail.

find

to distinct ledges

a very

setae,

found, as usual, on each of the rami,

deli-

originating

from the inner corner, and lying above the others.

No

trace of eye

could be detected in the alcoholic specimens;

very probable that in reality of

though

very simple structure,

it

is

present in the fresh state of the animal,

is

it

but

and easily destructible

by the action

of

the alcohol.

The

anterior

antenna?

&

(see figs. 1

2)

exceed

slightly

in

length

the

anterior division of the body, and are rather slender, gradually tapering some-

what

They are composed

distally.

front

in

carrying

normal number the articulations

scattered

of articulations

may

in the

Calanoids

is

25,

be supposed to have taken place.

that 2 of the articulations,

may

somewhat unequal

of

bristles

viz.,

the

2nd and the

number

of articulations

somewhat longer than in front

small,

is

vided at the

is

seta.

It will

The

and

tip

also be found,

This being admitted, articulation is

carries at the end, both

last articulation is

with a fascicle of comparatively short (fig.

and 2

2) are,

differently

joints, the 1st long

ciliated seta?.

and narrow,

formed rami.

tip anteriorly,

linear in form,

a single slender

inner

The

pro-

distal joint of the

ramus

is

and carrying,

seta, the

It is

each composed of a short

as usual,

The

extremely

bristles.

considerably larger than the proximal one, and

end anteriorly, 2 slender

the

unusual size and

The penultimate

the next preceding ones,

posterior antenna?

basal part

up.

As

length.

connected with the former along an oblique suture.

biarticulate basal part,

from the

made

and behind, a rather strong

and

The

is

articulations,

a fusion of some of

8th, are of

both originally have represented 2 articulations.

the full

23

of

(see PI. VIII, fig. 1)

2nd

carries

at the

composed at

some

of 2

distance

short, slightly bilobular

40 at the

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. 0.

and carrying about 14 long

tip,

The

outer ramus, which

and

is cylindric in

is

form.

It is

3 exceedingly long and

of the

same

The

2nd and

them being very

plumose apical

finely

shorter than the inner,

of 6 joints, the

composed

setae,

last of

which

This ramus

short.

and 4

lateral

ones

structure, the outermost of which, however, is rather short.

oral

aperture

(see

PL

voluminous, flap-shaped anterior posterior

somewhat

is

are the largest, the 3 joints lying between carries

arranged in a flabelliform manner.

seta3

very mobile,

[NORW. POL. EXP.

VII, lip,

is

3)

fig.

bounded

in front

by a rather

and behind by a much smaller bilobular

both being to some extent finely ciliated on the edges turned

lip,

towards the mouth.

The mandibles

have the masticatory part rather

(see PI. VIII, figs. 3, 4)

produced, but only slightly expanded distally,

crowded together, and bidentate at the

the outer one not, as

tip,

The

differing from the others.

the case,

with the cutting teeth densely

palp

is

is

usually

very fully developed, being

rather larger than the body of the mandible, and, like the posterior antennae, is

a biarticulate basal

of

composed

and

joint is very small slightly

inner

widening

ramus carrying

The

outer

easily overlooked,

distally,

and provided

at

the

inside with

ramus

is

2 issuing from the

ceding joints.

The

The

bristle.

the

size,

It is

divided into 5 well

so very small, as easily to escape

is

maxillae

and a

last joint,

from 8

(fig.

5)

to

remaining part of the maxilla

4 setiferous

lobes,

the

2

is

is

10 times as long as the ramus

The

which

very

terminal

the posterior antennae

the outer one

from each of the pre-

opposite vibratory plate

is

shorter

delicate,

ones

setae.

The

than the others.

more properly answering

and mandibular

carries

membranous, and divided

palp.

distinctly defined at the base, forming

edged with 7 curved

itself.

have the masticatory lobe narrowly produced, and

the outermost of

setae,

single one

setae gradually increase in length proximally, that issuing

1st joint being

8 plumose

in

a single small

fusiform in shape.

clothed with unusually slender spines.

rami

and broad,

large

This ramus carries 6 extremely strong and elongated plumose

attention.

The

is

1st basal

being more than twice as long

very greatly developed,

defined joints, the last of which, however,

from the

whereas the 2nd

The

about 8 slender setae spread in a fan-like manner.

tip

as the inner, and rather thick,

setae,

and 3 unequal rami.

very short and composed of 2 joints of about equal

is

last

part,

Of these 2

an

to

into

the

2

lobes, only

oval, mobile lamella,

NO

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

The

anterior maxillipeds

each composed of 6 all

the

lobes,

the 1st of which

joints,

combined.

others

issuing from

setae

joints are transformed, as in the other

posterior maxillipeds of 7 joints,

the

structure.

2 of which are

first

about the same length as the

2 similar

setae

part.

The

much

close

distally, the

The

The

are powerfully

legs

increasing in length

ramus

much

is

the

though

the 3 succeeding ones.

smaller than the outer,

1st pair of legs (PI. VII,

fig.

which

is

exhibit

any

the other pairs. is

strong plumose seta

the

of

trace

On

In

as

1st pair, all

of

them,

3-articulate

and

seta, not

found

the basal part, scarcely longer than

and has the

The 2nd

a very small

spine,

and inside a natatory

ramus

single joint,

and

is

and at the

on the other hand, is

is

found on the inner side of

joint,

seta.

The

last joint

ramus

is

but

its

outer

exhibiting only a fine ciliation.

scarcely half as long as the outer, instriction of the outer

and

little

It carries inside

a comparatively small spine;

without spines,

though an abrupt

outer

1st joint quite simple, without

somewhat curved outwards. tip

The

on the other hand, has outside at the end

setae.

setae,

1st basal joint does not

in the other pairs.

any spine or

natatory

The

smaller than the

the other hand, inside the end of the 2nd basal joint,

a slender, flexuous

larger than the 2nd,

much

4) are not only

but also of rather different structure.

inner

seta3,

developed,

others,

is

constitute

joints

3 posterior pairs very large, with the joints lamellarly expanded.

in the

there

and at the end

very flexible and, as a rule, recurved.

is

usual, are considerably smaller than

all

it

outermost almost equalling the whole maxilliped in length.

natatory

the inner

basal joint

and forms with

narrower,

numerous very slender

clothed posteriorly with

somewhat

is

The 2nd

The 5 succeeding

together.

which

together the terminal part, It is

much

but

1st,

larger than the

1st basal joint

carries posteriorly 3 ciliated sets,

It

placed

very

form each a slender, doubly geniculate

7)

(fig.

and together constitute the basal

an elbow-shaped bend.

and

ciliated,

to this family, into

lamellarly expanded, and carries anteriorly 6 ciliated setse. is

digitiform

the 2 outer, extremely small

forms belonging

and simple

of inconsiderable size

stem composed

large as

In the present form, these appendages are 5 in

delicate sensory appendages.

others,

exhibit 5

Anteriorly, these maxillipeds

The

partly spiniform setae.

The

more than twice as

is

crowded together, and tipped with long, coarsely

closely

number, and

41

are comparatively small, and apparently

6)

(fig.

SPECIES.

edge seems

edge

The

of only

consists

4

a

to indicate

6

42

an attempt at a subdivision. from the

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. 0.

5 natatory

carries

It

[NORW. POL. EXP.

2 of which issue

seise,

the other 3 from the inner edge.

tip,

The 2nd

pair of legs

much

5) are

(fig.

and have the

larger than the 1st,

ramus nearly twice as long as the basal part. The 1st ramus, however, is comparatively small, and is much constricted outer

joint of this

at the base,

The 2nd

carrying outside a well developed spine, and inside a natatory seta.

and expanded, and likewise provided outside with a strong

joint is large

a natatory

inside with

and

as the other 2 combined,

is

more than

scarcely

of 2 well defined joints,

natatory seta,

4 natatory

inside,

the

The 2 succeeding in structure the

2nd

tip,

still

several transverse

PL

VIII,

composed

inside

fig.

rows

is,

of small

where they are arranged

in

seta3,

outer.

resemble

8)

and have the inner ramus

The

moreover, somewhat larger, considerably

spinules

In

all

the pairs except the 1st,

are observed on the hind face of

3 or 4 oblique rows.

5th pair of legs (PL VII,

somewhat resembling those

ever, less rudimentary,

fig.

7) are

in the

very small and simple in struc-

genus Scolecithrix.

They

each leg being composed of 3 distinct

above-named genus, these

legs are biarticulate,

broad basal part.

The 2nd

and terminal

carries

joint is rather small,

joints.

The

last joint

is

3 unequal spines, one apical and 2

issuing from the inner edge

is

very

much

joints,

common

but well defined from both

oblong fusiform in shape, lateral.

Of the

that

latter,

elongated and extended obliquely leg.

whereas the other spines are quite smooth,

outer edge being also very small.

whereas

or altogether wanting.

inwards, so as to meet the corresponding spine of the other denticulate outside,

how-

are,

basal joints of both legs are united in the middle, constituting a

the basal

a single

with one natatory seta more than in that pair.

ramus

an

These spinules are especially conspicuous on the inner ramus,

the rami.

and

6,

fig.

larger,

exceeding in length the other 2 combined.

The

is

to

The

and provided with 5 natatory 2 from the inner edge, and one from the

but are

terminal joint of the outer

in the

tip

outside.

and

and carrying

the

at

denticulate

half as long as the outer,

pairs of legs (PI. VII,

pair,

distinctly 3-articulate,

ture,

and

the last oblong fusiform,

2 of which issue from the

The

setae,

coarsely

rather small,

1st

spine,

being fully as long

3 strong spines attached

carries outside

mucroniform spine,

strong,

ramus

inner

last joint is still larger,

it

on the margin,

distinct ledges

exceedingly

The

seta.

It is

that

finely

of

the

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

5.]

43

SPECIES.

not yet sexually mature males, this pair of legs

In young,

are

8)

(fig.

likewise very small, but rather different in structure from those in the female,

and more resembling is

leg

a

of

composed

to

Both

be detected.

The rami do

the outer biarticulate.

and there are also only very

setae,

in the latter,

each

and 2 unequal rami,

distinctly biarticulate basal part

the inner uniarticulate,

carry any natatory

As

in this respect the natatory legs.

not,

however,

slight traces of spines

legs exhibit a soft cellular structure,

and are

still

only

very slightly chitinized, indicating that they are as yet imperfectly developed,

and there mature

but

is

state,

between them, whereas

difference

little

shown below,

as will be

in

the

sexually

these legs are very unequal.

Description of the Sexually Mature Male. (PL IX).

The 4Va

length of the body does not, in any of the specimens found, exceed

mm. The

general form (see

figs.

&

1

is

2)

very different in appearance from

that of the female, both as regards the anterior

The former absence

of

the

cephalic crest.

tracted anteriorly,

The

Seen dorsally

last

segment

is

fig.

tail is

half the length

segments.

con-

it

is

but very slightly

extremely small, and more broadly emargin-

much

of

the anterior division,

Of these the

1st is very small is

and

is

less

produced behind.

composed

ment, as in the female, are quite immobile,

is

of unusually large size

very short.

and considerably tumefied,

The caudal

The

too,

last,

or anal seg-

rami, which in the female

have here a very mobile articulation

ment, allowing of their being considerably spread out to setae,

of 5 well defined

and greatly constricted at the base,

equalling in length the 2 succeeding ones combined.

caudal

abruptly

comparatively larger than in the female, considerably exceeding

whereas the 2nd segment

The

is

it

1),

and posteriorly

1);

ated than in the female, with the lateral parts

The

(fig.

with the front obtusely truncated, not, as in the female,

sharply pointed (comp. PI. VII,

narrowed.

divisions.

pronouncedly navicular in form, on account of the

less

is

and posterior

with the last seg-

each side (see

fig. 1).

are less fully developed than in the female, though

apparently present in the

same number; and

they were widely divergent.

in all the

specimens examined,

44

The

superior antennae

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. 0.

(fig.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

somewhat

are comparatively

4)

shorter than

in the female, scarcely exceeding in length the anterior division of the

and they are composed of .only 20 articulations.

The two antennae

body;

are exactly

both having the proximal half clothed in front with strongly developed

alike,

sensory appendages, in addition to the

Some

bristles.

of the joints

of this

moreover, have assumed a lamellar appearance, especially the third one

part,

and the 8th

joint is

more elongated than

still

The

constituted of 3 coalesced joints.

row and, as a

The

rule,

oral parts,

The mandibles whereas the body is

are of the

same

very nar-

angular curve.

slight,

but

structure as in the female,

on the other hand, are rather unlike those

being in some respects

This

apparently

more powerfully developed.

are comparatively

The

is

distal half of the antennae is

forms with the proximal half a

posterior antennae

and

in the female,

;

much

(fig.

reduced.

have the masticatory part very poorly developed,

5)

itself is

in the female,

comparatively larger and broader than in the female.

which

also the case with the palp,

is

much more

robust than in the

female, with the basal part very broad and muscular.

The

maxillae

rather

are

female,

(fig.

6),

though exhibiting a structure similar

smaller,

to that in the

and have both the masticatory lobe and the

vibratory plate less fully developed.

The

anterior

maxillipeds

(fig.

are extremely small and rudimentary,

7)

only with great difficulty permitting of any close examination.

The

posterior maxillipeds

much

are likewise

8)

(fig.

than in the female, and have some of the outer

setae

feebler

in structure

recurved and densely

plumous.

size

The

natatory legs

and

structure, with those in the female.

The

last pair of legs

liarly

(figs. 9,

(fig.

10),

11),

on the other hand, agree exactly, both

as

is

usual in male Calanoida, are pecu-

transformed and prehensile in character.

smaller

than

the

natatory legs,

They

the outer of which part, and 2 styliform rami,

2nd and

is

The

far

of the 2 legs

a

viz,

beyond that

legs.

In

the

is 3-articulate,

of the left leg.

right

leg

it

is

biarticulate

is

The 2 rami

very basal

the inner uni-

1st basal joints of the 2 legs are partly coalesced,

very different in the 2

projects

are rather large, scarcely

and the development

unequal, though both exhibit the same chief parts,

articulate.

in

and the

simple cylindric, of

this

leg

are

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

both issuing close together from the end of the basal

of about equal length, part,

The 3

and curving inwards.

in

and 2 somewhat longer

a hook-shaped

and lamelliform, with several small spines

left leg,

other 2 combined.

and

quite short

is

and issue

and having the

far apart, the outer

and leg.

one

1st joint longer than the

This joint originates with a broad base, but rapidly con-

projects

joints being very

ramus terminates

inner

the 2nd basal joint

are of very unequal length,

being twice as long as the inner,

tracts,

The

tip.

encompassing the end of the 1st basal joint of the right

of irregular form,

The 2 rami

at the

seise

In the

point.

ramus gradually diminish

joints of the outer

in size, the last being rather small

inside,

45

SPECIES.

at the

end inside

to

a small linguiform lobe,

narrow and quite smooth.

The

inner ramus

is

its

2 outer

simple

styli-

form, terminating in an acute point.

The musculature the

movements

of the

body

of the animal

is

much

stronger than in the female, and

must therefore be assumed

The muscles converging from

more powerful.

have been rather

to

the dorsal face to the posterior

antenna? and mandibular palps are especially conspicuous, exhibiting a peculiar opalescent lustre;

and the muscles acting upon the

tail

are also unusually

strong.

Occurrence.

It is

very strange that this large and conspicuous Calanoid

has hitherto quite escaped the attention of zoologists, one

the

of

commonest forms

plentifully in the greater It

Expedition.

and seems

to

was

females;

number

but

of

(15) of the

in

Young males adult,

was

Indeed,

the

to be

occurred rather

it

western,

as

in

down the

occurred in almost the

sexually

seems

samples taken during the 'Fram'

both at the surface, and

common

fully

of specimens

number

collected

be as

the basin traversed.

of the Polar Sea.

it

though

to

300 metres,

eastern part of

same number as

mature males only a very limited

found.

Gen. Scolecithriac, Brady.

Remarks. to

include

at the

the

This genus was established in the year 1883 by Prof. Brady,

form previously described by Lubbock as Undina Dance;

same time he adds another

was procured during

species, S.

minor, which,

the Challenger Expedition,

occurs off the coast of Norway.

like the former,

and which also occasionally

Dr. Giesbrecht, too, enumerates no less than

46

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. 0.

[rmw.

12 additional species, some from the Mediterranean, parts of the Atlantic

and

Pacific Oceans.

It is,

Brady founded

this genus,

upon which

chief character

the peculiar transformation

is

the tropical

however, rather questionable,

The

these species are in reality congeneric.

if all

some from

POL. EXP.

of

the apical setae

of the anterior maxillipeds into delicate, vermiform, sensory appendages;

as

shown by Dr.

Giesbrecht,

Phaenna),

genera (Xanthocalanus,

and

Scolecithricince;

character to

ought this

form

comprised

also found

by him

in

some

his

in

other

subfamily

genus Scaphocalanus, described above,

in the polar

also rather obvious.

is

but

At any

rate, the

Undina Dance

of

this

Lubbock

be regarded as the type of the genus Scolecifhrix, and, indeed, is

found

to differ

in

some

points very essentially from the other

Thus, the 5th pair of legs are quite wanting in the female of

species. species,

is

character

this

and the structure

of the anterior antennas

and the

tail

is

this

also rather

different.

Perhaps therefore the genus Scolecifhrix should more properly be

restricted

to

this

and the other species be referred

form,

to

one or two

nearly-allied genera.

Nansen Expedition, I have found some a form which must certainly be referred to this genus in

In the samples taken during the

few specimens

of

the sense in which Dr. Giesbrecht takes

from the type

it,

but which differs very materially

species.

Scolecithrix brevicornis n. sp.

4.

(PL X). Specific Characters. in form,

9 Anterior division

front evenly rounded

and

less

of

body regularly oblong oval

deep than in the other species;

segment imperfectly defined from the penultimate one, and having the

broad.

lateral

Tail scarcely more than Vs as long as the

parts obtusely produced behind. anterior division,

last

and rather narrow, caudal rami about twice as long as they are

Anterior antennas comparatively short, not nearly attaining the length

of the anterior division of the body,

and 8th

larger

with

rami subequal

the

than

the

others, in

terminal part recurved. distal joint fusiform,

the

length.

and curved sensory appendages

at

and composed last

of

two united.

22 articulations, 2nd Posterior

antennae

Anterior maxillipeds with 5 very large the

tip.

Posterior maxillipeds with the

Last pair of legs very small, but

distinct, biarticulate,

with 3 unequal spines, one apical, one very small out-

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

5.]

and one rather

side,

and

large,

finely denticulated spine

As

species, S.

above, this form

stated

Length of

inside.

mm.

adult female scarcely exceeding 2

Remarks.

47

SPECIES.

very different from the type

is

Dance, Lubb., and more closely resembles the 2nd species recorded

minor; but

by Brady,

also from this species,

it

may

easily be distinguished

by the comparatively shorter anterior antennae, and the more regularly rounded frontal part.

somewhat more

is

It

characters in relation

the other species

to

however, that the polar form

believe,

to point out

difficult

is

established

the distinguishing

by Dr. Giesbrecht.

specifically distinct

I

from any of them.

Description of the Female.

as

The

length of fully adult specimens does not exceed 2

The

general form

is

with

case

the

also

of the

when seen

anterior division,

body

other

the

&

(see figs. 1

dorsally

species

(fig. 1),

is

It

gradually tapers

is

cephalic segment

in

referred

coalesced with

quite

to

this

Seen

front,

whereas

laterally

projection (see also filaments.

and has

The its

minor

in S.

fig.

last

lateral parts

division, it,

is

and behind,

(see

rather small,

and

it

is

the 1st pedigerous one,

The

in

rostral

scarcely exceeding in length Vs of the anterior

is,

the 2 succeeding ones combined.

form.

in

The

last

The caudal rami

broad, and not at

divergent.

(fig.

segment

The caudal

4)

is

somewhat smaller than

are about twice as long as they are

their relative length

anterior antennae

Of the 4 segments composing

as usual, the largest, though shorter than

the penultimate one.

The

the others

marked, and carries 2 slender tentacular

narrow cylindric

and

all

both

1).

the 1st, or genital segment

off,

middle.

imperfectly defined from the penultimate one,

is

fig.

is

were broken

the

obtusely produced behind on each side of the deep

tail

all

the anterior

deeply incised in

almost transversally truncated.

well

is

3)

segment

median emargination

The

it

The

segment appears narrowly rounded

this

2),

(fig.

genus.

somewhat exceeding Vs

together forming a very large segment, fully twice as long as

combined.

thick,

rather regularly oblong oval in

front

the posterior

extremity being evenly rounded,

The

both

and

2) is rather short

form, with the greatest width behind the middle, and of the length.

mm.

setae in all the

specimens found

cannot therefore be indicated.

are comparatively short, not nearly attaining

the length of the anterior division of the body,

and they are composed of only

48

Of

22 articulations.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

these, as in the preceding form, the

siderably larger than the others,

2nd and 8th are con-

and each apparently represents 2 coalesced

This seems also

articulations.

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. O.

be the case with the last

to

The antenna

rather longer than the next preceding ones.

which

joint,

carries

is

anteriorly

short bristles of nearly uniform length.

The

posterior antennae

(fig.

5)

resemble in structure those in the preceding

form, and, like them, have the outer ramus a

The mandibles and

maxillae (see figs.

6,

little

7)

shorter than the inner.

are likewise of a structure

very similar to that in Scaphocalamts.

The

anterior maxillipeds

(fig. 8),

on the other hand, are distinguished by

somewhat

fusi-

to cross the spines issuing

from

the large size of the 5 apical sensory appendages, which are

form in shape, and strongly incurved, so as the anterior lobes.

The

posterior maxillipeds

in the preceding form,

(fig.

9)

are rather feeble in structure,

and, as

have the terminal part recurved, and clothed with

long,

slender setae.

The

natatory legs

1013), on

(figs.

the whole, agree in their structure

very closely with those in Scaphocalanus ; and, as in that form, the rami of the 3 posterior pairs are provided on their posterior face with irregular trans-

verse rows of small spinules.

The

pair of legs

last

oped than

in

(fig.

14)

Scaphocalanus, each leg being composed

1st representing the basal part, the

the larger,

and 2

are very small, and

and

is

Of the

lateral.

latter,

Some few

Occurrence.

sample taken

on

the 22nd

The

and

2

the

joints,

latter is

much

carrying 3 unequal spines, one apical

the inner one

elongated, being obliquely incurved

of only

2nd the outer ramus.

fusiform in outline,

less fully devel-

still

much

is

the largest,

finely spinulous

on the edge.

female specimens of this form

May, 1894, north

and rather

were found

in

a

of the 81st degree of latitude,

the tow-net having been lowered to 100 metres.

Gen. Xanthocalanus, Giesbr.

Remarks. terised

This genus, established by Dr. Giesbrecht,

is

chiefly charac-

from Scolecithrix by a somewhat different structure of the anterior

maxillipeds,

and

of the last pair of legs in both sexes.

length of the rami

in

the posterior antennas,

Moreover, the relative

and the mandibular

palps,

is

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

somewhat

From

coast.

Dr. Giesbrecht records 2 species of this genus, both from

different.

the Mediterranean,

and

I

have myself found another species

Nansen Expedition a

the

specimen of the

49

SPECIES.

5.

somewhat

single,

latter species is derived, to

Xanthocalanus

off the

Norwegian female

defective

be described below.

borealis, n. sp.

(PI. XI).

Specific Characters. greatly

vaulted

above,

defined,

the

lateral

division

oval

regularly

in

of

the

2

outer

width

almost

segment imperfectly

behind.

Tail

scarcely

division, genital segment about the last

segment very small,

Anterior antennae exceeding in length

slightly divergent.

and

the anterior division of the body, the

greatest last

combined,

succeeding segments

caudal rami short,

form,

angularly produced

parts

attaining Vs of the length of the anterior

length

body rather tumid and

of

front narrowly rounded,

attaining half the length,

with

Anterior

9-

Posterior antennae with

24-articuIate.

ramus considerably longer than the

Anterior maxillipeds

inner.

with the outermost spine very strong and coarsely denticulate, apical sensory

appendages comparatively small, 8

in

the terminal part comparatively short, biarticulate,

strong,

4

number.

Posterior maxillipeds with

and not recurved.

and carrying at the

distal joint constricted in the middle,

denticulated

about equal

of

spines

size.

tip

3

Length of adult female

mm. Remarks.

This form

differs

described by Dr. Giesbrecht, in of body.

In

the structure

of

from the 2 Mediterranean species much larger size and more robust form

at once

its

the

last pair

of

legs,

smaller species, X. minor,

than the larger X. agilis,

according to Dr. Giesbrecht,

is

only 2'40

Description The is

Last pair of legs

more resembles the

it

the length of which

mm.

of the

Female.

length of the one specimen in the collection, which

4 mm., or nearly twice that of the larger Mediterranean

The

general form of the body (see

anterior division considerably tumefied,

from above

(fig. 1),

this division exhibits

figs. 1

&

is

an adult female,

species.

2) is rather robust,

and greatly vaulted

with the

dorsally.

Seen

a rather regular oval form, with the

50

SARS.

G. 0.

CRUSTACEA.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

and almost equalling

greatest width about in the middle,

half the length.

It

gradually tapers both in front and behind, the anterior extremity being nar-

rowly rounded,

The

the posterior deeply emarginated in the middle.

front

terminates below in a rather slight rostral projection, carrying 2 very small

The

tentacular filaments.

is

segment

cephalic

defined behind from the 1st

The

pedigerous segment by a faint transversal suture. other hand,

is

and

tail

(see also

an acute corner.

14) is scarcely Vs as long as the anterior division,

fig.

cylindric in form.

is

segment, on the

completely coalesced with the penultimate one, and has the lateral

parts considerably produced behind, terminating in

The

last

It is,

much

genital segment, being

the 1st, or

and equalling

the 2 suc-

the largest,

The

ceeding ones combined.

as usual, composed of 4 segments,

last,

or anal segment

is

in length

The

extremely small.

caudal rami are comparatively short, being scarcely longer than they are broad,

and are somewhat divergent.

All the setae were broken off in the specimen

examined.

The

the anterior division of the body. the 8th of which

They

the

distal

part

composed of 24

are

somewhat longer than

is

examined,

specimen broken

and somewhat exceed

anterior antennae are rather slender,

of

in length

articulations,

the next adjacent ones.

both

antenna?

was,

In

the

however,

off.

The

posterior antennae

than the inner,

and composed

are the largest,

the

3

of

have the outer ramus considerably longer 6 articulations,

intermediate

joints, except the 1st, carry

The mandibles

3)

(fig.

4)

(fig.

articulations

long ciliated

the

2nd and

last of

being very short.

which

All the

setae.

have the masticatory part but

slightly

expanded,

with the cutting teeth closely crowded together and rather simple in structure.

The

the outer

palp

is

scarcely as large as the

ramus much smaller than

larger than the inner.

The

maxillae

(fig.

The 5)

in the

body

basal part carries 3 setae inside.

are quite normal in structure, with the masticatory

The

partly denticulated spines.

part of

the

however,

maxilla,

or

and has

2 preceding forms, and scarcely

lobe less prominent than in the 2 preceding forms,

2 proximal ones,

of the mandible,

the

and armed with about 12

vibratory plate carries 9 plumose setae,

being rather short. palp,

exhibits

The

outer,

the

membranous

the usual setiferous lappets,

the

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

51

SPECIES.

outermost being rather small, not extending beyond the middle of the adjacent lappet.

The

anterior maxillipeds

form lobes

On each

strong, coarsely ciliated setae.

of

2

the

sensory appendages are 8 Dr. Giesbrecht,

The outermost

very strong and coarsely denticulate laterally.

is

in

which

delicate brushes,

the species

in

have

however,

I,

The

number, and comparatively small.

they terminate,

digit!-

outermost lobes one of

these setae assumes the character of a claw-like spine. in particular,

with the 5

densely crowded together, and clothed with

the anterior edge

of

are short and thick,

6)

(h'g.

of

failed

detect

apical

According

this genus,

to

spine

in

to

extremely

the form here

in

in question.

The

posterior maxillipeds

The

as long as the anterior. scarcely more than

The

setae

are rather slender, being almost 3 times

(fig. 7)

terminal part, however,

2nd basal

half as long as the

is

joint,

comparatively short,

and

is

not reflexed.

are also rather shorter than in the 2 preceding

clothing this part

forms, and are coarsely ciliated in their proximal part.

The

natatory legs

2 preceding forms.

ance.

short

is

(fig.

in form,

and

a well-marked spine that exhibit

in the

is

wanting

in these forms.

a rather characteristic appearthe 1st of which

is

rather

about twice as

large,

exhibits in the middle a conspicuous constriction.

It is

inside.

The

distal joint

clothed with delicate hairs both inside

the end 3 strong, denticulated spines

is

and

outside,

of nearly equal length,

being attached to a projecting knob of the

Occurrence.

same type as

however, outside the 1st joint of

8),

are each composed of only 2 joints,

and coarsely hairy

likewise

are built upon the very

last pair of legs (figs. 12, 13)

They

oblong

811)

In the 1st pair

the outer ramus, there

The

(figs.

and

carries

at

the middle one

joint.

The above-described specimen was found

taken on the 13th October, 1893, north of the

New

in

a sample

Siberian Islands, the tow-

net having been lowered to a depth of 50 metres.

Distribution. of the fjords,

Coast of Norway, rather abundant in the greater depths

below 150 fathoms.

Gen. Undinella,

Generic Characters. gerous

one,

front

n.

Cephalic segment not coalesced with the 1st pedi-

produced

below

to

a

well-marked

rostral

prominence

52

SARS.

G. 0.

2

carrying

small

tentacular

CRUSTACEA.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

Last

segment wholly

filaments.

pedigerous

coalesced with the penultimate one, and, in female, having the lateral parts

in

male

5 segments, the

of

4 apical

lamellar, with

male more

slender,

and elongated, composed

Tail slender

lamellarly produced.

Anterior antennae

and clothed

sensory appendages.

bidentate at the

ramus much longer

with the 2 outer cutting teeth strong, palp with the outer ramus compa-

with

Maxillae

the

small.

lamella,

on the other hand, poorly developed. lobes

anterior

transformed.

ramus

terminating in a

number

and complex

appendages scarcely with in

terminal

the

male not trans-

posterior face

smooth,

inner

terminal joint slender, sub-spatulate,

of short digitiform spines; in

structure,

those

in

male exceed-

with both legs largely developed,

the

one with a long, styliform inner ramus.

Remarks. Scolecithricidce.

has

vibratory

2 anterior pairs uniarticulate, of the 2 posterior biarticulate.

Last pair of legs in female 3-articulate,

left

apical slender,

Oral parts

setiferous.

Natatory legs powerfully developed,

ingly large

very large;

Anterior maxillipeds rather

exceedingly

maxillipeds

and only sparingly

of the

lobe

densely crowded together, and carrying comparatively

Posterior

part reflexed

formed.

masticatory

the outermost of which are claw-like,

short setae,

in

Posterior antennae with the outer

ratively

strong,

24-articulate,

with well-developed

the others setiform;

tip,

female

their proximal part

in

Mandibles slender,

than the inner.

in

of 4,

Caudal rami

both sexes extremely small.

last in

setae.

in female

chiefly

This new genus It

differs,

been founded,

scarcely transformed at

only provisionally placed within the family

is

indeed,

in the character

the apical setae

all;

other

but in

of

upon which

this family

the anterior maxillipeds

characters

it

seems

to

being

approach

nearer to the forms included in this family than to those of other Galanoid families.

The genus comprises

as yet only a single species, to be described

below.

6.

Undinella oblonga, (PI.

Specific Characters.

sp.

XII, XIII).

of

body rather

slender,

Anterior division regularly oblong oval in form,

male. front,

Form

n.

deeply emarginated behind.

distinct

transversal

suture,

rostral

in

especially

the

obtusely rounded in

behind

Cephalic segment

defined

prominence very

conspicuous,

by a

pointing

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

downwards,

straight

segment produced

tip

Lateral parts of last

minutely incised in the middle.

female

in

53

SPECIES.

to

fully half the length of the anterior division of the body,

female

considerably dilated apical

distally,

Anterior antennae 8th

body,

much

not

setae

elongated, apparently constituting 3 united articulations.

female with the terminal joint

narrow at the base, short

comparatively

widening

slightly

denticulated

legs, right leg the longest,

and

last joint

3-articulate,

at

produced

to

in its external tail,

This

is

a very

appearance,

some resemblance

the several appendages

form

is

and

distinct

The

shows

above

the

medium

Calanoida.

The

amounts

to

&

2)

figs.

(fig.

somewhat

ably less than half the length.

The

animal, appears narrowly rounded,

about 3 mm., and

below

is

1

1),

is

rather

somewhat unlike

is

is

this

slender,

that generally

moderately vaulted

in front of the middle

and consider-

in this

view of the

the posterior deeply emarginated

in

(fig.

and

of a very regular oblong oval

anterior extremity,

In a lateral view of the animal terminating

and elongated

Female.

anterior division

form, with the greatest width

evenly rounded,

Length of

size.

(see fig. 2) and, seen dorsally

middle.

penultimate one

In the anatomical structure of

of the

the relative length of the 2 chief divisions in

tip,

however, to be a true Calanoid.

itself,

general form of the body (see

met with

the

easily recognizable form, exhibiting

Cyclopoida.

length of the largest specimens

accordingly of

at

mm.

Description The

the inner,

the comparatively slender form

in

to the it

ramus much shorter than

a rounded denticulated lamella.

female about 3 mm., of male 2'50

Remarks.

larger than the natatory

and bent

joint

setous

very small,

end inside

the

much

is

oblong lamellar,

distal

leg with the outer

left

and very

without any inner ramus, outer ramus biarticulate,

with the proximal joint bow-shaped,

upon the former;

Last pair of legs in

outermost of which

the

only

those in male

distinctly defined at the base;

of 'the

and carrying at the end 4

distally,

spines,

size.

male much

in

long as the middle one,

as

twice

in

different

and

than the adjacent ones,

larger

in

widening

slightly

the anterior division

exceeding in length

slightly

articulation

and scarcely

elongated,

segment

genital

Caudal rami

middle.

the

in

Tail

posteriorly-pointing lobes.

triangular,

2) the frontal part

in the

appears more

a very conspicuous deflexed

rostral

54

On a

prominence.

found

closer

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. O.

be minutely incised at the

to

this

examination,

[NORW. POL. EXP.

prominence

figs. 4,

(see

5)

terminating in 2 short points,

tip,

The

carrying outside a slender tentacular filament.

cephalic segment

is

each well

is

defined from the 1st pedigerous one, a distinct suture being observable between

On

them.

the other hand,

between the 2

last

demarcation

of

line

is

be detected

to

segments, which accordingly are completely coalesced into a

The

single segment.

no such

lateral parts of this

segment are produced behind

in the

on each side of the base of the

form

of rather large triangular lobes projecting

tail.

The

It is,

as usual, composed of 4 segments; but the last of these, the anal seg-

latter division is fully half

so

ment,

is

genital

segment

ably dilated

that

very small,

somewhat

is

in

the

it

as long as the anterior, and rather slender.

may

larger than the succeeding one,

middle,

The

easily escape attention.

exhibiting below,

and

1st,

or

consider-

is

moreover, a broadly rounded

protuberance.

The caudal rami

(see

fig.

10) are pronouncedly lamellar,

more than twice

as long as they are broad, and gradually somewhat widening distally.

each carry 4 densely plumose

rounded

tip,

outer edge.

the 4th

The

somewhat more

setae are not of

than half as long as the other

3,

a very

3 of which issue from

setae,

tail.

which are equal

any considerable

As

in length. is

in

seta

length, being scarcely is

a

little

most other Calanoids, moreover,

seen orginating from the dorsal face of

extending outwards across the caudal

setae.

been present

in the fresh state of the animal.

The

(fig. 6)

are rather slender and attenuated,

exceeding the length of the anterior division of the body. of

24 well-defined

articulations, of which, as in the

2 and the 8th are the bristles,

The

largest.

The

joints

more densely crowded together posterior antennae (PI. XIII,

fig.

1)

same as

in the

3 preceding forms.

They

it

has

somewhat

are composed

3 preceding forms, the

first

are clothed anteriorly with short

in the

developed, and considerably longer than the the

distal part

no trace could be detected, though most probably

anterior antennae

more

shorter than the

each ramus, near the inner corner, being angularly bent, with Ihe

Of any eye,

obtusely

of the externally from a distinct ledge

The outermost

delicate, unciliated bristle

the

They

proximal part of the antenna.

have the outer ramus very inner,

its

fully

structure being about

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

The

and posterior

anterior

lips (PI.

55

SPECIES.

XII,

figs. 8,

are of quite normal

9)

structure.

The mandibles

XIII,

(PI.

fig.

Of the cutting

though only slightly expanded. developed and bidentate at the

The

form.

palp

have the masticatory part rather produced,

2)

whereas the others are very

tip,

shorter than the

is

outer 2 are well

the

teelh,

and has the basal

of the mandible,

body

part obliquely produced at the inner corner, so that the inner

considerably beyond

The

maxillae

the outer,

is

masticatory lobe, which

by the strong development

vibratory plate, on the other hand,

oped, and provided with only 6 comparatively small

or palp,

part,

projects

of the

unusually broad, and armed with about 12 strong,

is

The

ramus

rather small.

3) are distinguished

(fig.

denticulated spines.

which

seti-

feeble,

the outermost lobe

is

is

On

setae.

likewise poorly developed,

poorly develthe

terminal

with only 2

apical setae.

The

anterior maxillipeds

more than twice as

joint

of the anterior edge

are

4)

(fig.

of

moderate

large as the others combined.

with the basal

The

digitiform lobes

are densely crowded together, and carry comparatively

assume a

short setae, the outermost of which

claw-like structure.

issuing from the 2 outermost, very small

setae

size,

The

apical

joints, are short and simple,

being scarcely sensory in character.

The with

posterior maxillipeds

2nd basal

the

more or

the 1st a

joint

are

with only a very restricted

The

natatory legs

(figs.

elbow-shaped bend.

number

69)

upon the same type as

extremely slender and elongated,

narrow and almost naked, forming

very

less abrupt,

5)

almost as long as the 2nd basal

slender,

built

(fig.

joint,

The

and

is

terminal part reflexed

is

with very

and provided

of setae.

are powerfully developed, and on the whole

in the

3 preceding forms,

though

no trace

is

found of the small spinules clothing the posterior face of the rami in these forms.

The

inner ramus, however, in the 2nd pair

like that in the 1st pair,

but in

all

and

2 posterior pairs

it

7),

is

is

uniarticulate,

only biarticulate;

these pairs, on a closer examination, a slight indication of the for-

mation of a short 1st joint outer

in the

(fig.

ramus

is

very

may

broad,

be observed.

with

In the 3 posterior pairs, the

the apical spine strongly developed,

bordered outside with a hyaline, serrated rim.

and

56

SARS.

G. O.

The

last

pair

of

legs

stem, the 1st joint of which

mon

The 2nd

basal part.

The 3rd

smooth.

10)

(fig.

CRUSTACEA.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

consist each of a distinctly 3-articulate

united with that of the other side to a com-

is

is

joint

much narrower

and, like the

considerably longer, but very narrow in

joint is

1st,

its

quite

proximal

towards the end, so as to assume a narrow spatulate part, slightly expanding form.

It

edges.

terminates in 4 short digitiform processes finely denticulated at the

Of

these, the

outermost

is

distinctly defined at the base,

whereas the

other 3 form immediate prolongations of the joint.

of the

Description The ingly

mm., and the male

length of the body scarcely exceeds 2'50

somewhat

The

Adult Male. is

accord-

inferior in size to the female.

sexual differences are very conspicuous, though not developed to nearly

such a degree as

male

in the

of

Scaphocalanus ; and

it

is,

indeed,

in this

instance, not difficult to recognize the specific relation of the* male individuals.

The form

of the

(see PI. XII, fig 3)

body

on the whole,

is,

still

more

slender than in the female, and the relative proportions of the 2 chief divisions

somewhat

are

more than

different,

the

tail

and considerably

being exceedingly slender,

The

half as long as the anterior division.

latter

is

of

a regular

oblong oval form similar to that in the female, though somewhat narrower,

and has the

narrow cylindric is

quite short,

the female,

any

is

and

in form,

and greatly

is

segment much

shorter.

divided into 5 segments,

The

constricted at the base.

very short, and the caudal rami with their

anterior antennae

than in the female, and,

The

tail

is

the 1st of which

last

setae

segment, as in

do not exhibit

from those in the female.

perceptible difference

The

of the last

lateral corners

(fig.

when

7)

somewhat more slender

are comparatively

reflexed, project far

beyond the

anterior division, extending to about the middle of the

tail.

limits

of the

The 2 antenna?

are exactly alike, and both are found to have one articulation less than in the female, on account of the 9th being coalesced with the 8th. to

the usual bristles,

sensory filaments,

the antennae carry a

number

which are especially thickly

In addition

of rather fully developed

set

in

the proximal part of

the antenna.

The

posterior antennae,

their structure

oral parts,

any appreciable

and natatory

legs

do not exhibit

difference from those organs in the female.

in

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

5.]

The

of

last pair

57

SPECIES.

on the other hand, are very

legs,

different

enormously developed, being much larger than the natatory

The 2

equalling in length Vs of the whole body.

and quite

and about

legs,

legs (see PI. XIII,

fig. 11),

as usual, are rather differently developed, both being, however, of a rather

complex structure, and strongly muscular.

The

are wholly coalesced, forming a common, somewhat lamellar basal joint the

much

very

terminal part of the former,

elongated,

chitinized pieces,

and

the larger,

form

of

a rather irregular shape, consisting

of

in its distal part,

ramus

is

It

is

found in

tip,

2 highly

piece

very narrow,

is

The

distal piece

in the opposite direction,

which

is

In the

this leg.

of

is

much

is

though

and projecting at some distance from

a short, heel-shaped prominence.

widening somewhat towards the

inner

The proximal

articulated together.

a narrow oblong lamella, bent

ramus, no trace

representing the outer ramus,

curved outwards like a bow.

is

inside, to

tip,

and

movably

expanding somewhat the

The 2nd

stalk.

rather tumid, and in the right leg considerably larger than in

is

The

left.

two legs

1st basal joints of the

obtusely rounded. left leg,

has the

and gradually Of any inner

on the other hand, the

very fully developed, forming a long styliform process, nearly

twice as long as the outer ramus, and extending to the end of the right leg. likewise highly chitinized

It is

from the posed

of

tip

3

and gently curved, exhibiting

a very

slight dilatation.

joints,

of

which the

The

first

outer

finely denticulated

outside this lamella,

is

at

some

of this leg

distance is

com-

2 form together a somewhat fusiform

division bent inwards at the tip in a hook-like

rounded lamella,

ramus

at

manner, and terminating

the edge.

The

in

a

terminal joint, issuing

very small, conical in form, and tipped with a fascicle

of small bristles.

Occurrence.

none

of them,

This peculiar Calanoid occurred in 5 of the samples,

however, in any considerable number.

One

of the samples

in

was

taken on the 12th November, 1895, near the northernmost point reached by the 'Fram'.

Another sample was taken

very surface of the sea, metres.

all

the others

on the 28th June, 1895, on the from depths between 100 and 300

58

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. O.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

Fam. EUCRETIDjE. Euchceta norvegica, Boeck.

7.

(PL XIV). Euchceta carinata, Moebius. glacialis, Hansen.

Syn:

Of

Remarks.

form a detailed description, accompanied with

this

figures,

has been given by the present author in his account of the Crustacea of the

Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition.

E. carinata

of

Moebius

between

essential difference

Hansen from

the

is identical

It

was

there pointed out

with Boeck's species, nor can

that the

see any

I

and the form subsequently recorded by Dr.

it

Kara Sea as E.

In

glacialis.

the

accompanying

plate, I

give improved habitus-figures of both sexes, from specimens collected during the

Nansen Expedition. Of

Occurrence.

almost

all

the

this

samples,

magnificent Calanoid,

and

eastern as in the western part

The

largest female specimens,

ovisac adhering to the genital

a

truely

found

in

gigantic size

some

of

for

seems,

it

of the polar basin

some

which

of

be

to

indeed,

still

as

were found

common

in

in

the

traversed by the 'Fram'.

had

their large, flattened

segment, measured in length about 10 mm.,

a free Copepod.

the samples

specimens

taken

An

unusually large 'Nauplius'

north of the

New

Siberian Islands,

I

believe to be the larva of this Calanoid.

Distribution.

Coast of

Norway

in

(chiefly

great depths), the

German

Ocean, several stations of the Norw. North Atl. Expedition, the Kara Sea.

Fam. Gen. Undeuchceta, Giesbrecht.

Remarks. species are

Of

known,

this genus, established U.

by Dr. Giesbrecht, hitherto only 2

major and minor, both from

the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans.

One

of these

the tropical

(U. major)

was

parts

of

believed to

be perhaps identical with the form recorded by Brady from the Challenger Expedition as Euchceta australis.

The genus

the structure of the posterior maxillipeds.

In

is

characters, a very large-sized Calanoid from the

this,

chiefly

as

also

characterised in

by

most other

Nansen Expedition seems

to

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

59

SPECIES.

agree perfectly with the 2 species recorded by Dr. Giesbrecht, and accordingly

ought

to

be referred to the same genus.

Undeuchceta spectabilis,

8.

(PI.

Specific Characters.

Body

XV, XVI).

of female

division oblong oval in form, that of

segment coalesced with the defined

in

both sexes,

n. sp.

rather

with the anterior

robust,

male considerably more

1st pedigerous one; its

though very small,

segment, however, well corners

lateral

produced in

Front produced below to a

female to a short, deflexed, angular projection. very small, pointed, rostral prominence.

last

slender, cephalic

more than Vs

Tail in female scarcely

as long as the anterior division, and having the segments very sharply marked off

from each other.

broad, and

Caudal rami very

somewhat

short,

scarcely as long as they are

divergent, apical seta? very strong

and densely plumose.

Anterior antennae in female about the length of the anterior division of the body, and 24-articulate, 1st joint with 2 very conspicuous plumose setae in

male comparatively more

partly

clothed

slender,

with delicate

2nd basal

joint

slender,

and composed

Posterior

sensory filaments.

Remarks.

legs

This, next to Euchceta norvegica,

lected during the Expedition,

Calanus hyperboreus.

is

of rather

mm.

the largest Calanoid col-

This, indeed, will suffice to distinguish

Description

much

of the

length of the specimen examined, less

biramous and

equalling in size even the largest specimens of

other species of the genus, which are very

accordingly

short,

1st pair of natatory legs

Length of adult female 8 mm., of male 6

complex structure.

measures no

very

Last pair of legs wholly wanting in female,

male exceedingly large and powerful, with both

The

maxillipeds

2 joints of the outer ramus coalesced; 4th pair with 5 strong

first

spines inside the 1st basal joint. in

those

articulations,

exceedingly long and narrow, terminal part

not even attaining a length equal to Vs of that joint.

with the

22

of only

;

it

from the 2

smaller.

Female.

which seems

to

be fully grown,

than 8 mm., not including the caudal setae; and this form

attains

a

size

recorded by Dr. Giesbrecht,

nearly twice that of the largest of the 2 species U.

major, the length of which

is

only 4'50

mm.

60

The

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. 0.

XV,

general form of the body (see PI.

[NORW. POL. EXP. 1,

figs.

2)

rather robust,

is

The

resembling somewhat that of the species of the next genus (Chiridius).

seen dorsally

(fig.

more than Vs

the

of

anterior division

body

is

moderately vaulted above (see

and,

2),

fig.

oblong oval in form, with the greatest width scarcely

1),

and occurring about

of the length,

The

in the middle.

anterior

extremity appears obtusely blunted, and the posterior, as usual, deeply emar-

The

ginated in the middle.

cephalic segment is coalesced with the 1st pedi-

The

distinct suture (see fig. 2).

last

is

in

terminating rostral

and has the

very small,

a

somewhat arcuate

is

prominence

small,

but

This

suture.

2).

The

a simple

acute

angular corner (see

distinct,

well

is

somewhat produced behind,

lateral parts

slightly deflexed,

short,

on the other hand,

segment,

defined from the preceding one by a distinct,

segment

but no

only a very slight constriction occurring between them,

gerous one,

in

terminating

fig.

point.

The

tail

is

comparatively short, scarcely exceeding Va of the length of the

anterior division.

It

as usual,

is,

4 segments, which are very

of

composed

sharply marked off from each other, and each provided at the end with a circlet of

Of the segments, the

small spinules.

or genital segment

1st,

is,

as

usual, the largest, about equalling in length the 2 succeeding ones combined. It

has

greatest width

its

rounded protuberance, phore

was attached cut

obliquely

The

latter are

somewhat tip

off

on

beyond the middle

to which, in the

(see

fig.

each side

articulation

They

differing in size.

setae of

sion

Moreover, a small, unciliated

bristle occurs

little

on each ramus

setae. it

very likely that

is

it

in the fresh state of the animal.

superior antennae

of the body,

(fig.

about the length of the anterior

8) are

and are composed

of which, as in the preceding forms,

ones,

and

and each carry at the

moderate length and but

Of any eye, no trace could be detected, though

The

small

with the caudal rami.

are finely ciliated inside,

4 very strong and densely plumose

has existed

rather

is

segment

very short, being scarcely longer than they are broad, and are

divergent.

outside the

last

the

for

and below forms a

1),

specimen examined, a small spermato-

The

2).

(see fig.

of

is

and probably represents 2 united

2 rather conspicuous plumose

setae

24 well-defined

somewhat

articulations,

divi-

the 8th

larger than the next adjacent

articulations.

are attached.

To

the 1st articulation,

For the

rest,

the antenna

.

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

carries

front

in

somewhat unequal

of

simple bristles

61

SPECIES.

and

length,

scattered,

rather small, sensory appendages.

The

posterior antennae

(fig.

have the outer ramus about twice as long

4)

as the inner, and composed of 7 joints, the 2nd and last of which are the largest,

long plumose

3 of which issue from the

setae,

The mandibles

Of the cutting

is

more than

scarcely

and has the 2 rami and carrying,

The

the largest, and,

is

and bidentate

3

ciliated bristles.

have the masticatory lobe of moderate

6)

(fig.

carrying 8 plumose

body of the mandible,

of equal size, the basal part being quadrangular in form,

inside,

maxillae

half the length of the

The

clothed with about 12 denticulated spines.

On

the outermost

teeth,

whereas the others are rather small and closely crowded together.

at the tip,

palp

9

tip.

the 2 succeeding ones are likewise rather large

claw-shaped;

carries

are rather strong, with the masticatory part con-

5)

(fig.

siderably expanded.

The

The ramus

with 4 very short articulations between them.

setae,

is

vibratory plate

and

size

well developed,

which the middle ones are very much prolonged.

of

median

the outer part of the maxilla, or the palp, the

lobe,

the distal part of the basal joint together with the inner ramus,

constituting is

unusually

prolonged, and the setae issuing from the end of this lobe are very densely

crowded together the outer ramus,

The

in is

The outermost

a brush-like manner.

comparatively small, and

anterior maxillipeds

(fig.

7)

lobe,

fringed with 10 curved setae.

is

are short and thick,

with the 5

form lobes closely crowded together, and clothed with coarsely of

moderate length.

On

assumes the character

each of

the 2 outermost lobes,

of

constituting

The

a claw-like spine.

digiti-

ciliated setae

one of the

setae

from the 2

setae issuing

terminal joints are rather small, though distinctly ciliated.

The

posterior maxillipeds (PI.

XVI,

fig.

4)

exhibit a rather characteristic

appearance, being very slender and elongated, more than 3 times as long as the anterior.

The

1st basal joint is oblong

in front 3 successive slight prominences,

short setae.

The 2nd

basal joint

narrow, almost linear in form.

is

Its

quadrangular

joint,

and

is

is

and exhibits

clothed with a restricted

fully twice as

anterior

proximal part, and somewhat beyond the middle terminal part

in form,

long as the

edge it

is

"finely

1st,

number

of

and very

ciliated

carries 3 unequal setae.

in

its

The

comparatively short, scarcely Vs the length of the 2nd basal

more

or less strongly incurved.

It is

composed

of

5

joints, the

62

SARS.

G. 0.

2nd

which

of

Some

the largest.

is

CRUSTACEA.

[NORW. POL. EXP. are spini-

of the setae clothing this part

form, and 2 of those issuing from the 1st joint are considerably longer than

and are coarsely

the others,

The

natatory legs

resemble

(figs.

ciliated at the base.

58)

are powerfully developed, and, on the whole,

The

in structure those in the Scolecithricidce.

1st pair

are rather small, as compared with the others, and have the

ever,

the

of

joints

ramus imperfectly

outer

how-

(fig. 5),

first

being only indicated by the

defined,

presence of 2 successive spines on the outer edge; of these the distal one

The

attached to a projecting knob-like expansion of the joint. in this pair is uniarticulate,

the

2nd pair

(fig.

is

it

(figs. 7, 8),

pairs

6) this

the 3 posterior pairs

pairs,

is

same as

distinctly biarticulate,

of

composed

3 well-defined

in the

The

joints.

2 posterior

ramus

outer

of

natatory seta? and spines on the rami

in the Scolecithricidce described above.

the

4th

pair

(fig.

is

8)

distinguished

issuing inside the 1st basal joint, immediately

Behind the natatory detected,

and indeed,

a character

legs,

to

all

by 5

is

On

spines

closely-set

above the plumose

the

seta.

not the slightest trace of any limbs could be

absence in the female of the

this total

common

in

In none of the

however, could any spinules of the posterior face be detected.

other hand,

is

and

In

very large and broad, with the apical spine coarsely

The number

serrate outside.

exactly the

is

is

ramus

inner

with the outer edge bulging in the middle.

ramus

2

last pair of legs

the forms included in the present family.

Description of the Adult Male. The grown,

length of the solitary specimen examined, which seems to be fully

about 6 mm., and the male, accordingly, does not nearly attain the

is

size of the female.

The

general form of the body (see PI. XVI,

fig. 1)

is

rather

more slender

than in the female, with the anterior division narrow oblong, and having the lateral corners of the last

segment

less produced.

elongated in proportion to the anterior division,

as

usual,

divided

into

5 segments,

small, as easily to escape attention.

The and

is

tail is

somewhat more

rather slender, being,

the last of which, however,

The caudal rami

is

so very

with their apical setae

are about as in the female.

The

anterior antennae

jn the female,

(fig.

2)

appear more slender and attenuated than

and are only composed

of

22

articulations,

the 8th

and 9th

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

and the llth and 12th being than

developed

fully

The sensory appendages

coalesced.

the

in

63

SPECIES.

and are more numerous,

female,

are more in

especially

the proximal part of the antenna.

The

oral

as

parts,

not unfrequently the case in male Calanoids, are

is

Even

imperfectly developed and rather unlike those in the female.

maxillipeds

look rather different, and

(fig. 3)

more resemble those

the posterior

next

in the

genus (Chiridius).

The

last pair of legs

(fig.

9)

are quite enormously developed, considerably

exceeding in length even the whole

though both legs are found legs are united,

outer

The

1st basal joints of the 2

ramus

The 2nd

conspicuously larger on the

is

the rami

the other hand,

The

be biramous.

to

than on the right side.

left

very tumid, but

On

and, as usual, are rather asymmetrical,

and together form a rather irregular piece considerably more

expanded on the is

tail,

in

of the right leg,

left

basal joint on both legs

than on the right

the latter are longer than in the former.

Undinella, consists of 2

as in the genus

The proximal

highly chitinized pieces, movably articulated to each other. in this

form also

distal one, left leg is

which projects inside

is

of

composed

of the other

3

is

The

2 combined.

on both

uniarticulate

though that

to

a rounded

distinct joints,

very movably articulated, and

ramus

it

Occurrence.

a

in

Of

They both occurred

the 1st of which

ramus

and

of the

about the length

is

than the 2nd, to which

essentially of the

and more

the

slender.

The

it

inner

same appearance, In

both

legs,

this

slightly curved lamellar expansion.

this large

and conspicuous Calanoid, only 2 specimens, both,

however,

and therefore admitting

in

outer

slightly bilobular at the tip.

is

legs,

a female and a male, were found, state of preservation,

The

lobe.

last joint is longer

of the right leg is longer

ramus terminates

piece

somewhat bow-shaped and considerably longer than

is

leg.

of

being in a very perfect

a rather minute examination.

a sample taken between March 23rd and April 4th, 1895,

near the 84th degree of latitude, the tow-net having been lowered to 130 metres.

Gen. Chiridiiis, Giesbrecht.

Remarks. to include

a

This genus was established by Dr. Giesbrecht in the year 1892,

solitary species

acter distinguishing

it

jection, the spiniformly

from the Gulf of Naples,

C.

Poppei, the chief char-

from Undeuchceta being the absence of a rostral proproduced

lateral corners of the last

pedigerous segment,

64

G. 0.

and the somewhat I find

characters,

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

Norwegian Calanoid, long ago recorded by Boeck as

that a

This form, which

is

still

very imperfectly

also occurred rather plentifully in the samples taken during the

known,

Expedition, and in addition to

2 well-marked

it,

doubtedly belonging to the same genus,

a very small but

distinct rostral

(PI.

Euchceta armata, A. Boeck, Nye Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forh. Specific Characters.

of

segment

species were found, un-

these

in the

in the

presence of

3 species

accompanying

will

be

plates.

XVII).

og Arter af Saltvandscopepoder.

Slaegter

1872, p. 39.

f.

Body moderately

the anterior division.

of

All

prominence.

Nansen

Chiridius armatus (Boeck).

9.

the length

new

though differing

them being given

described below, figures of

slender, with the tail almost half

Rostral projection quite obsolete.

Last

with the lateral corners gradually narrowed to acute pro-

trunk

cesses pointing slightly outwards.

Caudal rami rather longer than they are

Anterior antennae slightly exceeding in length the anterior division of

the body,

and very

Posterior antennas with the inner

slender, 24-articulate.

ramus rather short and

thick,

scarcely

more than

half as long as the outer.

Mandibular palps with the inner ramus very poorly developed.

male much reduced.

and 2nd pairs last pair in

1st pair of natatory legs with the outer

uniarticulate,

male rather

feeble,

A. Boeck as

and 4th

and simple,

ramus

This form, a species

For

this

of

as

Length of adult female

styliform.

above

stated,

was

first

the genus Euchceta.

reason,

recognized by Dr. Giesbrecht,

its

who

true

It

places

relationship it

genus of which could not be determined. that Boeck's

Legs of

pairs 3-articulate.

recorded by the late

was, however, like the

other forms recorded by him, very imperfectly characterized, and

were given.

distinctly

mm.

4'30 mm., of male 3'30

Remarks.

that of 3rd

Oral parts in

Inner ramus of 1st

1st joint carrying the usual spine outside.

3-articulate,

doubt,

In these

of the posterior maxillipeds.

different structure

Euchceta armata, perfectly agrees.

broad.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

species

is

congeneric

among

to

no figures

other forms

was not

other doubtful species, the

There cannot, however, be any with

that

described by Dr. Gies-

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

brecht as Chiridius Poppei, though its

much

easily distinguishable,

not only by

larger size, but also by several structural details.

The

Female.

of the

Description this

is

it

65

SPECIES.

length of the largest specimens in the collection

form

more than twice

rather

to

grows

accordingly

Mediterranean species, the length of which

The

general form of the body (see

is

1

&

is

2)

the

the

of

size

mm.

only 1'80

figs.

4'30 mm., and

is

moderately slender,

with the anterior division oblong oval in form, and but slightly vaulted above (see

a

Seen dorsally

2).

fig.

1),

(fig.

view of the animal

lateral

(fig.

the front appears obtusely truncated;

however,

2),

it

is

found

and

cephalic is

4

length

of

3 combined.

other

The

lateral corners

about twice the

is

of the last

gradually contract to acute, spiniform processes, which point

wards

The

3).

so that the anterior division only

segments, the 1st of which

distinctly-defined

the

fig.

segments are completely coalesced, and the same

1st pedigerous

also the case with the last 2 segments,

exhibits

be narrowly

to

rounded, with no trace of any rostral projection below (see also

in

segment

somewhat

out-

(see also fig. 4).

The division,

tail

rather

is

and

is

slender,

being almost half as long as the anterior

cylindrical in form.

the 1st of which,

It is,

the genital segment,

is

as usual, divided into 4 segments,

somewhat

shorter than the 2 suc-

ceeding ones combined, and forms a rounded protuberance below. or anal segment (see

somewhat

fig.

much

13) is

obliquely truncated at the

The

shorter than the preceding ones,

end on each

last,

and

is

The caudal rami

side.

are considerably longer than they are broad, are finely ciliated inside, and each

carry 3 strong plumose setse of about equal length.

very short, unciliated bristle another,

more

still

The eye

it

seen at the base of the outermost seta, and

delicate bristle, at the inner corner.

could

fresh specimens

is

In addition to these, a

only is

be faintly traced in

very conspicuous

and

the alcoholic

specimens.

unusual

with

of

size,

In

bright

red pigment.

The

anterior

antennae

(see figs. 1

anterior division of the body.

composed

of

24 well-defined

&

2)

They are very

slightly

slender

exceed

in

length

the

and attenuated, and

articulations, the 8th being, in this instance also,

66

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. 0.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

conspicuously larger than those immediately adjacent to

somewhat unequal

clothed anteriorly with delicate bristles of

The

posterior antenna?

of the outer, which scarcely exceeding half the length

The mandibles

rather

are

6)

(fig.

length.

have the inner ramus comparatively

5)

(fig.

The antennae are

it.

is

with

strong,

short,

distinctly 7-articulate.

the

masticatory

part

The palp is of greatly expanded, and the cutting teeth well developed. moderate size, and highly characterised by the poor development of the inner ramus, which

extremely small, and has the terminal

is

in proportion to those of the outer

The

maxillae

ramus.

on the whole, resemble

7),

(fig.

unusually short

setae

those in the

structure

in

genus Undeuchceta.

The

anterior maxillipeds

type as in that genus;

but

are of equal structure,

none

The

all

posterior maxillipeds

the setae springing from the digitiform lobes

them assuming a spiniform

of (fig.

9) are rather slender

more or

the 2 basal joints forming with each other a

shaped

flexure,

or reflexed. ulate,

whereas the terminal part

The

and densely clothed with slender

The

natatory legs

character.

and doubly geniculate, less

pronounced elbow-

bent in the opposite direction,

is

about half the length of the 2nd basal

latter is

(figs.

10

(fig.

upon the same type as

12) are built

and

They are, however, ramus less dilated. In

than in Undeuchceta, with the outer 10)

this

ramus

provided

and the 2nd pair

(fig.

very slight indication of the separation posterior pairs

(fig.

this

12)

ramus

dary between the 2 proximal joints of legs, as in

of 3

is

mm., and

and the dense clothing

The

oral

is,

is

though

inner ramus, both in this

in the latter pair

a short proximal

of

as usual, 3-articulate

far

power-

the 1st pair

from being

distinct.

joint. ;

there is a

In the 2

but the boun-

The

last pair

Undeuchceta, are wholly absent.

The adult male a length

The

the usual spine.

11), is uniarticulate,

less

in the

the 1st joint being well defined,

is distinctly 3-articulate,

outside with

joint, 5-artic-

setae.

Calanoids described in the preceding pages. ful

same

are likewise constructed upon the

8)

(fig.

rather smaller than the female, is

easily recognizable

of sensory filaments

parts are

the posterior maxillipeds,

much the

reduced,

former

scarcely exceeding

by the much more slender

tail,

on the anterior antennae.

excepting the mandibular palps and

(fig.

4)

having the inner ramus

less

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

rudimentary than

67

SPECIES.

in the female, the latter scarcely exhibiting

any perceptible

difference either in size or structure.

The

pair of legs

last

(fig.

much

are

15)

and simpler

feebler

in structure

than in the male of Undeuchceta, each leg forming a simple styliform stem, of 5 not very distinctly defined joints, the first 2 of

composed

The

the basal part, the 3 distal ones the outer ramus.

than the

which

left,

some

in

them rather abundantly.

of

also present in the sample which

surface of the sea, by

Distribution.

right leg is rather longer

strongly incurved.

This form occurred

Occurrence. in

is

which represent

is

It

no

less

than 14 of the samples, and

may be worthy

of note

that

it

was

stated to have been taken from the very

skimming the water

in

a temporary creek

in the ice.

Coast of Norway, occurring in great abundance at depths

beyond 150 fathoms, especially

10.

in the

deep

fjords.

Chiridius tenuispinus, (PI.

Specific Characters.

9-

n. sp.

XVIII). slender

less

Body comparatively

than in the

preceding species, with the tail shorter, scarcely exceeding Vs of the length of Front produced below to a distinct, though very small the anterior division.

Last segment of trunk with the lateral corners produced to very

acute point. slender,

posteriorly-pointing spines,

sharply marked

Anterior

however,

differing in the far greater length

Mandibular palps

less

oped.

Anterior maxillipeds

of

segment.

Posterior

antennae,

and comparative narrowness

fully as long as the

with 2

comparatively more

natatory legs with the

ramus

the

body

of the

of the mandible, inner

rudimentary than in C. armatus, outer ramus very largely devel-

ramus

maxillipeds

from

about as in the preceding species.

antennae

inner ramus.

off

2nd pair

first

slender

2 joints

distinctly

of

of

the outer setae spiniform.

than the

biarticulate.

in

outer

C.

armatus.

ramus

Posterior 1st pair of

coalesced.

Length of adult female

Inner

about

4 mm.

Remarks.

This new species

is

easily distinguishable

from the preceding

one by the somewhat more robust form of the body, and especially by the very slender spiniform processes issuing from the lateral corners of the

segment

of the trunk.

ences are found to

In the other structural details also,

exist,

some minor

last

differ-

as will be seen by comparing the detail-figures here

68

G. 0.

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

given with those of C. armatus.

Any more

[NORW. POL. EXP.

detailed description

is

not,

I

think, needed.

Occurrence.

This form was found

to the eastern part of the basin traversed, the 6th lying

The

near the 85th degree of latitude.

5 of them belonging

in 6 of the samples,

about

in the middle,

sample was taken from the very

last

whereas the others were from some considerable depth female Only specimens were found.

surface of the sea,

below the

ice.

Chiridius brevispinm,

11.

(PI.

?

Specific Characters. division

Body comparatively

large, acute rostral projection.

to

with the anterior

robust,

posterior,

Front produced below

form.

in

sp.

XIX).

more than 3 times as long as the

oblong oval

n.

a

and rather massive,

distinct,

though not very

Spiniform processes of last segment of trunk

very small and somewhat incurved.

Caudal rami about as

in C. tenuispinus.

Antennae and oral parts likewise resembling in structure those organs in the latter

1st

species.

3-articulate,

This

outward

Undeuchceta.

with

the

It is,

is

outer

without any spine outside;

Length of adult female reaching 4'80

Remarks. its

natatory legs

1st joint, however,

pairs normal.

bling in

of

pair

ramus

distinctly

the 3 succeeding

mm. somewhat resem-

a rather large and robust species,

appearance the above-described species of the genus however, a true Chiridius, agreeing

in all

more

essential

characters with the other species of this genus, though easily distinguishable

from any of them, both by

its

and

large size

its

robust form of body, and espe-

by the very short spiniform processes of the Of this species also, I do not think it necessary

cially

last

pedigerous segment.

to give

any more

detailed

description.

Occurrence. samples,

but

not

This species, the

same as

like the

that form,

western part of the basin traversed.

March 26th and April

4th,

preceding one, occurred in 6 of the

1895,

as

5 of them belonged to

the

In one of the samples, taken between in

about the 84th degree of

occurred rather plentifully; but no male specimens were found.

latitude,

it

NO

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

_

69

SPECIES.

Fam. PSEUDOCALANID^.i

Gen. Pseudocalanus, Boeck. Clawia, Boeck (not Claparede).

Syn:

s,

This genus was established as early as in the year 1864 by

Remarks. Boeck;

name

but the

Giesbrecht did not at

cullm being

known;

for

recognize Boeck's genus,

first

As

the very same.

the

species

generically distinct,

of

them

Syn:

to

was

armatus

a different family, JEtidiidce. I

is is

In the

have found 3 species referable

by Boeck.

Lucullus acupes, Giesbrecht.

well-known form occurred not infrequently in some samples taken

New

between the 12th and 24th October, 1893, north of the It

named by him Lu-

the type species originally recorded

is

Dr.

Pseudocalanus elongatus, Boeck.

12.

This

that

recorded by Boeck as Pseudocalauus

and even belongs

One

Pseudocalanus.

to

only a single species of this genus

yet,

samples taken during the Tram' Expedition, to this genus.

having been already

at that time proposed, Clausia,

was subsequently changed by him

it

appropriated,

Giesbrecht.

Siberian Islands.

also found occasionally in a sample taken farther north.

Distribution.

Coast of Norway,

British

west coast of France,

Isles,

Kiel Bay, the Baltic.

13.

Pseudocalanus major,

n. sp.

(PL XX). Specific Characters.

but almost twice as large.

Very

like the type species as to external

Anterior division of body

in form, scarcely broader in front than behind,

ments,

the

last

one with the

lateral parts

off behind.

seg-

Tail nearly

segment about the length

2 succeeding ones combined, and rather protuberant below

1

oblong oval

and only composed of 4

rounded

half as long as the anterior division, genital

regularly

appearance,

of the

in its anterior part,

The corresponding subfamily is termed by Dr. Giesbrecht Clausocalanince from the genus Clausocalanus but as Pseudocalanus is of much earlier date, the name of the family should, according to the rule in zoology, rather be derived from that ;

genus.

70

Caudal rami

segment shorter than the preceding one.

anal

[NORW. POL. EXP.

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. 0.

comparatively

narrow, about 3 times as long as they are broad, and separated by a rather

broad

a

slight

and

tip

obtusely truncated, with

angular projection outside the caudal setae;

the latter 4 in number,

though scarcely

interval,

moderate length.

of

somewhat beyond the

at all divergent,

middle of the

the

in the type species. parts about as

male extremely

more than

articulations,

and

oral

Natatory legs likewise of a very similar Last pair of legs in

Length of adult female 2'40

length.

23

part occupying

male

of

mm.,

mm. This form so very closely resembles the type species,

Remarks. I

its

of

right leg with the terminal styliform

slender,

half

reflexed, reaching

Posterior antennas

others.

though comparatively somewhat more slender.

structure,

1-80

and composed

tail,

and 7th much larger than the

1st

when

Anterior antennae in female,

should have been

much

inclined to regard

it

only as a large variety,

if

that

both

forms were not found together in the very same samples, without exhibiting

any

may

transitions.

On a

some few minor

closer examination, indeed,

be also proved to exist in the structural

differences

details.

Description of the female.

The average species

it

The

scarcely exceeds 1'40

though perhaps somewhat

anterior division 1),

about

exhibits

is

is

mm, whereas

2'40

figs. 1

and

2) is

fig.

slightly

emarginated

coalesced with the 1st pedigerous one,

in front

segments,

the other 3 combined.

and the front filaments.

and the same

The

the 1st of

and, seen dorsally

and behind.

is

which

is

lateral parts of the last

carries below, as in the type species,

The

somewhat broader

cephalic segment

the whole division being accordingly

the last 2 segments,

4 distinctly-defined

The

in the middle.

The

with the greatest width

a rather regular oblong oval form,

and gradually narrowed both

2),

anterior extremity appears narrowly rounded, the posterior

and

slender and

rather

less so than in the type species.

but slightly vaulted above (see

in the middle,

in the type

mm.

general form of the body (see

elongated,

(fig.

length of adult specimens

is

completely

also the case with

composed

of only

nearly twice as large as

segment are rounded

off,

2 very delicate tentacular

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

The

tail

almost attains half the length of the anterior division,

The

divided into 4 well-defined segments. is

much

1st,

and

or genital segment, as usual,

It is slightly dilated in front of

the middle,

and forms below

anterior extremity a rather conspicuous rounded protuberance.

its

anal segment

last,

or

one,

and

is

is

more than

scarcely

half as

almost transversely truncated at the end.

and more elongated than

12) are narrower

is

though scarcely attaining the length of the 2 succeeding

the largest,

ones combined. at

71

SPECIES.

large as the preceding

The caudal rami

in the type species,

3 times as long as they are broad. They are scarcely at

all

separated by a rather broad interspace, and they have the

all

apical

and

of

(see fig.

about

being

divergent, though tip

obtusely trun-

The

cated, with a small projecting corner outside the caudal setae.

each ramus, are 4 in number,

The

latter,

on

moderate length, the innermost

but one being, as usual, the longest.

The about

to the

(fig. 3)

middle of the

The antennae

The

tail.

They

posterior antennae

The mandibles

The

when

reflexed, extend

are each composed of only 23 articu-

carry in front comparatively short and delicate bristles.

(fig.

expanded, and

palp

5) are

the joints being setiferous.

all

moderately strong,

with the masticatory part

the cutting teeth well developed,

though rather short.

as the body of the mandible,

and has the basal

as long

is fully

have the outer ramus considerably longer

4)

(fig.

than the inner, and 6-articulate,

rather

are rather slender, and,

the rather elongated 7th articulation apparently representing 3 united

lations, joints.

anterior antennae

part obliquely produced at the inner corner, so that the inner

ramus

projects

considerably beyond the outer.

The

maxillae

(fig.

6) are of quite

normal structure,

resembling

those in

the type species.

The

anterior maxillipeds

crowded together than the

setae

them,

in the

issuing from

(fig.

7)

have the 5 digitiform lobes

Calanoids described in the preceding pages, and

them are rather strong and coarsely

however, assuming a spiniform character.

from the 3 very small

less densely

distal joints,

The

are well developed,

ciliated,

apical setae

none

of

issuing

resembling those of

the digitiform lobes.

The

posterior maxillipeds

(fig.

8) are

moderately slender, about twice as

long as the anterior, and have the 2 basal joints of about equal length. terminal part

is

a

little

shorter and not reflexed.

The

G. 0.

72

legs (figs. 9

The natatory

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

11) considerably increase in length posteriorly,

the 4th pair being nearly twice as long as the 1st.

on the whole, with those

much

In structure they agree,

in the preceding Calanoids,

the inner

ramus being

smaller than the outer, uniarticulate on the 1st pair, biarticulate on the

Both rami are comparatively

2nd, and 3-articulate on the 2 posterior pairs.

The

structure.

last pair of legs are, as in the type species,

The adult male,

which only a

of

solitary

resembles the male of P. elongatus, but

mm.

length 1'80

is

specimen was found,

closely

considerably larger, measuring in

the structure of the several

in

wholly absent.

recognizable from the female, both in

It is easily

appearance and

same

in the type species, but are otherwise of exactly the

more slender than

appendages,

its

external

which,

on the

whole, closely agrees with that in the type species.

The stem,

a

however,

which,

little

the

last pair of legs (fig. 13) are

2 of which

may

more properly

is

composed

The

the outer ramus.

the last

extremely small and hook-shaped.

the case in the

2nd, and

left,

much more

dilated at the base.

into

a very acute

to

2 well-defined

distinguishable at

Occurrence.

joints,

point.

The

joints of this latter part rapidly

The

2nd basal

As

from which

what

than

the

terminal part forms a slender

more than

half the length

of the leg,

In the type species this piece

is

divided

which, however, in the present form are scarcely

all.

This form

stated above, it

whereas

joint,

right leg, contrary to

was found

rather abundantly in

taken between the the 12th and 24th October, 1893, north of the Islands.

leg is

distinctly-defined joints,

has the 1st basal joint considerably larger

styliform piece, occupying considerably

and exserted

left

the other 3 the terminal

the 1st being about the length of the

size,

is

of 5

represent the basal part,

diminish in is

The

rather different on the two sides.

longer than the right, and

first

part or

is

very slender, each leg forming a simple

was

at once

it

occurred here together distinguished

by

its

with

much

the

New

Siberian

type

species,

larger size.

also found occasionally in 2 other samples taken on the llth

1894, in about the 80th degree of latitude.

the samples

It

and 19th

was

April,

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

Pseudocalanm pygmceus,

14.

73

SPECIES.

n. sp.

(PL XXI). Specific Characters.

Body much

9-

shorter

and thicker than

in the

2

preceding species, with the anterior division rather more tumid, and somewhat

broader in front than behind, consisting of only 4 distinctly defined segments. Front, as in the type species, with 2 delicate filaments below.

with the lateral corners rounded

of trunk

as long as the anterior division,

ment

4 apical

short, each with

and

reflexed,

Natatory

the

very

legs

In

so strongly recalls

Anterior antennae fully as long as the body,

terminal

Length

Paracalanus parvus

A

closer examination,

my

in

ought therefore,

apical

spine of the

that at first

however, showed related it

to

form

this

believed

it

to

be in reality

to

it

outer

mm.

size, I

2

generally

of adult female 0'86

Pseudocalanus elongatus.

agrees with this latter form, and

same genus,

opinion, to be referred to the

in spite of

very different external appearance.

of the

Description The

length

of

the

is

what

inferior in size to

The that

in

largest

Female.

specimens found

only 0'86

is

accordingly one of the smallest Calanoids known,

form

general the

and having is

the

Glaus,

in all essential structural details,

Indeed,

its

with

appearance and very small

external

its

in the

more produced and

part

slender,

and much more nearly

very different,

Caudal rami comparatively

the preceding one.

ramus exceedingly long and narrow.

be that species.

segment short and broad, anal seg-

genital

setae.

with

species,

Remarks.

more than Vs

scarcely

Posterior maxillipeds comparatively longer than

23-articulate.

preceding

than

smaller

scarcely

Tail

off.

Last segment

Paracalanus parvus

form of the body

above-named its

mm, and

being

this

even some-

Glaus.

(see figs. 1

&

2)

very

much resembles

the anterior division being rather tumid,

species,

greatest width in front of the middle.

The

segment

cephalic

wholly coalesced with the 1st pedigerous one, both forming together a very

large

segment occupying more than

2

3 other segments appear belonging likewise united into one.

The

/s of

the whole division.

to the trunk,

Behind

it,

only

the last 2 segments being

lateral corners of this

segment,

as

in 10

the

2

74

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. O.

preceding species, are rounded

The

off.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

front carries below

tha

(see fig. 3)

usual small tentacular filaments.

The

5) is

(fig.

the

in

dilated

considerably

ceeding segments combined. the

are

or anal segment

last,

rami are comparatively short,

and each carry at the

broad,

small

Moreover, a very

the

bristle

is

the 2 suc-

of

fully as large as

is

The

at the end.

being scarcely twice as long as they

4 plumose

tip

seen

is

It

genital segment,

and about the length

middle,

The

1st of which,

and almost transversely truncated

preceding segment,

caudal

shorter than in the 2 preceding

Vs of the length of the anterior division.

4 well-defined segments, the

into

divided

much

comparatively

scarcely exceeding

species,

is

tail

issuing

setae

moderate length.

of

from the

corner of

inner

each ramus.

The ding,

antennae

anterior

when

reflexed, to the

5)

(fig.

are rather slender and

end of the caudal rami.

elongated,

exten-

In structure, they exactly

agree with those in the preceding species.

The

antennas

posterior

except that

2nd

the

resemble those in

likewise

6)

(fig.

ramus has only a

joint of the outer

end, whereas in the 2 other species this joint carries

The mandibles

(fig.

7),

maxilla?

8),

(fig.

4

major,

single seta at the

seise.

and anterior maxillipeds

do not exhibit any essential difference from those appendages

2

P.

in the

(fig.

9)

other

species.

The

maxillipeds

posterior

on the other hand, are rather more

10),

(fig.

produced, and have the terminal part comparatively longer, and more generally reflexed.

The natatory

legs (figs. 11

on the whole, agree

13),

those in the 2 preceding species, though

Thus

to exist.

in the 1st pair

without the usual spine outside,

5 natatory outer

setae.

ramus

is

terminal joint,

ramus.

As

(fig.

11),

exceedingly long in

the

4th

and pair

may

the 1st joint of the outer

(figs.

12

slender, (fig.

4,

be found

ramus

being

much

is

instead of

14) the apical spine

of the

longer than the

13) almost as long as

in the other species of this genus,

present in the female.

differences

and the inner ramus has only

In the 3 other pairs

and

some minor

in structure with

the

whole

no trace of any 5th pair

is

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

taken north of the

the samples

occurred in considerable numbers in

This small Calanoid

Occiirrence.

New

75

SPECIES.

Siberian Islands, in October, 1893;

no

male specimen, however, was found.

Gen. Spmocalcmus, Giesbrecht.

This genus was established by Dr. Giesbrecht,

Remarks. Calanoid

small

found

in

named

As

S. abyssalis.

of preservation,

the tropical part of the Pacific Ocean,

4000 metres),

considerable depth (1000

important anatomical

which reason

for

am

I

detail-figures

On comparing

characters.

structure of the maxillipeds in particular,

generic

inner ramus.

dages

is

I find

The

derived,

is

the veiy

same

found

is

to

The

characteristic

in the

also,

two forms

;

from which the

be very distinct at least on the

absence of any rostral prominence or frontal appen-

total

likewise a character

15.

was

so close a resemblance,

on the natatory legs

of spinules

name has been

species

these figures with those of

induced to refer this form to the same genus.

and the dense clothing

a very

at

somewhat imperfect state were given, to show the more

a small Calanoid from the Nansen Expedition, that

the

a

the specimens were in a

some few

only

to include

common

to

both forms.

Spinocalanus longicornis, (PI.

Specific Characters.

Body

in

n. sp.

XXII).

both sexes comparatively short and thick,

though rather different as regards the relative length of the 2 chief divisions. Cephalic

segment not

somewhat applanated of

rostral

coalesced,

distinctly

defined

rior

and

anteriorly, front quite simple, without the slightest trace

prominence or tentacular filaments. lateral corners

rounded

Caudal rami comparatively

Last 2 segments

of trunk

Tail in female not even attaining Vs

off.

of the length of the anterior division, in

elongated.

from the 1st pedigerous one,

male considerably more slender and

short,

each with 4 apical

setae.

Ante-

antennae considerably exceeding in length the whole body, in female 23-

articulate, 7th articulation, especially in the male, terior

maxillipeds

very

much

elongated.

very slender, with the terminal part almost twice as long

as the 2nd basal joint, and clothed with very long and coarsely ciliated

Natatory

legs

Pos-

slender,

inner

ramus

in the

setae.

3 posterior pairs armed behind

76 with

rows

several

small in the male,

Remarks.

left leg 5-articulate,

larger

right 3-articulate,

The

unarmed

the

species,

mm. The

form

this

of

length

to 1'25

posterior,

of the

which

of

seem

indicated

is

the

view of the animal

either

of

lateral corners

and but

2)

(see

fig.

2).

slightly

is

comparatively short

Seen dorsally

or

prominence, of

the

very short,

last all

fig. 12),

slightly insinuated

latter are

is

somewhat

flattened,

The boun-

distinct

in

appearing,

and without any

tentacular filaments

(see also

is

a

trace

fig.

3).

which more properly represents 2

segment,

produced behind, but evenly rounded

is

somewhat

of about the

off.

dilated

in front of the middle,

same

size as the

The

last,

or

preceding one, and

behind between the insertions of the caudal rami.

The

very short, scarcely longer than they are broad, and, as in Pseudo-

calanus, carry each 4 plumose

The

1),

rounded, the

the type species, such a boundary

(in

of

no

and exhibits below a rather conspicuous rounded protuberance.

is

(fig.

and, as usual, composed of 4 segments, the 1st

the genital segment,

anal segment (see

the

in the middle.

emarginated

narrowly rounded

2),

(fig.

united segments, are not at

of which,

vary from

to

more than 3 times as long as

division

Its frontal part is

lateral

rostral

&

coalesced with the 1st pedigerous one,

is

said to be present).

tail is

by Dr. Giesbrecht

(see figs. 1

body

dary being observable between them

The

size as the type

the anterior extremity being obtusely

posterior scarcely broader,

a

same

exceed

to

a rather regular oblong oval form, with the greatest

exhibits

width behind the middle,

The

Female.

accordingly of about the

is

and moderately vaulted above

cephalic segment

flat-

mm.

general form

division

is

it

front.

and compact, with the anterior

this

from which

length of the body in fully adult specimens does not

mm., and

mm.

by the exceedingly long anterior antennae, and the

Description

I'lO

and scarcely more than

than the above-described Pseudocalanus pygmceus,

tened, quite

rather

female,

a very small Galanoid, though somewhat

likewise

is

at once distinguished

1'12

in

Length of adult female 1'12 mm., of male 1'08

left.

This

[NORW. POL. EXP.

Last pair of legs wanting

of spinules.

half as long as the

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. 0.

anterior

antennae

setae

(see

and a small

figs.

1

&

and much longer than the whole body,

2)

are

bristle at the inner corner.

very

projecting,

strongly

when

developed,

reflexed,

about

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

5.]

a 5th

of their length

beyond the caudal rami.

the 2 above-described species of of

which

posterior antennae

23

of

Pseudocalanus,

articulations,

the 7th

anterior

lip

(see

same

structure as in

rather

is

3)

fig.

have the outer ramus longer than the

4)

(fig.

inner, both being of exactly

The

are composed, as in

They

rather elongated.

is

The

77

SPECIES.

Pseudocalanus.

and densely hairy

prominent,

at the end.

The mandibles

(fig.

resemble those

5)

basal part of the palp less produced the inner

ramus does not

The

maxillae

The

anterior maxillipeds (see

(fig.

6)

well separated,

anterior,

which reason

outer.

are well developed, and, on the whole,

fig. 7)

in

with the digitiform lobes

Pseudocalanus,

and clothed with coarsely

somewhat

likewise rather strong, though

The

for

do not exhibit any peculiarity in their structure.

upon the same type as

built

at the inner corner,

beyond the

project

Pseudocalanus, but have the

in

the apical setae being

ciliated setae,

shorter.

posterior maxillipeds (ibid.) are

more than 3 times as long as the

and have the terminal part unusually prolonged, being almost twice the

length of the 2nd basal joint.

much

2nd

is

The

setae of this part

Of the 5 articulations composing

this part, the

the largest, equalling in length the 2 succeeding ones combined.

are

all

and some

coarsely ciliated,

The

are of veiy considerable length.

limbs with those in the type species

perfect

agreement

of the outer ones

in structure of these

very obvious on comparing the figure

is

here given with that reproduced in Dr. Giesbrecht's great work.

The

natatory legs

8

(figs.

11) are very slender,

those in the genus Pseudocalanus, is

posterior pairs spinules.

clothed

In the type species the outer

The adult male rather

different

Pseudocalanus. 1

mm.

in length,

It is

(fig.

that

the

in structure

inner

ramus

resemble of the 3

on the posterior face with oblique rows of small

the last (5th) pair of legs, no trace

looks

except

and

13),

from

of

the

is

ramus

to

also has similar spinules.

be detected.

which only 2 or 3 specimens were found, female,

and strongly

somewhat smaller than

broader and

more ovoid

produced and

slightly keeled dorsally.

form,

recalls

the female,

and has the anterior division in

Of

of the

the

male of

scarcely exceding

body comparatively

with the anterior extremity triangularly

The muscles moving

the antennae

and

78

SARS.

G. 0.

CRUSTACEA.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

mandibular palps are very conspicuous, and much stronger than originating close together along the

The

much more

tail is

and

anterior division, is

more or

less

The

line.

slender and elongated, almost half as long as the

divided into 5 well-defined segments, the 1st of which

is

much

very small, the 2nd

median

in the female,

The caudal rami

the largest.

are mobile and

widely divergent.

anterior antennae (see

imal part, which

13) are considerably dilated in their prox-

clothed in front with large sensory appendages in addition

is

to the bristles.

fig.

are only composed of 22 articulations, of which the 1st

They

and 7th are particularly

the latter even equalling in length the 6 suc-

large,

ceeding joints combined, and apparently representing 4 united articulations.

The and

posterior antennae

this is also

the case with the mandibular palps,

otherwise appear

The

last

much of

pair

structure, being built

scarcely

more than

the last of leg,

which

is

which

legs

(fig.

14)

upon the same type as

lamelliform,

as in that genus,

very small,

Occurrence.

February

whereas the oral parts

are comparatively small and simple in in

is

The 2

Pseudocalanus.

legs

the right leg being

in size,

and only composed

3

joints,

not, as in Pseudocalanus, styliform.

The

half as long as the

is

in the female,

reduced.

form simple stems, but are very unequal

each

left

more strongly developed than

are

left,

of 5 well-defined joints,

composed

of

the last of

and hook-shaped.

This form occurred

March, 1894,

in

not infrequently

about the 80th degree of

found occasionally in another sample

taken

in

a sample taken

latitude,

on the 22nd

May

and was also of the

same

year, somewhat farther north and west.

16.

Drepanopus Bungei, G. 0.

Sars.

This form, recently described by the present author from specimens taken

by Dr. Bunge sparingly,

occurred.

in

in

the

the

mouth

same 2

of

the Jana River,

samples

in

which

was

found,

though rather

Spinocalanus longicornis

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

Tribe:

SPECIES.

79

HETEBABTHRANDRIA.

Fam. HETEROCH./ETID,*:. Gen. Heterochceta, Glaus.

Of

Remarks.

genus, established in the year 1863 by Prof. Glaus,

this

6 species are recorded in Dr. Giesbrecht's work, 2 from the the

from

4

other

H. abyssalis,

is

the

parts

tropical

the

of

A

was long ago recorded by Boeck from

the

name

was very

H. norvegica; but as

Giesbrecht,

this species

which

species,

of the I

most

I

mentions

only

have

the

latter,

7th species of this genus

Norwegian

as

it

Norwegian

characteristic Galanoids of the Polar Basin,

new

distinct,

made

out by Dr.

an undeterminable form.

also observed myself off the

have found another, very

under the

coast,

imperfectly characterised,

its true relation to the other species could not of course be

who

of

with the form recorded by Prof. Brady from the

identified

Challenger Expedition as H. spinifrons, Glaus.

of

One

oceans.

of Naples,

Bay

Boeck's

coast,

and together with

Both these species

species.

one

is

will

it,

be

described below.

17.

Heterochceta norvegica, Boeck. XXIII).

(PI.

Heterochceta norvegica, A. Boeck, poder.

Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forh. Syn:

Nye f.

Stegter og Arter af Saltvandscope-

1872, p. 40.

Heterochceta spinifrons, Moebius (not Claus).

Specific Characters.

Body

rather slender,

especially in the male,

with

and somewhat depressed surmounted by a compressed and angularly deflexed

the anterior division regularly oblong oval in form, in its anterior part, front

rostrum,

carrying on the

corners of last

depression

ramus much

dorsally,

genital

segment

whole body.

off.

in female very large, with

and about equalling

the prolonged seta of this

lateral

Tail nearly half the length

and considerably protuberant below;

larger than the right,

segments combined; of the

2 long straight styliform appendages;

pedigerous segment rounded

of the anterior division, like

tip

in

a saddle-

left

caudal

length the last 2

ramus exceeding

the length

Anterior antenna? in female very slender and attenuated,

somewhat longer than the body, and abruptly curved near

the base; those in

80

male comparatively shorter, the

preceding

part

mandibles,

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. 0.

left

antenna

geniculation

only

[NORW. POL. EXP.

slightly

Posterior

dilated.

and anterior maxillipeds about as

maxillae,

in

and carrying, about

in the middle of the anterior edge,

antennae,

H. spinifrons.

much

Posterior maxillipeds very narrow, with the 1st basal joint the 2nd,

but with the

distinctly geniculate,

shorter than

an exceedingly

long and slender, flexuous spine, exceeding half the length of the maxilliped.

Last pair of legs in female with the incurved spine of the 2nd joint of the outer

ramus

and shorter than the terminal

cultriform,

joint;

those in male

with the 2nd basal joint of right leg produced inside to a falciform, ciliated process, left

terminal joint of outer ramus in the right leg oblong lamellar, in the

a slender apical claw and 2 short

with

rounded,

leg

Length of adult female 4'56 mm., of male 4'20 This species

Remarks.

of Glaus, but cannot, in

since

it

seems

my

its

as H. spinifrons, Glaus,

there

On to

is

The northern any

in this respect

the other hand, the length of

be only from 3'00

of the

Female.

known

general form

is

from 4'50

mm., and that

is

indicated

a much larger

to

grows

body

(figs.

1

&

2)

is

rather slender,

exhibits

a rather regular oblong oval form,

and about equalling

2

/5

extremity

is

emarginated in the middle.

found

to

be

surmounted

knob-shaped prominence, which

in

a

On a in

lateral

of

this

(fig. 1),

with the

the length.

The

somewhat broader,

closer inspection, the anterior

the middle by a sharply defined

view of the animal

appears abruptly bent downwards, forming an angular rostrum. of

with the

Seen dorsally

anterior extremity appears obtusely rounded, the posterior slightly

than does

size

species.

of the

greatest width in the middle,

and

by Dr. Giesbrecht

of the other species to be far less.

anterior division about twice the length of the posterior. the former division

mm., and

to 4'60

between polar and Norwegian specimens.

H. spinifrons

species accordingingly

of the other

The

to 3'15

of

Moebius from the North Sea

Prof.

length of adult specimens

no difference

some

larger size, but also in

unquestionably Boeck's species.

is

Description The average

much

The form recorded by

the structural details.

H. spinifrons

opinion, be regarded as identical with this species,

not only in

to differ

spines.

mm.

certainly very closely allied to

is

lateral

rostrum, 2 very long and delicate, perfectly

straight

(figs.

To

2

&

3)

the tip

filaments are

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

appended

(see

and

pedigerous one,

The

3).

fig.

is

segment

cephalic

81

SPECIES.

somewhat applanated

is

from the

well defined

in its anterior part,

1st

exhibiting

about in the middle of the dorsal face a well-marked cervical depression (see

The

last

pedigerous segment

is

one, though not fully coalesced with

it.

fig. 2).

The

is

tail

is

genital segment,

combined.

and

It

&

anal segment,

The

being

carries 5

body,

is its

rather

and

plumose

from separate ledges

ramus

to the

small

rapidly diminish

the left

the last,

or

ramus being much

3 of which issue from the

setae,

The middle

of the outer edge.

a small

is

size,

from the anal segment.

bristle is

the other 2

tip,

apical

Each

seta of the

left

considerably exceeding in length the whole

As

outer part being unciliated and hair-like.

The eye

in

figs.

and imperfectly defined from the caudal

less distinctly defined

enormously prolonged,

noids, moreover,

saddle-like depression,

hind part of the segment below (see

They are conspicuously asymmetrical,

larger than the right,

ramus

1st of which, the

are rather produced and narrowed distally, pointing straight

latter

backwards.

off.

In the specimen examined, a single large

The 3 succeeding segments

2).

rami.

beyond the middle, a

exhibits dorsally,

spermatophore was attached 1

corners are rounded

lateral

very large, attaining the length of the 2 succeeding ones

greatly protuberant below.

is

Its

4 well-defined segments, the

of

composed

imperfectly defined from the preceding

appended

to the inner

most other Cala-

in

corner of each ramus.

wholly absent, as proved by the examination of fresh Nor-

wegian specimens.

The

anterior antennae (see figs. 1

&

are extremely slender, and some-

2)

what longer than the body, extending, when In

of the caudal rami.

reflexed,

a

little

the specimens, they exhibit in their basal part an

all

abrupt curvature, whereas the outer, extremely slender part

They

are composed of the

is

far the largest,

by

they are clothed

beyond the end

full

number

is

of articulations (25), of

quite straight.

which the

1st

somewhat compressed. Along the anterior edge with slender, somewhat unequal bristles, which, especially in and

is

the proximal part, are densely crowded together.

The

antenna?,

posterior

mandibles,

closely agree in their structure for

which reason

I

maxillae,

and anterior maxillipeds

with those appendages

have not considered

it

necessary

in

the

type species,

to give figures of

them.

In the next species, these limbs will be described in detail, and the differences

from those

in the present species pointed out. 11

82

The

posterior maxillipeds

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. 0.

4) are rather slender,

(fig.

The

than the very strongly built anterior maxillipeds. paratively short

and somewhat

much

From about

is

more properly

larger spine, or

This

consistency originates.

though scarcely longer 1st basal joint is

lamellar, carrying at the end anteriorly

spine accompanied by a small bristle.

edge another

[NORW. POL. EXP.

which

seta,

a short

the middle of the anterior seta, of

unciliated

is

com-

a

peculiar,

compact

and somewhat flexuous,

comparatively longer than in the type species, and gradually tapers to a

The 2nd

fine point.

basal joint

very slender, and carries anteriorly 5

is

the outer 2 issuing from a particular lobe at the junction

The

part.

latter

articulations

with the terminal

shorter than the 2nd basal joint, and

is

setae,

is

composed

of

5

and carrying comparatively short

rapidly diminishing in size,

bristles.

The

legs,

as

in

the other species of this genus,

both rami distinctly 3-articulate.

and 4th pairs being distinguished by 5th pair

of

legs

(fig.

all

natatory,

with

In structure they agree, on the whole, with

those in H. spinifrons, the terminal joint of the outer

The

are

considerably smaller than the next

are

5)

in the 2nd, 3rd

and foliaceous character.

large size

its

ramus

preceding ones, and are distinguished by the strong spine issuing from inside the

2nd

ramus.

joint of the outer

than the terminal

somewhat

is

joint,

The adult male

(fig.

exceeding a length of 4'20 the

antenna.

cultriform,

shorter

is

and stands out from the

joint

a right angle.

at nearly

form,

In the present species this spine

different

The form

6)

is

a

mm.

structure

smaller

little

It is easily

the

of

tail,

recognized by

of the

of the anterior division

The

tail

is

its

and the geniculate

as in the female, except that the last segment the preceding one.

than the female,

is

body

more

is

scarcely

more slender left

anterior

about the same

distinctly defined

from

very narrow, cylindric, and composed of 5

well-defined segments, none of which

protuberant below.

is

The

caudal rami

with their setse are exactly as in the female.

The

left

anterior antenna (see

and has a very

The

6) is

fig.

distinct geniculation at

about the

articulations preceding this geniculation

dilated,

and the movable terminal part

articulations.

somewhat shorter than

is

are,

distal

3rd part of

the right, its

length.

however, but very slightly

quite simple, consisting of 5 slender

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

The

and oral parts are

posterior antennae

83

SPECIES.

same

of exactly the

structure

as in the female.

Of the

legs, too,

in the female.

only the last pair

7)

(fig.

ramus

In both legs the outer

is

differ in structure

transformed, and

2nd

leg the basal part is also peculiarly modified, its

a falciformly curved process, in

a blunt

that of the

The

point.

finely ciliated

joint sending out, inside,

outer ramus of the right leg

produced at the end outside, where

it

the right

in

along the inner edge, and terminating

and otherwise also rather unlike

left,

from those

is

somewhat

1st joint is conically

Its

it.

larger than

The 2nd

carries a short spine.

joint

The

has no spine, but forms, inside near the base, a rounded protuberance. last joint is fully

as long as the other 2 combined, and

rying 2 small lateral spines,

ramus

the

of

left

leg

is

and inside the

a short

tip

The

with 2 rather strong lateral spines,

lamellar,

claw.

None

ramus

is

of these rami has

any

The

bristle.

and

generally greatly incurved,

have each a well-marked spine at the end outside.

spoon-shaped, car-

is

2

its

first joints

last joint is

and terminating

trace of natatory seta? inside.

outer

rounded

a slender

in

The

inner

same appearance in the two legs, being 3-articulate, very small and less perfectly defined. Each ramus carries

essentially of the

with the 1st joint 7 natatory

setffi,

one

of

which issues from the 2nd

the other 6 from

joint,

the last.

Occurrence.

This characteristic Calanoid occurred

and was found as frequently

of the samples (13),

western part of the basin traversed.

It

in the greater

in the eastern

as

number in

the

also occurred in the above-mentioned

sample, which was taken from the very surface of the sea. Distribution.

Coast of

(only in

Norway

depths

below 100 fathoms);

the North Sea.

18.

Heterochceta compacta, (PI.

Specific Characters.

9-

division

considerably tumefied

smaller

than

Tail scarcely large and

in

the

XXIV, XXV).

Body

preceding

short

and oval species,

more than Vs as long as

dilated, caudal

n. sp.

and compact, with the anterior

in form,

rostral

prominence much

with

apical

filaments

the

the anterior division,

rami somewhat less unequal than

genital in

shorter.

segment

H. norvegica.

84

G. 0.

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

Anterior antennae scarcely longer than the anterior division of the body, and of

composed

24 articulations only.

with the 2 outer spines very long and claw-like.

Posterior maxillipeds

scarcely as long as the anterior, 1st basal joint without

Last

anteriorly.

of

pair

Remarks.

This

antenna?.

structure

under

my

the

of

the

It

its is,

several

ramus

outer

outer part.

its

mm.

a very

is

known forms by

anterior

with the incurved spine of

legs

Length of adult female 3'35

other

any transformed seta

as the terminal joint, and finely denticulated in

fully as long

built

Anterior maxillipeds exceedingly large and power-

than in the type species. ful,

more strongly

Posterior antennae

distinct species,

easily recognizable

from the

unusually robust body, and the less elongated

however,

a true Heterochceta, as shown by the

appendages.

Only female specimens have come

notice.

Description of the Female. The

length of the body measures 3'35

somewhat

also

The different

larger than the type species,

general form of the body (see PI.

from that of the preceding

compact, with the

body

is

mm., and accordingly

tail

this

form

is

H. spinifrons, Glaus.

XXIV,

figs.

being

species,

The

comparatively shorter.

considerably tumefied and, viewed dorsally

1

&

2) looks rather

much more

anterior

(fig. 1),

robust and

division

of

the

of regular oval form,

with the greatest width equal to about half the length, and occurring somewhat

behind the middle.

The

anterior extremity appears

posterior abruptly contracted,

and

dorsal view of the animal

ence in front.

It is,

(fig. 1)

emarginated in the middle.

slightly

rostral projection is comparatively smaller

2).

distinctly defined

The length of

tail

is

The

last

is

only causes a very slight nodiform promin-

fig. 3).

clearly distinguishable

pedigerous segment

is

The

cervical depres-

in the lateral

view of

very small, though more

than in the preceding species. comparatively short and thick,

the anterior division,

dilated, the other

The

however, of an essentially similar form, and carries on

sion of the cephalic segment (fig.

the

than in H. norvegica, and in the

the deflexed tip 2 straight tentacular filaments (see

the animal

obtusely rounded,

and has the

3 gradually diminishing

scarcely exceeding Va of the

genital

in size.

segment very large and

The caudal rami

(see

fig. 4)

agree in their form with those in H. norvegica, and, as in that species, are

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

somewhat asymmetrical, the difference

the

but

prolonged;

specimens examined

The in

ramus seems

left

&

The

was broken

distal part

its

anterior antennae

The

posterior antennae

6).

(fig.

in

in

all

24

(conf.

articulations.

on the whole, agree

in

their

structure

with those in H. norvegica,

though being somewhat more strongly

The outer ramus

than the inner,

shorter

is

proximal joint of the

and

latter,

is

it

about equalling

built.

in length the

divided into 7 well-defined joints, 4 short

between the 2nd and

articulations occurring

the

and elongated as

the anterior division

length

of only

as

off.

5) are not nearly so slender

(fig.

and they are composed

2),

though

have been

in this species also to

exact length cannot be determined,

its

H. norvegica, scarcely exceeding

figs. 1

larger than the right,

not so pronounced as in the above-mentioned species.

is

middle apical seta of the

much

ramus being

left

85

SPECIES.

All the joints,

last joint.

except

the 1st, carry strong plumose setae.

The

is lip (tig. 7)

rather prominent and distinctly trilobate at the

The

the lateral lobes being densely ciliated at the edges.

end, (fig.

anterior

8)

appearance, and consists

usual

the

exhibits

posterior

lip

2 diverging rounded

of

lobes finely ciliated on the edges.

The mandibles

9),

(fig.

as in the other species of this genus, have the

with only 3 unusually slender cutting

masticatory part peculiarly modified, teeth.

Of these the outermost

very large, claw-shaped, and provided out-

The

a thin lamellar expansion.

side with

and are separated from the

whereas on

the

being simple.

On

cutting teeth.

The

first

other 2 are placed close together,

by a wide semilunar emargination.

They

two mandibles, both on the right being bidentate at the

differ slightly in the tip,

is

left

(fig.

9

only the inner

a),

mandibles a

both palp

is

ciliated

bristle

normally developed,

is

bidentate,

is

the outer

attached inside the

and has the outer ramus

considerably larger than the inner.

The typical

maxillae

(fig.

Calanoids,

outer part

or

10) in the present

chiefly

palp.

In

structure with those in

H. spinifrons. clothing

its

the

present

The

species,

lobe

truncated

is

rather

they agree

H. norvegica, as also with those

transversely

in the

on account of the peculiar development of

The masticatory

crowded together.

genus are rather unlike those

their

closely

in

in the type species

rather prominent,

and the spines

end are unusually slender and densely

vibratory plate

is

comparatively small, and provided

86 with only 4 plumose

The 2

setae.

and the

the masticatory lobe

[NORW. POL EXP .

.

usually present between

lobes

setiferous

by a simple conical

palp, are replaced

The

tipped with a single seta.

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. 0.

basal joint of the palp

is

projection,

comparatively small,

but well defined, and carries only a single very small seta on a conical pro-

The

jection of the inner edge.

and

carries

hand,

as

is

the

on the

4 likewise small

tip

remaining part of the

exceedingly minute, knob-like,

is

The

seta?.

outer ramus, on the other

forming a cylindrical joint

very powerfully developed,

plumose

ramus

inner

fully as long

and tipped with 5 exceedingly long

maxilla,

setae.

The

anterior

maxillipeds

even

considerably larger

XXV,

(PI.

than in

fig.

1)

are

enormously developed,

They each form a

the preceding species.

very strong curved stem apparently composed of 5 or 6 joints of very unequal length, the 1st being, as usual, lobes,

much

only the outer 2 are distinctly developed,

more or

less rudimentary, the

The penultimate

same

the 3 proximal ones being

2nd even replaced by a single veiy small

an exceedingly long and

accompanied by a very small

imity to the former.

All these spines

a very dense

(see

ciliation

fig.

falcate claw origi-

Another claw-like spine of about the

seta.

issues from the extremity of the maxilliped,

size

seta.

lobe carries 2 claw-like spines and a seta, and from the tip

of the very slender ultimate lobe

nates,

Of the usual 5 digitiform

the largest.

close prox

in

lying

exhibit along the inner concave edge

In structure these maxillipeds differ con-

2).

spicuously both from the type species and from H. norvegica, whereas they closely agree with those of

The and are differing,

H. vipera, as figured by Dr. Giesbrecht.

maxillipeds

posterior

(fig.

3)

are scarcely as long as the anterior,

They resemble

far less powerful.

in structure those in

however, conspicuously in the absence of the long, flexuous spine of

an ordinary

the 1st basal joint,' this spine being here replaced by quite

The

legs

48)

(figs.

type as in that species.

though the 1st and In the 1st pair

nounced than

in

They are

last

(fig. 4)

are also, on the whole, built upon the very

pairs

one on the

ramus has

seta.

same

natatory and very powerfully developed,

rather

smaller

than the 3 middle pairs.

the difference in size between the 2 rami

the other pairs,

1st,

all

are

than the outer, but fully as broad. setae,

H. norvegica,

the

inner

ramus being

This ramus

carries,

2 on the 2nd, and 5 on the

in

is less

pro-

scarcely shorter all,

last joint.

the terminal joint shorter than the other 2 combined,

8 natatory

The

outer

and provided

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

4 well-developed natatory

inside with

much

slender spine, and outside 2

87

SPECIES.

At the

setae.

this joint

tip,

carries

a

smaller spines, which, like those of the 2

preceding joints, terminate in a thin flexible point.

The 3 succeeding

pairs

though successively increasing somewhat scarcely

more than

2nd and 3rd pairs

the

in

joint

half as long as

in size.

the outer,

carries

and foliaceous character

the 4th pair,

is

3

tory setae inside,

Both the

spine.

The 5th in their

6

the last joint,

is

setae,

distinguished hy

which, especially in

smaller is

outside,

In

all

3 pairs

and at the

tip

(fig.

size,

8) differ

this joint carries

5 nata-

another somewhat larger short.

from the next preceding ones, not only

but also in

some

Thus

of the structural details.

without the plumose seta present in

all

the other pairs.

inner ramus, as in the 1st pair, has only 8 natatory setae; but of these,

belong

to

ramus

outer

the is

last

joint,

the

2nd

fully twice as long

length the last joint. carries

much

and

finely denticulate

strong, incurved spine,

The

4 natatory

latter is

seta? inside,

having only a single

joint

as the inner, and

1st joint the natatory seta is wanting,

and

ramu3

and the spines are unusually

setae

the 1st basal joint

The

spines

pair of legs

much

outer

8 natatory

developed to quite an unusual extent, considerably exceeding

2 other joints combined.

in size the

of

structure,

They have the inner ramus and much narrower. Its last

in the 4th pair

7,

The

2 of which issue from the outer edge. the large size

same

are essentially of the

(figs. 5, 6, 7)

in

in

its

the

much

2nd

it

outer part,

In the

stronger. is

The

seta.

replaced by a

and equalling

in

about as long as the other 2 combined, 2 small spines outside, and at the

tip

a

larger spine, as in the 3 preceding pairs, finely serrate outside.

Solitary specimens of this form were found in 4 different

Occurrence.

samples taken on

the

samples

March

June 28th, 1895,

26th and April 4th, 1895, these

dates:

following

was taken from

24th, 1894, between

November

One

of

the others

in

12th, 1895.

the very surface of the sea,

March

depths of from 130 to 300 metres.

Gen. Augaptilus, Giesbrecht.

Remarks. brecht,

to

the genus'

This genus was established in the year 1892 by Dr. Gies-

comprise

2 Mediterranean species formerly referred by Glaus

Hemicalanus,

viz

same time he adds 5 new

H. filigerus and H. longicaudatus, and

species from the tropical parts

to

at the

of the oceans,

all

88

G. O.

SARS.

The genus

taken from considerable depths.

as also from Heterochteta,

calanus,

To

several species.

this

tail

maxillae) has reached its

and

19.

Specific

Characters.

of the oral parts

some

any

in

the

(man-

n. sp.

XXVI, XXVII).

Body

well defined, but without

variation

of the oral parts

slender

and elongated, with the anterior

oblong in form, and rather narrowed anteriorly.

division

rather

is

maximum,

Augaptilus glacialis, (PL

female being com-

in the

considerable

to

the North Polar Sea, in which the reduction of dibles

from Hemi-

a very characteristic Calanoid from

refer

I

genus

[NORW. POL. EXP.

'easily distinguished

by the

would seem, subject

it

though,

is

Moreover the structure

posed of only 3 segments. peculiar,

CRUSTACEA.

Cephalic segment

distinct cervical depression, front angularly bent,

and carrying below 2 slender tentacular filaments.

Last pedigerous segment

not defined from the penultimate one, and having the lateral corners rounded off.

Tail scarcely half the length of the anterior division, genital segment in

female longer than the 2 succeeding ones combined, and but slightly dilated in front.

Caudal rami slender and elongated, perfectly symmetrical, each with

5 strong, plumose from

the

setae,

the outermost of which

Anterior

others.

antennas

slender

very

siderably exceeding in length the whole body, ations,

originates

distance con-

elongated,

and composed

25

of

articul-

penultimate and antepenultimate joints each with a densely plumose

seta behind

;

left

antenna

in

male prehensile, antepenultimate

at the end to a slender spiniform process.

the

Mandibles

inner.

with

the

joint

produced

Posterior antennae with the

basal joint narrowly produced at the inner corner, outer

than

and

some

at

2nd

ramus somewhat longer

masticatory part

narrowly produced,

cutting teeth only 3 in number, palp very small, forming a simple cylindrical joint

with 2 unequal

setae at the tip.

Maxillae

rather imperfectly developed,

with only a slight rudiment of the masticatory lobe,

wise very small, with only 2 cylindric, with 2 long apical

the digitiform lobes small

setae,

setae.

a similar type

to

that

in

the one exceedingly prolonged

;

like-

palp simple,

Anterior maxillipeds well developed, with

and widely apart; none

Posterior maxillipeds very slender,

vibratory lamella

and

of

Helerochceta,

of the setae

normal structure. but

claw-shaped.

Legs

comparatively

less

built

upon

powerful,

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

5.]

ramus

apical spine of outer

Last pair of

incurved. the

2nd

in the

3 middle pairs rather slender, and

ramus;

This

(Glaus)

Of the species recorded by Dr. Giesbrecht, A. longi-

seems

approach nearest

to

regards the structure of the oral parts.

and seems also

some

differ in

to

It

to the polar species, at least

however, rather inferior in

is,

of the structural details.

can hardly be supposed that the present species hitherto recorded species, all of which

is

size,

in

terranean species A. filigerus, Glaus, ally,

recalls

general

that

dorsally

is

of

behind,

the

the

stated

is

body

(see PI.

but

narrowly rounded

posterior

cephalic segment

XXVI,

is

but

well defined

cervical depression,

which carries 2

more fig.

Vs of

form

nearest

its

to

somewhat

2)

slender.

The

and,

seen

2),

is

and the

from the

front,

The

length.

1st pedigerous one,

seen in

It

middle.

the

and not

does not exhibit any

laterally

(fig.

2),

is

rather

a small bifurcate rostrum,

XXVII,

fig. 1).

The

last

wholly coalesced with the preceding one, and has the

evenly rounded is

the

and somewhat abruptly con-

delicate tentacular filaments (see PI.

pedigerous segment

tail

&

1

very slightly emarginated in

narrow and angularly bent, projecting below

The

this

by Dr. Giesbrecht

figs.

rather

is

the remaining segments combined. quite as long as

lateral corners

and

about equalling the Medi-

but very slightly vaulted above (see

anterior extremity appears

distinct

of the

distribution.

4'82 mm.,

is

what behind the middle, and not attaining even

The

it

exhibits a narrow oblong form, with the greatest width some-

(fig. 1),

stricted

case,

any

but considerably exceeding

Heterochceta norvegica,

in

division

anterior

form

size,

mm.

be only from 3'70 to 3'85

The

as

Female.

this respect

the length of which

A. longicaudatus,

identical with

is

length of the body in adult specimens

accordingly of rather large

In any

have quite a southern

of the

Description The

in female.

a very conspicuous Calanoid, easily recognizable from

is

the other polar forms.

caudatus

though rather unlike those

not

mm.

of adult female 4.82

Remarks.

slightly

outer rami of the two legs in male

very dissimilar in size and structure,

Length

89

as in Heterochceta, with a strong spine inside

legs,

joint of the outer

SPECIES.

off.

rather slender, though not quite attaining half the length of

the anterior division.

It

is

only composed of 3 segments, the 1st of which, 12

90

exceeds

the genital segment,

in

The

a

last

(see PI.

segment

longer than the preceding one, and

little

[NORW. POL. EXP.

other 2 combined,

the

length

slightly dilated in its anterior part. is

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. 0.

and

XXVII,

is

but

fig.

11)

rather obliquely truncated on

is

The

each side at the junction with the caudal rami.

latter (ibid.) are perfectly

symmetrical and produced to an unusual degree, being about the length of the 2 segments combined, and are linear in form, pointing straight behind.

last

carry 5 densely plumose setae, 3 of which issue from the narrowly

They each rounded latter

placed at rather a long distance from the other,

is

The middle

middle of the outer edge. is

much

One

the other 2 from distinct ledges of the outer edge.

tip,

curved outwards (see

a very slender and

PI.

XXVI,

front of

the

apical seta, or the innermost but one,

and terminates

longer than the others,

in

of the

in

a very slender filament,

Moreover, as in most other Calanoids,

fig. 1).

originates from the upper face

delicate, unciliated bristle

of each ramus, close to the inner corner.

No

any eye could be detected

trace of

The

and elongated, the 5 caudal

the

of

PL XXVI,

anterior antennae (see

which are

are

They

when

anteriorly

delicate

are exceedingly slender

beyond the

reflexed,

25 well-defined

of

composed

with

preserved specimens.

1, 2)

figs.

distal joints projecting,

rami.

clothed

in the

tips

articulations,

The penultimate and

bristles.

antepenultimate articulations each carry, moreover, at the end posteriorly, a

remarkably large and densely plumose seta (see

The

XXVI,

the sides of the body (see PI.

XXVII,

peculiarities (see PI.

fig.

and quite naked, without any it

is,

moreover,

3).

Thus

hair

is

it

projects to

attached.

The

a geniculate bend, larger,

and

is

a small triangular

at

the

consists,

out any setae anteriorly.

long and slender. drical

in

form,

tip,

lappet,

plumose inner

rather slender

is

setae in front,

corner,

At the

so

that

and the

insertion of the inner

at the base of which a small

inner ramus, which generally forms, with the basal part,

as

usual,

densely ciliated along the

bilobular at the

2).

projecting far from

the basal part

trace of the usual

considerably produced

fig.

In structure, they exhibit several

fig. 1).

2 rami issue at some distance from one another.

ramus,

XXVII,

are very greatly developed,

antenna?

posterior

PI.

The

outer

ramus

and composed

is

joints,

the 1st of which

somewhat convex hind

last joint is

carrying about 10

The

2

of

the

edge, but with-

oblong oval in form, and slightly

setae,

a

is

little

some

of

which are exceedingly

longer than the inner,

of only 5 joints,

the 1st of which

is

is

cylin-

imper-

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

from

defined

fectly

in

exceeding

the

length

The 2nd

basal part.

the

the

longer, at

succeeding joints

The 2 very

end.

From

attention.

the

the

middle,

the

largest,

2

carries

setae

and another much

so very small,

is

the

of

tip

much

is

joint

short succeeding joints carry each a seta,

but that issuing from the outer joint escape

91

combined, and

one rather short, somewhat beyond

inside,

SPECIES.

that

may

it

easily

3 exceedingly long and

last joint,

slender seta? originate.

The mandibles

(fig.

are

4)

and have the masticatory part

very small,

much

narrowly produced, almost cylindric in form, and

The

part.

are

only 3 in number,

and somewhat remote from the other

the largest,

than

mentary

teeth

cutting

any other

in

known

Calanoid,

cylindric joint tipped with 2 unequal

longer than the other

the outermost tooth being

The

2.

consisting

more

is

palp

of

only

rudi-

a simple

and scarcely more than half the

setae,

length of the body of the mandible.

The those

maxillae

other

in

on each side close

2

lamella.

which

It is is

The

lobe.

inner of these, which It

of inconsiderable

setae

seems

distally,

to

is

very small,

The

size.

represent

occurs

the

outer

vibratory

likewise very small, but carries 2 very strong setae, the inner

prolonged to quite an extraordinary degree, being more than 3 times

as long as the whole maxilla. is

reduced, and rather unlike

to the masticatory lobe.

unequal

which issues rather more

lobe,

of

may answer

carries

much

very

each forming a simple narrow lamella, projecting

a small setiferous

base,

and

knob-like,

5) are likewise

Calanoids,

in

the

to

(fig.

The

distal

which answers

part,

2 strong

in form,

and

carries

maxillipeds

(fig.

6) are well developed,

narrow cylindric

on the

tip

to

the palp,

setae of

equal

length.

The

anterior

so powerful as in divided

into

5

Heterochceta,

joints,

the

though not nearly

each forming a very slightly curved stem,

2 proximal

together representing the basal part.

ones

The 5

being

much

the largest,

and

digitiform lobes of the anterior

edge are comparatively small, and are distinctly separated from each other, the

2 proximal and the

distal

one each carrying a single coarsely

whereas the other 2 have each 2 such

seta?.

The

setae issuing

small terminal joints are rather slender and elongated, and,

under a very high magnifying power, are found

to

ciliated seta,

from the 3

when examined

be thickly fringed along

92

G. 0.

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

the concave edge with small compressed denticles, similar to those represented

by Dr. Giesbrecht

The

posterior maxillipeds

and have the

rior,

A. longicaudatua.

in

7)

(fig.

1st basal joint a

are nearly twice as long as the ante-

little

but broader than the 2nd,

shorter,

with 2 slight prominences anteriorly, each carrying 3 unequal basal joint

of

is

about uniform breadth throughout, and carries 2

middle of the anterior edge, and at the end 2 other separate lobe.

and

joint,

is

part are of

The

terminal part

composed

The 2nd

setae.

setae in the

from a

setae originating

considerably shorter than the 2nd basal

is

The

of only 4 articulations.

issuing from this

setee

moderate length, and exhibit a similar structure

those of the

to

anterior maxillipeds.

The

legs

XXVI,

(PL

constructed upon the

PL XXVII,

same type as

and having both rami

tory,

5,

fig.

figs. 8,

in Heterochceta,

may

be found

the whole, far less powerful than in Heterochceta,

3 middle

joint of the outer of

In

pairs.

the

ramus

1st

is

pair

very

same as

the very

This

rower.

ramus

is

which

of

is

of spines

in Heterochceta;

more

still

much

less dilated,

outer

the

in

edge

this joint are

The

curvature

inwards.

The

on

are,

and natatory

length of the

relative

setee issuing

from them,

but both rami are comparatively nar9),

(fig.

the outer

with the terminal joint scarcely as long all

The 3

foliaceous in character.

spines

very small, whereas the apical spine

rather slender and elongated, finely spinulose on both edges,

a slight

They

especially as regards the

the case with the middle pairs

as the other 2 combined, and not at of

to exist.

elongated, and setiform, whereas those

the 2 succeeding joints are extremely small.

two rami, as also the number is

much

closer comparison,

the spine issuing outside the 1st

8),

(fig.

5 pairs being nata-

On a

distinctly 3-articulate.

however, some well-marked differences

all

on the whole,

are,

9),

natatory

setae,

too,

is

and exhibiting

are

quite

normally

developed.

The

last pair of legs (PI.

ones, differ in

some

peculiarities

analogous

1st basal joint is without the pairs.

On

XXVI,

fig.

5),

though natatory

from them rather conspicuously, both to

those

in their

like the

smaller

found in Heterochceta.

plumose seta present on the inside

preceding size,

and

Thus

the

of the other

the other hand, the 2nd basal joint has attached to the outer corner a

very slender and elongated

downwards along

bristle,

the outer

not found in the other pairs,

ramus almost

to its end.

This

and extending

bristle,

which

is

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

also mentioned

by Dr. Giesbrecht as occurring

was

at first overlooked,

and

it is

owing

to its

much

wanting, and in the 2nd joint

being partly concealed by the outer ramus,

denticulated

spine,

which

is

The

in the

and

the other 2 joints combined,

form

present

The

somewhat

is

except that

chceta,

The

its

ramus

inner

deflexed

terminal joint

is

and a

considerably larger than

latter is

of the

is

is

by a strong

4 short nata-

of oblong oval form, carrying

is

fully twice

is

natatory seta of the 1st joint

tory setae inside, 2 extremely small spines outside,

short and blunt spine.

outer ramus

replaced, as in Heterochceta,

shorter than the terminal joint.

little

The

broader. it

examined by him,

in the species

not indicated in the figure here given.

as long as the inner, and

93

SPECIES.

and at the

same

tip

another very

structure as in Hetero-

comparatively larger, being fully as

long as the other 2 combined.

The adult male habitus,

but

is

antenna,

the

last

cylindric,

and composed

in

differ

size.

XXVI,

(PI.

by the structure of the

recognizable

easily

of

pair

and

legs,

of

5

resembles the female in

3)

fig.

the

tail.

latter is

general anterior

left

very slender,

segments, which do not greatly

well-defined

The caudal rami with

The

its

their

are exactly

setae

as

the

in

female.

The scarcely

left

anterior antenna (see

reaching,

when

reflexed,

3) is

fig.

the geniculation being

somewhat

its

part.

posed of 4 articulations, the 1st of which

is

about the length of the

anteriorly to

last

It

is

distinctly

length, the 6 or 7 articulations

dilated,

muscular band acting upon the terminal

is

shorter than the right,

beyond the caudal rami.

geniculate at about the distal third part of

preceding

somewhat

The

and containing the usual latter (see fig. 4) is

The 2nd

the largest.

2 combined, and

is

com-

articulation

produced at the end

a long styliform process, extending almost

to the

end

of the last

articulation.

The

posterior

oral parts,

antennae,

and the 4 anterior pairs

of legs

do

not exhibit any perceptible difference in their structure from those appendages in the female.

The different,

last

pair

of

especially

has no spine inside moreover, given

;

is

legs

XXVII,

(PI.

fig.

10),

as regards the outer ramus, which the

2nd

slightly dissimilar

but the dissimilarity

is

far

joint,

nor

on the two

yet legs,

natatory

as

are

however, is

more

setae.

shown by

from being so conspicuous as

somewhat robust,

This

and

ramus

the figure here

in Heterochceta.

94

taken on the following dates:

May

1895, and

[NORW. POL. EXP.

This remarkable Calanoid was found

Occurrence.

1894,

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. 0.

March 22nd, 1894, March

in 7 different

24th, 1894, April llth,

22nd, 1894, between March 26th and April 4th, 1895,

November

of from 100 to

samples

May

7th,

1895, the tow-net having been lowered to depths

12th,

300 metres.

One

samples was taken near the most

of the

northerly point reached by the 'Fram'.

Gen. Hemicalanus, Glaus.

The

Remarks.

Dana

all

originally proposed

the species included by

this

name ought more

To

and

Giesbrecht,

viz.,

genus

Calanus

employed the same name

different sense, to comprise 5 Mediterranean species, 2 of

quently removed by Dr.

in that

by

properly to have been wholly dis-

Prof. Glaus, however, in the year 1863,

Augaptilus.

him

be referable to two previously established genera,

to

and Centropages, carded.

name Hemicalanus was

year 1852; but as

in the

have proved

generic

in

a

which were subse-

referred to the nearly-allied genus

the 3 remaining species of Glaus,

now

generally admitted to be

genuine Hemicalani, 2 species were added by Brady from the Challenger Expe-

and Dr. Giesbrecht records 6 new

dition,

species,

4 of which were found

None

Gulf of Naples, the other 2 in the tropical part of the Pacific. species

been

dingly in

have ever been found north of the Mediterranean, and generally

distribution.

It

was

undoubtedly belonging of

the

ciently to

assumed therefore

the

that

not a

to this genus, in

present

little

is

of these 11

has accor-

it

quite

southern

surprising to find a specimen,

a sample taken from about the centre

polar

basin traversed by the 'Fram'.

good

state of preservation to

the external appearance

genus

in the

The specimen was

in

a

suffi-

allow of a close examination, both as

and the anatomical

and,

details,

as

it

may

be of

considerable interest to determine the relation in which this form stands to the

other

known

species,

both

of the

whole animal and the chief appendages.

to identify

it

I

have given on

PI.

with any of the previously

sionally as a

new

species.

XXVIII,

known

figures,

forms,

as exact as possible,

Not having been able I

describe

it

here provi-

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

Hemicalanus spinifrons,

20.

(PI.

tapering both

other

in front

sp.

XXVIII).

Body exceedingly

and behind.

and somewhat de-

pellucid

Cephalic segment

gradually

rather longer than

Last pedigerous segment

prominence pointing straight anteriorly.

and having the

united with the preceding one,

lateral corners evenly

rounded.

not attaining even Ve of the length of the anterior division,

Tail very short,

segment rather

and

dilated,

fully as long

as the other 3 combined.

Caudal rami about twice as long as they are broad, sublamellar, and

which

incurved

at

strong, 5

on each ramus, 4 apical and one

the

end,

in the other

being clothed with slender

known

resemblance,

viz,

cephalus Giesbr.,

all

is

to

which

H. mucronatus Glaus,

and H. spiniceps Giesbr.

a small

bristle at

some

which are rather

of

with that

this

mm.

form bears a very close

H. acutifrons In

all

H.

Giesbr.,

oxy-

these species the cephalic

exserted in front to a similar spiniform prolongation; but as they

closely allied,

it is

form bears the nearest

rather difficult to determine to which of

affinity.

best with H. oxycephalus, of this

bristles,

Length of adult female 4

species.

There are 4 species

Remarks.

are

lateral, besides

setae rather

Structure of the remaining appendages nearly agreeing

elongated.

segment

Caudal

transversely truncated.

is

slightly

Superior antenna? considerably longer than the body, and

the inner corner. 25-articulate,

all

trunk combined, and exserted in front to a long

of the

segments

spiniform

genital

n.

with the anterior division regularly oblong oval in form,

pressed,

the

?

Characters.

Specific

95

SPECIES.

but the

species;

H. spiniceps.

I

to

size

In

its

external appearance

it

them

seems

the polar to

agree

judge from the sketch given by Dr. Giesbrecht is

rather larger,

and about the same as

in

give below a detailed description of the specimen found.

Description of the Female. The

length of the body in the solitary specimen examined,

grown female,

fully

is

about 4 mm., measured from the

tip of

which

is

a

the frontal

caudal rami. process to the end of the

The whole body most

of

the

is

so perfectly hyaline, even in the preserved state, that

inner organs appear with great distinctness through

the inte-

96

form

the

of

small size of the

the unusually latter,

/s

the

of

1st,

hair (see

the

of

tail,

tail,

being

genus Augaptiliis by

and not attaining

in front of the middle,

of the

same number

segments as

of

The

coalesced.

completely

half this division,

and

projection,

lateral corners of the last

as stated above,

is

prolonged in front

ment,

is

is of

very small

segment are not

size,

4 well-defined segments, the

obliquely

is

a

minute

at all pro-

and, including the caudal It

con-

1st of which, the genital seg-

and considerably

dilated in the middle.

larger than the preceding one,

little

a

off.

larger than the other 3 combined,

The anal segment

to

beyond the

far

extending

rami, does not even exceed Ve of the length of the anterior division. sists (see fig. 12) of

in

segment

cephalic

antennae, and carrying on the tip a very

anterior

duced, but are evenly rounded

The

genus,

or cephalic segment being well defined, whereas the last

The

2).

fig.

The

a rather regular oblong oval form, with the

narrow spiniform

conspicuous,

1).

fig.

as compared with the anterior division.

composed

more than

rather

insertions

is

segments are

2 pedigerous occupies

It

length.

Augaptilus, the

very

of

is

in the nearly-allied

width occurring somewhat

greatest 1

seen dorsally,

(see

that characteristic of the present

is

body

from that especially distinguished

The

[NORW. POL. EXP.

on viewing the animal from the dorsal side

guments, general

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. O.

and

is

somewhat

truncated on each side at the junction with the caudal rami.

The

latter are

about twice as long as they are broad, are pronouncedly laminar, and

scarcely

at

all

The 5 caudal

incurved.

same

structure,

close

together

A

small

the broadly truncated ends even

divergent,

setae

belonging

and are clothed with from the

unciliated

lip,

bristle

to

cilia*

each ramus

all

being somewhat

seem

attached

also

to

the

inner

be of the

4 of them issue

of the usual kind.

the 5th from a distinct ledge of is

to

the outer edge.

corner

of

each

ramus.

No The

any eye could be

trace of

anterior antennae (see

fig.

detected. 1)

are considerably longer than the whole

body, and are rather thick at the base, though gradually attenuated distally.

They

are composed of the

full

anteriorly with slender bristles,

The

posterior antennae

as long as the seta.

The

1st,

inner

(fig.

number some 3)

of

of articulations (25),

and are clothed

which are rather elongated.

have the 2nd basal

joint

more than twice

both carrying at the end anteriorly a single very small

ramus

is

very long

and

slender, with the

proximal joint

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

narrow cylindric and unarmed, the carrying on the outer

ramus

inner,

and

tip

10 slender

carries

3

as usual,

unequally bilobed, and

attached to the basal part far from

is

The

comparatively small, scarcely more than half as long as the

is

4 combined, the

other

97

arranged in a flabelliform manner.

setae

posed of only 5 distinctly defined the

last,

SPECIES.

much

very

joints, the 1st of

its

which

On

about half as long.

last

elongated

is

nearly as long as

the

this

tip,

and along the inner

seta?,

com-

It is

extremity.

ramus

much

5

side

shorter setae.

The mandibles

3. bis)

(fig.

are rather feeble,

with the masticatory part

The

narrowly produced, and terminating in only 2 unguiform cutting teeth. exhibits

palp larger

than

the

all

the

chief

the

of

body

parts

Its basal

mandible.

the

of

2

the

ramus

inner

ramus

inner

the

setae inside;

arranged

in

considerably

The

outer.

imperfectly defined from the basal part,

is

last joint

a flabelliform

is

at

provided

The

manner.

the

outer

tip

with

ramus

The

maxillae

masticatory

ciliated

lobe

The

spines.

densely plumose

have likewise

6)

(fig.

vibratory plate

6 slender the

exhibits

4

setae, of

and

and provided with 6

The

lobe.

very different

vided with only 3 apical

setae,

a subcylindric piece projecting dilated

is

a small provided

which the proximal one issues at some distance from the

The 2 rami

somewhat

palp,

basal part of the palp

2nd intermediate

the

setae.

well developed,

a small knob-like

part, but are of

usual

a limited number of

others, being attached to

the

;

setae

carries

Between the masticatory lobe and the

setae.

lobe carrying a single seta occurs. inside with

is

carries

the chief parts distinctly developed.

all

rather narrow,

is

1st joint

and

structure, being divided into 5 articulations, carrying long plumose

The

rather

is

at the inner corner, so

beyond the

projects considerably

is

part, however,

narrow and quite naked, being obliquely produced that

and

developed,

distinctly

projection,

may answer

whereas the outer

beyond

is

much prolonged and

and pro-

unusually large, forming

the inner ramus,

and carrying on

and obliquely truncated extremity about 6

innermost of which are very

to

are both well defined from the basal

the inner one being very small,

size,

far

which

setae,

the 2

densely plumose in their

distal part.

The

anterior maxillipeds

(fig.

7)

somewhat resemble those

in

AugaptUus,

as described above, but differ in the fact of the basal part being divided into

3 distinctly defined joints of about equal

size.

The 5

digitiform

lobes

are

98

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. 0.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

comparatively small and separated by distinct interspaces, 2 of them issuing

from the 1st basal

The

joint.

2 others from the 2nd, and the 5th from the 3rd basal

joint,

carry each 2 ciliated setae of moderate length,

lobes

proximal one, which has 3 such rather strong

A

and spiniform.

One

setae.

of the 5th lobe

the setae

of

6th lobe, carrying 3

except the

is

seta?,

formed by the

number

1st joint of the terminal part, the 2 other joints being provided with a

of

more

is

claw-like spines.

The

posterior maxillipeds

(fig.

8) are rather powerful,

and the terminal part very

than the 2nd, joint considerably larger loped, consisting of

with the 1st basal

5 well-defined joints carrying

fully deve-

claw-like, anteriorly curving

spines.

The

legs

(figs.

10, 11) are all natatory,

9,

the whole, those in the genus

The

ful.

1st pair

(fig.

joint exhibits outside

in structure resemble,

Augaptilm, though comparatively

have the basal part bent

9)

so that these legs extend

and

more

laterally

in

less

power-

a peculiar manner,

than the other pairs.

The

1st basal

a very conspicuous rounded protuberance, and the 2nd

has, at the outer corner, a slender bristle not found in the other pairs.

rami closely agree the very

except

The

in structure

same number

much

likewise exhibit that the

of spines

of

spine

and

The 3 succeeding

setae.

outer

the

ramus

are,

however,

is

(fig.

from the next

smaller,

and the

terminal joint of the outer ramus has only 3 natatory setae instead of

2 spines outside, instead of joints its

3.

On

the outer,

and

its

2nd

joint

The

Occurrence.

The

5,

and

the other hand, each of the 2 preceding

has a perfectly normal natatory

usual plumose seta inside.

10)

comparatively smaller.

somewhat

as usual,

pairs

above-mentioned form,

the

in

last pair of legs (fig. 11) are scarcely different in structure

They

The

with those in Augaptilus glacialis, and have

the same structure as

apical

preceding ones.

on

seta,

inner

and the

ramus

is

1st basal joint also

scarcely half as long as

has only a single natatory

above-described

specimen

has

seta.

was found

in

a sample

taken between March 26th and April 4th, 1895, about midway along the route of the 'Fram',

been lowered

and to

in

about the 84th degree of

a depth

of

130 metres.

latitude,

the tow-net having

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

5.]

99

SPECIES.

Fam. TEMORID^E. Gen. Metridia, Boeck.

Remarks. nearly allied to

This genus, established

Pleuromma

of Glaus,

viz.,

forms were very insufficiently

is

very

the chief difference being the absence

Boeck records 2 species

of the lateral eye (luminous organ?).

from the Norwegian coast,

year 1864 by Boeck,

in the

of this

genus

M. armata and M. lucens; but both these characterised. The first-named species has

subsequently been identified by Dr. Giesbrecht with Calanus longus of Lubbock, whereas the 2nd species has not been recognized. that

is

it

same

the

species

as

To

Robertson as M. Mbernica.

I believe,

that subsequently described

however,

by Brady and

2 species Dr. Giesbrecht has added

these

6 new species, one from the Faroe channel, the others from the tropical parts

one species of

home from

In the samples brought

of the oceans.

Nansen Expedition,

genus occurred in great abundance.

this

21.

Metridia longa (Lubbock). (PI.

Syn:

Remarks.

the

that

think

I

XXIX).

Metridia armata, Boeck. Dr.

Giesbrecht

is

quite

right

in

identifying

Boeck's species with Calanus longus of Lubbock, and as the specific

name

proposed by Lubbock

to

is

The

termed as above.

the older one,

well

for

known,

can be dispensed with.

species

ought hereafter

be

occurrence of this form in the Arctic Ocean has been

already stated by several authors, ciently

the

and the species may therefore be

which reason

I

think

any

suffi-

detailed description of

As, however, no good illustrations of

it

it

exist, I give

on the accompanying plate exact figures of both sexes, together with some

drawn from specimens procured during

details,

all

dition.

The average

figures

length of adult females

is

Nansen Expeabout the same

the

4'30 mm., or

as that of Norwegian specimens.

Occurrence. of the

down

samples to

This form occurred rather abundantly

(14),

a depth

Distribution.

of

in the

and was taken both from the surface

greater

number

of the sea

and

300 metres. Coast of Norway,

very abundant in the great depths of

the fjords, below 100 fathoms, Arctic Ocean, Spitsbergen, the

Kara

Sea.

100

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. O.

Gen. Temorites,

Form

Generic Characters.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

n.

body short and robust.

of

with

confluent

ment

well defined,

one.

Front without any rostrum or tentacular appendages.

and composed with a small,

in

last

4,

in

male

number

of

setae.

female

limited

right antenna in

pedigerous segment

of

part, lamelliform,

inner

ramus

shaped.

ramus

the inner

biarticulate

3-articulate, the outer

rami

ramus

palp comparatively

Maxillae with the palp im-

Anterior maxillipeds exceedingly

setae.

distal spines

Posterior maxillipeds normal.

1st

very

much

elongated and claw-

legs rather small, with

pair of

the 3 succeeding pairs well developed, with both

;

Last pair of legs in both sexes

one very strong.

and

in female 3-articulate, with the terminal joint long simple, not biramous,

narrow, spiniferous at the

right leg in

tip;

the 3rd joint lamellarly expanded,

claw;

left

Remarks. Temoridce.

new genus

apparent approach

to

in

and carrying

left,

with

at the tip a strong, incurved

straight apical spine.

only provisionally placed in the family

is

very materially in some respects from the other

It differs, in fact,

known genera comprised

male much larger than

and carrying a

leg tapered distally,

This

;

outer not defined from the basal

obsolete,

with strong curved

and powerful, with the

large

24-articulate

Mandibles well developed,

of the inner.

large, with the inner ramus the more prominent.

perfectly developed,

Caudal rami very

antennae

Anterior

the outer ones unguiform,

cutting teeth rather dissimilar,

Tail symmetrical,

Posterior antenna with the outer

male prehensile.

and about the length

7-articulate,

of 5 segments.

Cephalic segthe penultimate

this

family,

the Pontellidce.

and

in certain points

exhibits

The genus comprises as

an

yet but a

single species, to be described below.

22.

Temorites brevis, (PL

Specific Characters. anterior

division l

exceeding very

considerably

XXX, XXXI). in

both sexes very short and stout, with the

tumefied,

and oval

of the length of the anterior division,

sharply marked off

others.

an

/a

Body

n. sp.

in

form.

Tail scarcely

and having the segments

from each other, anal segment smaller than the

Caudal rami of very small

size,

unciliated bristle at the inner corner.

each with only 3 plumose

setae,

and

Anterior antennae about the length

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

anterior division of the body,

of the in

and rather densely

proximal part; right prehensile antenna

their

in

composed of only 4

part, preceding the geniculation,

101

SPECIES.

setiferous, especially

male with the dilated the last of

articulations,

which has anteriorly a deep, semilunar emargination defined by 2 spiniform

which the proximal

of

projections,

longer and 5-articulate,

a

to

riorly

rather

is

terminal part

and projecting

1st joint fusiform,

hamiform prominence.

small

strong,

at

especially large in

ramus very strong and coarsely

denticulate

Last pair of legs in female with the terminal joint almost twice the

outside.

narrow

length of the other 2 combined,

and carrying at the

linear in form,

2 unequal spines, the inner one the larger and somewhat incurved.

tip

male with the 3rd

leg of this pair in

and carrying

some

at

distance from the base a small spine;

with a small spine outside the terminal spine.

male 1'05

This form,

new

at

first

Description length

the

of

body

I'lO mm., and this form

and

longa,

is

in

is

so

which

far is

occurring

with in

the

and the posterior

reality

the

XXX,

figs.

middle. is

The

of about the

size.

1

&

2)

is

very short

(fig.

1),

The

anterior

exhibits a rather regular

almost equalling half the length, and

anterior extremity appears obtusely rounded,

same

width,

middle,

with the lateral corners rounded

defined,

whereas the

last

exceed

not

with the preceding species, Metridia

and, seen dorsally

greatest width

very different

does

grown specimens

one of the most slender of known Calanoids.

division is rather tumid

oval form,

exhibiting a similar

Female.

accordingly of rather small

greatly contrasting

the above-

also of very inferior size.

of the

fully

in

however,

is,

general form of the body (see PI.

stout,

leg likewise

left

somewhat resembles

sight,

It

as regards the structural details, and

The

outer part

Length of adult female I'lO mm.,

of Heterochceta (H. compacta),

species

short and compact form of body.

The

its

mm.

Remarks. described

Right

joint irregularly oval in form, exhibiting

outside 2 angular prominences, terminal claw abruptly curved in

of

end ante-

the

3rd and 4th pairs of legs with a

deflexed spine at the outer corner of the 2nd basal joint, the 3rd pair, apical spine of outer

rather

off.

and

slightly

The

emarginated

cephalic segment

in the is

well

2 pedigerous segments are imperfectly separated.

102

The

front

The

tail

(fig.

the anterior

7)

comparatively short, scarcely exceeding in length Vs

is

division,

and

is

divided

and narrower than the

and

others,

or anal segment,

last,

is

somewhat

and each carry only 3 plumose

is

or genital segment, as usual,

1st,

The

side at the junction with the caudal rami.

one

4 segments, which are very

into

The

The

but slightly protuberant below.

the 3rd from

the slightest

though shorter than the 2 succeeding ones combined, and

the largest,

form,

is

be detected.

to

sharply marked off from each other. is

[NORW. POL. EXP.

not produced below to any rostral prominence, nor

any tentacular filaments

trace of

of

is

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. 0.

a

latter

are very small, lamelli-

2 of which issue from the

seta?,

and the innermost the

the longest,

both shorter

obliquely truncated on each

Of these

of the outer edge.

distinct ledge

is

is

setae

tip,

the middle

In addition, the usual

shortest.

unciliated bristle occurs at the inner corner of each ramus.

No

trace of

The

any eye could be detected

anterior

antennae

division of the body, is

however,

4)

(fig.

are

and are composed

so very small,

as easily

in the

preserved specimens.

of

24

to

than

longer

scarcely

the anterior

articulations, the last of which,

be overlooked.

They are

rather

thickly clothed anteriorly with delicate bristles, especially in their proximal part.

The

posterior antennae (PL

basal part

is

The mal

inner joint

anteriorly

and has

rather thick,

tively short ciliated setae,

ramus

is

XXXI,

at

the

at

fig.

the

1)

are

end

normally developed. of the 1st joint

The

a compara-

end of the 2nd joint 2 much longer

setae.

about twice the length of the basal part, with the proxi-

somewhat compressed, and provided at some distance from the end The distal joint, as usual, is lamelliform and with a short seta.

unequally bilobed, carrying about 12 slender setae arranged in a flabelliform

manner.

The

outer

ramus

is

into 7 well-defined articulations.

the 2nd, with which

it

is

Of these the

rounded protuberance.

is

somewhat

divided

larger

The 4 succeeding

and combined are scarcely as long as the terminal

This ramus carries 3 apical and 5

The

1st

is

anterior

than

connected along a very oblique suture, and projects

at the base anteriorly as a

are very small,

about the length of the inner, and

and posterior

lips

joints joint.

lateral setae.

(PL

XXX,

fig.

6)

exhibit quite a normal

appearance.

The mandibles (PL XXXI, part

somewhat expanded, and

fig.

2) are well developed,

divided

at the

end

with the masticatory

into several teeth.

These

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

are rather dissimilar,

some being

The outermost

hair-like.

tooth

bidentate at the the largest,

is

The

the others by a deep incision.

palp

is

103

SPECIES.

some

tip,

simple,

and some

ungniform, and separated from

is

rather large, with the basal part

and somewhat produced at the inner corner, carrying, setae. The inner ramus is well defined at the base, and

comparatively broad inside,

3

ciliated

somewhat beyond

projects

The met

3) differ

(fig.

somewhat

is

quite normally developed.

in their structure

from that usually

The

with, especially as regards their distal part or the palp.

lobe site

maxilla?

the outer, which

is

and

well developed,

vibratory plate

armed with about 8

likewise distinct,

is

the maxilla

of

distal part

is

is

carrying 4 long

The oppoThe plumose setae.

and terminates

rather produced,

masticatory

ciliated spines.

in

a broadly

rounded lamella edged with 9 remarkably strong and curved plumose This lamella no doubt represents the outer ramus; the

at

defined

Between

base.

however, not at

is,

and the masticatory

lamella

this

it

setae.

lobe,

all

the

inner edge exhibits 3 successive conical projections, each tipped with a single

plumose

The outermost

seta.

from the other

may answer

2,

found

ferous lobules

of these projections,

in

to the inner

which

somewhat remote

is

ramus, the other 2

to the seti-

most Calanoids between the masticatory lobe and

the palp.

The

anterior maxillipeds

recalling

those

the

in

The

Pontdlidce.

edge are rather unequal in being wholly confluent.

4) are very powerfully developed,

(fig.

size,

The

and only 4

digitiform in

racter is also exhibited part.

of

the

anterior

number, the 2 proximal ones

springing from these lobes are also rather

setae

unequal, rapidly increasing in size distally, one

outermost lobe being very

lobes

somewhat

much prolonged and

of

the

3

belonging

claw-shaped.

A

to

similar cha-

by 4 of the spines issuing from the short terminal

All these claw-like spines are abruptly curved in their distal part

finely denticulate

along

the

the

concave edge,

their length

and

being almost twice

that of the stem of the maxilliped.

The

posterior maxillipeds

(fig.

same type as

are built upon the

are far less robust, and, on the whole,

5)

in

the other Temoridce,

being somewhat lamellarly expanded,

composed

of

Of the

the 2 basal joints

and the terminal part very

5 well-defined articulations clothed with slender legs,

very different.

flexible,

setae.

5th pair being only the 4 anterior pairs are natatory, the

104

The

1st pair of legs

The

other respects from the 3 succeeding pairs.

plumose seta

and at the inner corner

inside,

and has the

part,

has

1st basal joint

of the

2nd basal

The

deflexed seta occurs, not found in the other pairs.

what longer than the basal

[NORW. POL. EXP.

comparatively small, and also differ in

7) are

(fig.

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. O.

joint

ramus

outer

usual

its

another is

some-

2 joints rather broad, each

first

carrying inside a natatory seta, but without any trace of spines outside. last joint is

somewhat

shorter than the other 2 combined,

rower, ^having likewise the outer edge unarmed;

and at the

inside,

and

the outer, It

The

attached.

is

spine

is

setae,

The 3 succeeding and much larger than

ramus

inner

composed

5 natatory

carries

a slender spine,

tip

none

pairs

In

all

and

others,

in all

and

found

exist

to

more than twice as

being

is

armed tip

(fig.

9)

10)

joint

is

a

similar,

much

but

inside with

5

setee,

Thus

pairs.

2 of which issue outside

some minor the

in is

differences are

2nd pair

(fig.

8),

the

replaced by a short spine,

a very strong deflexed spine occurs at the outer

corner of the 2nd basal joint, (fig.

longer than the

is

considerably larger than the

last joint

closer comparison, however,

between these 3

in the 3rd pair

large as the

with a long spine coarsely denticulate outside.

natatory seta of the 1st joint of the outer ramus

and

ramus

outside with 3 short spines,

3 pairs carries 10 natatory

On a

the last joint.

the larger.

is

10) are essentially of similar structure,

(figs. 8, 9,

ramus has likewise the

inner

half as long as

the last of which

joints,

smaller

the 1st, with both rami distinctly 3-articulate, and the

and at the

natatory set,

The

more than

scarcely

the 3 pairs the terminal joint of this

other 2 combined,

much

setse

which issue from the outer edge.

of

outer one very strongly developed, inner.

4 natatory

carries

it

rather nar-

is

outside which another is

2

of only

and

The

not found in the 2nd pair. shorter spine

is

present,

In

the

4th

pair

whereas the 1st basal

without the usual plumose seta inside.

The

last

pair

of

legs

(fig.

11)

are very different from the others,

forming a simple stem composed of 3 the basal part,

the 3rd

joints,

the outer ramus.

of

The

which the latter

is

elongated, almost twice as long as the other 2 combined,

carrying at the incurved.

tip

first

each

2 represent

very slender and

and

linear in form,

2 unequal spines, the inner one the longer and somewhat

Otherwise these legs are quite naked.

The adult male

(PI.

XXX,

fig.

scarcely exceeding a length of 1*05

3) is

mm.

somewhat smaller than

the female,

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

It is

105

SPECIES.

not very unlike the female, as regards the general form of the body,

though easily recognizable by the structure of the right anterior antenna, the last

pair

of

legs,

more regularly

and the

cylindrical in

comparatively narrower and

latter is

form than

none

well-defined segments,

The

tail.

the female,

in

which distinguishes

of

and

is

divided into 5

by any consider-

itself

able size.

The at

about the

antenna

anterior

right

distal

3rd part of

the geniculation rather

its

very distinctly geniculate

and has the 4

length,

articulations preceding

and containing a strong muscle acting upon

dilated,

Of these

the terminal part.

is

(see figs. 3, 5)

the last

articulations,

is

distinguished by

conspicuous semilunar emargination of the anterior edge,

by a very strong spiniform process, and

The

size. is

terminal part

composed

fusiform

in

is

of smaller

considerably longer than the dilated portion, and

of 5 articulations, the 1st of

shape,

defined proximally

by another process

distally

a very

at

projecting

which

end

the

is

the largest, and

anteriorly

in

somewhat

a small hamiform

prominence.

The

their structure with those

The

last pair of legs

different, and,

copulation.

oral

antennae,

posterior

The 2

XXXI,

12),

fig.

both

In

a

legs

movably connected with each

biarticulate basal part

other, the distal

Not the

can be detected in either of the two part in the right leg

is

some

The

latter is

at all

piece of the terminal

and containing a strong muscle,

transformed into a powerful incurved

distance from the base, a small spine.

the proximal piece of the terminal part

and not

an inner ramus

very large, lamellarly expanded, and of an irregular oval

acting upon the distal piece. at

one more properly representing

slightest trace of

form, with 2 angular prominences outside,

carrying,

can be distinguished,

The proximal

legs.

much

ramus, and consisting of 2 pieces,

to the outer

2 firmly connected articulations.

part,

on the other hand, are rather

legs are rather unequally developed, the right being

and a terminal part answering

leg,

exactly agree in

as usual, transformed into a prehensile apparatus, subservient to

the stronger.

claw,

legs

in the female.

appendages (PI.

and natatory

parts,

dilated,

is

On

the

left

scarcely longer than the basal

the inner edge being slightly insinuated in the

middle, and clothed with delicate

cilia.

The

distal piece is of

about the same

length as the proximal one, and terminates in a straight, denticulated spine, outside which a

much

smaller spine

is

attached. 14

106

G. 0.

CRUSTACEA.

was found

This form

Occurrence.

SARS.

in

[NORW. POL. EXP.

7 of the samples, taken on the

following dates:

March 22nd, 1894, between March 26th and April

May

May

22nd, 1894,

12th, 1895.

One

of

7th, 1895,

these

4th, 1894,

June 25th, 1895, July 30th, 1895, November

samples

the others from depths between 100

was taken from

the surface of the sea,

and 200 metres.

Fam. 23.

Acartia longiremis,

Some few specimens

of this

well-known form were found

taken October 13th, 1893, north of the Distribution. Isles, coast of

(Lilljeborg).

New

Siberian Islands.

coast, Kattegat, the Baltic,

Norwegian

a sample

in

Bay

of Kiel, British

France.

CYCLOPOIDA. Tribe:

ISOKERANDRIA.

Fam. ONC.EIDJE. Gen. Onccea, Philippi. Antaria, Dana.

Syn:

This genus was established by Philippi as early as

Remarks.

in

the

year 1843, to include a peculiar Cyclopoid Copepod from the Mediterranean, 0. venusta, Phil.

Another

species,

was subsequently added than 8 additional species, some

0. mediterranea,

by Glaus, and Dr. Giesbrecht records no less from the Mediterranean, some from the tropical parts

many

myself,

and

this

cies

form has turned out

1

to

oceans.

I

be identical with one of the Mediterranean In

by Dr. Giesbrecht as 0. conifera.

most easterly part

of this

the

years ago, observed a species off the south coast of Norway,

species described in the

of

of the polar basin traversed

genus were found

in great

abundance.

some samples taken

by the 'Fram', 2 spe-

One

of

these

is

iden-

The corresponding subfamily is termed by Dr. Giesbrecht Parapontellina ; but Acartia is of much older date than Parapontella, the family ought more properly be named from that genus.

as to

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

tical

with

other

is

the

formerly observed off the Norwegian coast,

species

and the

indistinguishable from a species recently described by Dr. Giesbrecht

from great depths

more

107

SPECIES.

in

of the Pacific

below.

detail

may

It

The

Ocean.

will

latter species

be described

be here noted, that a species of this genus

has been recorded (1875) by Prof. Lilljeborg from Mossel Bay in Spitsbergen,

and by Mr. Bourne (1885) from Plymouth,

both

in

cases

determined as

0. mediterranea, Glaus.

Onccea notopus, Giesbrecht.

24.

XXXII,

(PL

figs.

1-14).

Onccea notopus, Giesbrecht, Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel: gische Copepoden, p. 600, Specific Characters.

sion rather tumid, the length,

rounded.

etc.,

PL

47, figs. 12, 15, 45.

Body comparatively

oblong oval in form,

and occurring

robust, with the anterior divi-

greatest width about equalling half

in front of the middle,

anterior extremity narrowly

Tail not attaining half the length of the anterior division,

segment longer than the remaining as long as they are broad,

Pela-

part.

Caudal rami

genital

short, not nearly twice

innermost apical seta longer than the outermost.

Anterior antennae with the proximal joints rather broad and compressed, 3rd joint

about the length of the 2 preceding ones combined.

Posterior antennae

with the terminal joint comparatively short, scarcely more than half the length of the penultimate one,

and having the 2 groups

Posterior

close together.

maxillipeds comparatively strong,

than the palm, and coarsely denticulate inside, spinulose and rather strong. dric piece, carrying

wards.

Length

Remarks.

of anteriorly-curving setae

the 2 palmar spines likewise

Last pair of legs forming each a slender cylin-

2 subequal spines on the

of adult female 0'70

Neither in

dactylus shorter

the

tip,

and extended obliquely up-

mm.

3 figures given by Dr. Giesbrecht (body of

female in outline, seen from the side and from above, and the maxilliped),

nor

in

whatever between question,

and

I

am

descriptive notes, can

his his

species

0.

notopus

specific character

of legs,

which

is

and

any

the

posterior

point of difference

polar

form

here

in

therefore induced to believe that these two forms are in

fact identical, in spite of their widely

uous

I find

left

is

remote occurrence.

The most

undoubtedly the peculiar structure of the

exactly the

same

in the

2 forms.

conspiclast pair

108

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. 0.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

Description of the Female. The average

of the

in fully adult

body

is

specimens

mm.

0'70

on the other hand, gives the length as 0'95 mm., and

Dr. Giesbrecht,

difference in size

the 2 forms.

length

might perhaps give

rise to

some doubt about

this

the identity of

As, however, in the next species also, the length given by Dr.

Giesbrecht considerably exceeds that of polar specimens, and, moreover, Dr.

Giesbrecht himself has proved, in the case of some other species, rather a

wide range of variation in

this

respect,

no great stress can,

my

in

opinion,

be laid upon this difference.

of

The general form of the body (see figs. 1 & the other known species, is rather short and

robust,

somewhat tumefied and, seen

anterior division is

as compared with that

2),

The

subpyriform.

dorsally

of oblong

1),

(fig.

oval form, with the greatest width equal to about half the length, and occurring rather in front of the middle. the 1st of which

much

is

It is

posterior

than

so that the

to

rounded anteriorly,

it

anterior

the

extremely small and sharply marked off

Cydopoida, very movably connected with

has more the appearance of belonging

The

division.

and projects

behind which

nence,

is

others, being, as in other

the preceding one,

of 6 well-defined segments,

the largest, exceeding in length the 2 succeeding ones

combined, whereas the last segment

from the

composed

in

front

in

is

segment

cephalic

a small deflexed

to the

evenly

rostral promi-

lower edges of the segment form on each side a

perfectly even curve.

The

much

tail

(see fig. 4) is scarcely half as long as the anterior division,

narrower, sub-cylindric in form.

of which,

the genital segment,

This segment generally

is

the

gradually

case,

than

number

the

next

much

somewhat

has the 2 genital

specimens, the 2 ovisacs were limited

is

still

It is

one,

larger

dilated orifices

than in

all

front,

in

4 segments, the 1st

the others combined.

unlike

and,

on the dorsal

The anal segment

and exhibits

at

the

rangular, thin-skinned area, containing the anal orifice. rather small,

is

what

is

In a few

side.

adhering to them, each containing a very

of ova, generally only 4.

preceding

of

composed

and

end

is

a

little

dorsally

larger

a quad-

The caudal rami

are

not nearly twice as long as they are broad, and are separated

the middle by a distinct interspace.

Each ramus

carries

which issue close together from the transversely truncated

tip,

5

setee,

4 of

the 5th from

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

a ledge of the outer edge, rather very small, and this

The innermost

The

middle ones.

what exceeding

about twice as long, and

much

latter are

distinctly ciliated, like the

longer than the others, though

half the length of the

ramus

each

of

latter seta

is

2

somewhat

inner one being considerably longer than the outer, and some-

the

unequal,

is

The

in front of the middle.

also the case with the outermost of the apical setae.

is

seta

109

SPECIES.

an

bristle

delicate

extremely

Moreover, from the dorsal face

tail.

not

arises,

indicated

in

the figure.

No

of eyes

trace

these organs

The

be detected, and, indeed, the total absence of

to

is

a character common

is

anterior antennae

(fig.

to all the species of this genus.

3) are shorter

are angularly bent at the base.

They

are composed of only 6 articulations,

3 proximal ones constituting a basal

the

The 3

defined terminal part.

The 2nd

geniculate bend.

It

The

in size.

and

gradually widening distally,

slender bristles.

the 3

division,

1st joint

at

carries

4 slender

bristles,

somewhat is

dilated

constricted

at

end anteriorly 2

the

which

joint is larger than the 1st, with

carries

ones a well-

distal

joints of the basal division are

and compressed, but rather unequal the base,

than the cephalic segment, and

it

forms a

one of which issues near the

base from a distinct ledge of the anterior edge, the other 3 from the end.

The 3rd

is

joint

gradually tapers

about the length of the 2 preceding ones combined, and

somewhat

distally.

the middle of the anterior edge,

part

is

bined.

is

The 3

shorter than the 3rd basal joint,

much

the largest,

and

about equalling

about

terminal

posterior antennae

joints, the 1st of

(fig.

4)

3 joints composing the other 2 com-

bristles,

5 of which

form each a simple curved stem, consisting

which constitutes the basal

part, the other

The

basal joint

bristle.

The 2nd

is

oblong

joint is shorter than the

but rather broad, fusiformly dilated, and quite naked.

more than

2 the inner

the anterior edge bulging considerably in the middle,

and carrying at the end a slender

scarcely

articulation.

tip.

and gently curved, with

is

of the

in length

ramus, no trace of an outer ramus being present.

1st,

The

bristle at the end.

This part carries several very long and slender

issue from the

of

bristles at

and connected with the basal part by a veiy mobile

somewhat

the 1st

it,

and another

2 successive

very sharply marked off from the basal part, being greatly constricted

at the base, It is

It carries

half

as long

as the

2nd,

and

The

terminal joint

carries 10 spiniform,

110

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. 0.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

anteriorly-curving setse, 6 of which issue close together from the

4 from a

The

only separated by a very short interspace.

setae are

groups of

rather a long distance from the antennae,

at

oral orifice occurs,

the tip

an obtuse protuberance projecting from about the middle

of

ventral face of the cephalic

segment

a

slight chitinous lamella,

it

the extremely small mandibles

The mandibles

(fig.

piece, the extremity of

panied by a slender maxillee

membranous and 4 such itself

which

in

6)

bounded

is

is

are

their place.

but highly chitinized

along one of their edges, and each accomis

palp

each

wholly absent. than

smaller

a

carrying

the

mandibles, ciliated

single

ance, and extend obliquely

bristle

to the

(fig.

7)

so

in front,

This piece, which

articulated.

2 claw-like

teeth,

comb-like manner.

is

no considerable

of

fringed along one edge

The

teeth are

tip

spines.

that their extremities project at the

They each consist of a thick, muscular which a more highly chitinized and incurved piece

end of

inside,

originate just behind the buccal protuber-

of the oral orifice.

sides

and more

attached to a slight lamellar expansion, the

anterior maxillipeds

by

side of

abruptly incurved, and produced to 2 strong

still

outside,

at

of the

in front

and on each

being conically produced and incurved, with 2 small apical

The

in

It

and maxillae have

The

structure,

bristles

2).

fig.

each form a very small,

5)

bristle.

(fig.

(see

representing the anterior lip;

finely denticulated

cutting teeth,

The

These 2

the anterior edge near the base.

of

slight protuberance

the other

tip,

basal part, is

movably

size, projects at the end

with closely-set denticles in a

somewhat unequal

in size,

the outer one

being the larger; and, as in the mandibles, they are both accompanied by

a slender

The

bristle.

posterior maxillipeds

anterior, are rather powerful,

the basal part, a dilated hand, of being impinged.

The hand

is

denticulated

The

(fig. 8),

which originate immediately behind the

and pronouncedly prehensile, exhibiting besides

upon which a

basal part

is

strong, claw-like dactylus admits

quite simple,

without any armature.

twice as long as the basal part, and oval in form, with 2 strong, spines

inside.

The

dactylus

is

very strong,

somewhat shorter

than the palm, and coarsely denticulated along the inner edge.

Of

legs,

5 pairs are present, the 4 anterior ones being natatory, whereas

the last pair are simple.

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

5.]

The natatory

legs

(figs.

912)

SPECIES.

Ill

are built upon the Cyclopoid type,

the

basal part being very broad and lamellar, and both rami distinctly 3-articulate,

and not

differing

much

by a broad chitinous

plate,

In each pair the 2 legs are held together

intercalated

between the 1st basal

admit of simultaneous movement (see

to

only

in size.

same

are of essentially the

minor differences to describe

The

structure,

yet,

a closer comparison, several

on

be found to exist between them, making

may

1st pair of legs

On

(fig. 9)

spine attached to

the other hand,

a small

2nd

On

it.

than

the

the basal part is fully as large,

The

Each

ramus

inside,

issuing from distinct ledges of the outer edge, spines, both in this

The

serrated rim.

and the succeeding

ramus

inner

is

5

a spine

which belong

of

same

of the

The 2nd

longer and also

about the length of the

joint

a strong spine, but only

The

the 4th from the

pairs, are bordered

3

of

finely

and has

cilia,

carries

them

All the

tip.

by a hyaline,

fringed outside with delicate It

any

terminal joint has 4

in length distally,

the terminal joint as long as the other 2 combined. setae,

little

the 1st joint being devoid of

and 4 spines gradually increasing

setee,

natatory

a

is

seta, both in this and the 3 succeeding pairs.

such

and

with a straight, deflexed

of the latter carries outside

has a natatory seta

joint

outer

and has the terminal

inner,

in the

the outer side of this joint, as in the 3 succeeding

bristle is attached.

other 2 combined. the

necessary

have the rami somewhat shorter than

has the inner corner of the 2nd joint rectangular,

broader

it

each pair separately.

succeeding pairs.

pairs,

Although these legs

9).

fig.

so as

joints,

7 natatory

moreover, has at the

to the terminal joint, which,

tip

structure as those of the outer ramus.

pair of legs

(fig. 10),

like the

2 succeeding pairs, have the inner

corner of the 2nd basal joint produced to a short acute projection, but without

any

spine.

Both rami are more elongated, and

of

about equal

size,

the

terminal joint in both being considerably longer than the other 2 combined.

The number

of spines

on the outer ramus

is

the

same as

but the terminal joint has one additional natatory seta.

has only 6 such

On

setae,

one on the

1st,

in the 1st pair,

The

inner

2 on the 2nd, and 3 on the

ramus

last joint.

the other hand, there are 3 spines on the terminal joint, 2 of which issue

from the

tip,

The 3rd

the 3rd from a ledge of the outer edge. pair

of

legs

(fig.

11)

have the rami

still

more elongated, the

outer one differing from that of the 2nd pair in the absence of the proximal

112

.

4th pair of legs

(fig.

beyond the

have the outer ramus exactly as

12)

whereas the inner ramus

pair,

is

much

This ramus also

outer.

last pair of legs (see figs.

having only a single natatory

differs in

and simple

small

very

in

structure,

basal segment of the trunk.

are biarticulate

but in

;

the

it,

which in

base of the distal

issuing

present form,

and

in

other

somewhat

base.

Cyclopoida,

laterally

the proximal joint

only indicated

is

this case issues

The

joint.

as

14),

its

are

from the

In most other Cyclopoida the legs of this pair

consolidated with the segment,

belonging to

&

13

in the 3rd

narrower, and projects considerably

seta inside the terminal joint, attached at a short distance from

The

setae

1

inside the last joint

The

[NORW. POL. EXP.

one in having only 2 natatory

inner

the

terminal joint, spine of the

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. 0.

is

completely

by the slender bristle

from the segment

itself,

outside the

known

latter is rather unlike that in the other

species of this genus, forming a slender cylindric piece provided at the tip with

2 subequal

when

dorsally,

This piece extends obliquely upwards,

setae.

the

animal

viewed

is

name notopus, proposed by Dr. The adult male is much

laterally

(fig.

2):

so

as

hence

to

the

project specific

Giesbrecht for this species. smaller

resembles that of the next species (conf.

than the female, and on the whole It is easily to

fig. 15).

be distinguished

from the female by the more powerfully developed posterior maxillipeds, and

by the structure

of the

tail.

The

latter is

ments, the 1st of which, the genital segment,

is

greatly tumefied,

and gener-

2 vesicular spermatophores ready

ally contains, within its lateral parts,

evacuated.

composed of 5 well-defined seg-

to

be

During copulation, the male grasps the female with his powerful

boundary between the

posterior maxillipeds dorsally at the

the trunk and the genital segment;

locked together in this

the 2 sexes

manner even

after

last

segment of

are not infrequently found

having been preserved in alcohol

(conf. fig. 15).

Occurrence.

This

form

occurred

very

taken on the 13th October, 1893, north of the

abundantly

New

in

some samples

Siberian Islands, the tow-

net having been lowered to a depth of 50 metres.

Distribution.

down

*

to

Pacific Ocean,

between 90 and 124 W., 11 N. and 3

1000 metres (Giesbrecht).

In the figure here given, 3 such setae are, by a mistake, delineated.

S.,

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

1

13

Onccea com/era, Giesbrecht.

25.

XXXII,

(PI.

Onccea conifera, Giesbrecht,

1.

c.

figs.

600.

p.

15, 16).

PI. 2, fig.

etc.,

10

;

PI. 47, figs. 4, 16,

42, 55.

34-38,

21, 28,

SPECIES.

Body comparatively more

Specific Characters.

slender

than

in

the

preceding species, greatest width of anterior division not nearly attaining half the length.

1st pedigerous

segment

Tail about half the length of the anterior divi-

spicuous coniform gibbosity. sion,

genital

segment scarcely longer than the remaining part

Caudal rami

twice as long

fully

nearly twice the length of the terminal part. joint

almost as

curving

setae

as

long

the

produced at the

Last pair of legs

fairly well

the

rather

it

is

of the palm,

at least

also,

to

a triangular

with the distal joint short,

small,

gibbosity

having given

Giesbrecht. points,

of anteriorly-

palmar

Length in

projection.

not pro-

oval,

of adult female 0'75

the female sex,

is

It

also

mentioned

not, I think,

in

rise differs

to

of the 1st pedigerous segment,

the

from

specific

the

its

conifera,

preceding species

the above diagnosis.

needed to show

name

Any more

identity

mm.

distinguished

from the other species by an easily observable character,

peculiar

indeed,

This form

dorsal

and

2nd, 3rd and 4th pairs of legs with the inner ramus

jecting dorsally, apical setae very unequal.

Remarks.

seta

Posterior maxillipeds

interspace.

between the 2 apical spines,

tip,

apical

Posterior antennae with the last

and about the length

with the dactylus rather slender, spines likewise slender.

innermost

and having the 2 groups

2nd,

by a rather long

separated

tail.

than the 2 preceding ones combined,

3rd joint longer

notopus,

as they are broad,

the

of

Anterior antennae comparatively narrower than

shorter than the outermost. in 0.

female exhibiting dorsally a very con-

in

this

viz.,

character,

proposed by Dr. in

several

other

detailed description of

with the form recorded by Dr.

Giesbrecht.

Occurrence. in

in the

same samples,

which the preceding species occurred. Distribution.

87

This form was found rather plentifully

and 132

Coast of Norway, Mediterranean, Pacific Ocean, between

W., 13

N. and 3

S.,

down

to

4000 metres (Giesbrecht). 15

114

G. 0.

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

Gen. Lubbockia, Glaus. This genus was established in the year 1863 by Prof. Glaus,

Remarks. to

a peculiar pelagic Copepod found

include

Another

species,

L. aculeata, has recently been added to this by Dr. Gies-

North of the Mediterranean, however, neither

the tropical parts of the oceans.

to

Messina, L. squillimana.

both forms having been stated by the same author to occur also in

brecht,

of

at

them have ever been recorded, and the genus has therefore been supposed have quite a southern distribution. It was therefore very surprising to

find this

genus represented

allied to

one

The

in the Polar

2 previously

of the

present genus

known

Sea by a well-marked

species, closely

forms.

same family as Onccea,

the

to

undoubtedly belongs

though differing rather markedly, both in the presence of only a single (dorsal) ovisac,

and

exhibit a

posterior antennae,

pronounced resemblance

appendages in the genus lAchomolgus, Torell, well It

known,

is,

live

indeed,

The

in the structure of the oral parts.

a parasitic

life

within

the

latter,

as also the

structure

in

the species

those

to

of which,

as

is

branchial cavity of Ascidians.

very probable, that the species both of the present genus and

that of Onccea, lead

a semi-parasitic existence on some pelagic animals; but

as yet, their hosts have not been ascertained.

Lubbockia

26.

glacialis. n. sp.

(PL XXXIII).

?

Specific Characters. anterior

division

somewhat tumid and, seen

somewhat more attenuated behind than rounded,

in

rod-like,

about equalling

smooth,

without

any

in

circlets

dilated in its anterior part,

the preceding one.

and narrow

of

/a

slightly

of

denticles

the

anterior extremity evenly

emarginated behind,

Tail exceedingly narrow 2

with

the

anterior

behind,

and elongated,

division,

genital

with

segments

segment

slightly

anal segment scarcely more than half as long as

Caudal rami about twice the length of the anal segment,

linear in form,

about in

length

and elongated,

dorsally, oblong oval in form,

front,

penultimate pedigerous segment

the lateral corners scarcely produced.

occurring

slender

Body very

the

with very long bristles,

pointing straight behind,

middle.

seta of

the outer edge

Anterior antennae 7-articulate, and clothed

among which a number

of

very delicate sensory

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

filaments

be discerned.

may

Posterior antennae with the terminal joint long

and narrow, with 6 comparatively

much

another

and

short, anteriorly-curving apical seta?,

longer seta issuing from a distinct ledge inside the

Pos-

tip.

with the hand perfectly smooth, dactylus long and slender,

terior maxillipeds

Natatory legs with the spines of the outer ramus

denticulated inside.

finely

115

SPECIES.

very slender, the apical one almost attaining the length of the whole ramus, all

bordered with a hyaline, smooth rim.

the 2 apical spines of the

same

larger one reaching only a

female 2'45

of adult

Length

Remarks.

known

species,

beyond the middle

little

to L.

aculeata than

from the former, however,

differs materially,

of

in the relative length

to

in the per-

these seg-

Moreover, on a closer comparison, some minor differences

found to exist

may

be

in the structural details.

Description

the

of the genital segment.

with either of the 2 hitherto

fully

though approaching somewhat nearer It

the

legs,

mm.

smooth caudal segments, as also

ments.

and

on the natatory

structure as those

This form does not agree

L. squillimana. fectly

Last pair of legs rather small, with

of the

Female.

The

length of the body in fully adult specimens amounts to 2'45 mm.,

this

form accordingly grows

2 hitherto

known

is

its

is

obovate

or

extremity

appears

evenly

rounded,

&

2),

the anterior part of

to

be

distinctly seen

very slender and elongated, with

off

from each other.

dorsally

with

form,

and occurring

attaining half the length,

is

marked

somewhat tumid, and, seen

oblong oval

regular

(see figs. 1

general form

the 2 chief divisions rather sharply division

than either of

mm.

allowing the intestine,

dilatation

The

thin walls.

size

the larger of which (L. aculeata), according

highly pellucid,

which forms a large oval through

a somewhat larger

has a length of 2'30

to Dr. Giesbrecht,

The body

species,

to

(fig.

the

1),

greatest

width

not

The

more attenuated.

posterior

anterior

a rather

exhibits

in front of the middle.

the

The

quite

anterior

As

in

Onccea, this division consists of 6 well-defined segments, the 1st of which, the cephalic segment,

is

about the length of the 4 succeeding ones combined.

The penultimate segment lateral

the

is

slightly

emarginated

in

the middle,

and has the

corners far less prominent than in L. aculeata, and rounded off at

tips.

The

last

segment

of the

trunk,

as in other Cyclopoida,

is

very

116

G. 0.

marked

sharply

movable

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

[NORW. POL.

from the preceding one, with which

off

whereas

articulation,

is

it

segment, so as apparently to form part of the

the

1st

caudal

much narrower

also

It is

tail.

forms a very

it

with

connected

firmly

EXI>.

than any of the preceding segments, and only very slightly dilated distally.

The

tail

in length

proper

about

2

exceedingly narrow, almost rod-like, and equals

is

14)

(fig.

of the anterior division.

/3

besides the caudal rami,

segments

It is

composed

of

4 well-defined

being perfectly smooth, without any

all

traces of the circlets of denticles found in the other 2 species at the posterior

The

edges.

length of the

genital

much

is

somewhat

orifices situated

occupying about VB of the

the largest,

It is slightly dilated in its

tail.

has the genital

segment

anterior part, and, as in Onccea,

None

dorsally.

of

the specimens

but there cannot be any doubt that the ova in the

found were ovigerous;

are congregated within a single dorsal present form, as in L. squillimana,

The anal segment

ovisac.

much

is

smaller than the others, scarcely exceeding

half the length of the preceding segment,

segment

is

same

about the

size

whereas

as the

latter.

in the other

behind. is

attached close to the

Both these

edge.

setae

seta.

middle one being

much

known

The

at

are very

and extend

lateral.

One

straight

of the latter

about the middle of the outer

setse

is

also

the

case with the

are distinctly ciliated,

the

the largest, attaining nearly Vs of the length of the is

scarcely half as long as the inner.

be 'detected,

trace of eyes could

previously

other

are rather short, and this

whereas the outer one

No

the

tip,

apical and 2

The remaining 3

innermost apical

tail,

setse,

4

species, this

The caudal rami

slender, linear, nearly twice as long as the anal segment,

They each carry 6

2

and indeed

in

neither

of

the

2

been found to exist. species have such organs

anterior antennae

(fig.

3) are

much

shorter than the cephalic segment,

and, on the whole, agree in structure with those in Onccea, being clothed with slender bristles of considerable length, delicate joints,

The

4 of which belong

is

of

joints

defined. of

sensory filaments

the

On

the

to the

part

the other hand,

terminal

part

be discerned.

may

former

are

among which a

basal part, are,

the lines

fully as distinct

not the case in the other 2 species.

number

They apparently

of very

consist of 7

the other 3 to the terminal part.

however, of

limited

far

from

being

distinctly

demarcation between the 3 joints as in the genus Onccea, which

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

5.]

The

posterior antennae

This stem, as

bent in front of the middle. the 1st of which

joints,

small, and

unarmed, and but

form.

The 2nd

slightly dilated distally.

The 3rd

fully as long as the other 2 combined, and

has the posterior edge finely

It

other 2

the

being also quite obsolete.

ciliated,

small bristles, separated by a long interspace.

6

Onccea, consists of only 3

carries anteriorly a very delicate bristle.

and elongated, in

this instance

in

basal part,

constitutes the

ramus, the outer ramus in joint is quite

form each a very slender stem abruptly

4)

(fig.

117

SPECIES.

comparatively short, anteriorly-curving

From

bristles

and

the

inner

The

basal

joint

joint

is

narrow

is

very

slender

is

linear

carries anteriorly 2

the obtusely rounded

issue

close

together,

tip,

and

immediately inside them, 2 other bristles are attached to a separate ledge,

one

of

them

of considerable length.

The mandibles

(fig.

5)

agree with those in Onccea in the total absence

Otherwise, however, they are rather different, and more resemble

of

a palp.

in

structure those

the parasitic genus

in

As

Ldchomolgus.

in that genus,

they each terminate in a falciform lappet bordered along the convex edge

with a finely serrated rim, and exserted to a thin flexible point, which profar

jects

no

mandible

maxillae

in

a

conical

The part,

answer

to

to the palp,

anterior maxillipeds

and an incurved,

carries

inside

convex edge

The 2nd

in

joint

a

attached,

and

at

this

the

place

of delicate hairs.

tipped with 2 unequal ciliated setae,

carrying 3 likewise ciliated

and (fig.

is

slightly

and

This plate

setae.

well-defined at the base.

7) exhibit

each a broad and muscular basal

biarticulate terminal part.

strong,

curved

spine,

The

1st joint of the latter

closely

a comb-like manner, and opposite to

it

dentated

a slender

along

the

ciliated seta.

has 2 comparatively short apical spines, the outer of which

dentated in a similar

The

are

very small and simple in structure, each termi-

prominence,

having a thin plate outside,

seems

setae

number

6) are

(fig.

Outside this lappet, a straight spine of

cavity.

clothed with a

is

The

buccal

and 2 falciform

size,

great

nating

the

into

manner

posterior maxillipeds

pronouncedly prehensile,

to the inner (fig.

spine of the 1st joint.

8) are rather powerful, and, as in

consisting

is

of a short basal joint,

an oval

Onccea, dilated

hand, and a slender, claw-like dactylus, which admits of being impinged upon the latter.

Both the basal

the other 2 species,

joint

and the hand are quite unarmed, whereas

the palmar edge

is

divided into a

number

in

of dentiform

118

SARS.

G. 0.

The

projections.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

very slender, fully as long as the palm, and

is

dactylus

CRUSTACEA.

but slightly curved, with the inner edge finely denticulate.

The

natatory legs

9

(figs.

12) are built

upon the very same type as

in

Onccea, though exhibiting some minor differences, both as to the basal part

The

and the rami.

seta inside, that is

is

1st basal joint in all pairs except the 4th,

Onccea; and the inner corner of the 2nd joint

in

wanting

has a plumose

broadly rounded and perfectly smooth, the terminal edge projecting, in

the pairs,

between the insertions of the rami,

all

a well-marked triangular

in

The rami agree closely in structure with those in Onccea, and very same number of spines and natatory setae. The spines, how-

prominence. carry the

much more

ever,

are

The

apical

spine

and the hyaline rim appears quite smooth.

slender,

ramus almost equals

the outer

of

in

whole

the

length

ramus.

The

last pair

of legs (see figs.

piece attached to the sides of the last

13

&

14)

segment

form

eacli

a small cylindrical

of the trunk,

and more properly

consolidated with representing the distal joint, the proximal joint being wholly

At

the segment. the

same

the end of this piece are 2 unequal spines, both of exactly

structure as the spines of the natatory legs.

spine extends only a in L. aculeata,

beyond the middle

little

The

inner and larger

of the genital segment,

whereas

reaches nearly to the posterior edge, and in L. squillimana

it

even projects beyond the limits of

this

segment.

Some few specimens

Occurrence.

female sex, were found

and 82nd degrees

of this peculiar Copepod,

a sample taken

in

of latitude, the tow-net

of

all

the

22nd, 1894, between the 81st

May

having been lowered

to

a depth of

100 metres.

Tribe:

Remarks.

This

tribe

done by Dr. Giesbrecht,

is

who

AMPHARTHRANDRIA.

here taken in a more restricted sense than

comprises

in

it

all

Gopepoda

antennae of the 1st pair in the male are prehensile. families

Monstrillidce

ought both

to

be regarded

Calandda, only in the tribe.

and

In

Harpadicidce are so very as

great

divisions

my

which both

in

opinion,

distinct,

equivalent

to

is

that they

the

the Cyclopoid forms with the above character

the 2

division

being kept

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

119

SPECIES.

Fam. OITHONID.E. Gen. Oithona, Baird.

Of

Remarks. one

coast,

them being more than twice as

of

large

off

the

Norwegian

as the other.

Boeck

first-named form

is

most probably

with 0. plumifera, Baird,

identical

2nd with 0. helgolandica, Glaus, both these names having the

the to

genus, 2 distinct species occur

these 2 species under the names 0. spinifrons and 0. pygmcea.

records

The

this

those proposed by Boeck.

In Dr. Giesbrecht's opinion, both the

priority

Norwegian

forms recorded by Boeck are identical with the Mediterranean species described

by Glaus as 0. similis.

is

Norwegian forms are very

the 2

admit the assumption as

are identical, the very is

This

same

evidently erroneous, since, as stated above, distinct the

one from the other.

of Dr. Giesbrecht, that 0.

Nor can

I

helgolandica and 0. similis

seems hardly probable that Glaus would have described

it

species under 2 different names.

In the Polar Sea, this genus

represented by a single species, which has turned out to be identical with

one

of the

2 forms occurring

27.

Syn

:

off the

Norwegian

coast.

Oithona helgolandica, Glaus.

Oithona pygmcea, Boeck. spinifrons, Brady (not Boeck). spinirostris, Giesbrecht (not Claus).

Some few specimens

of

this

October 12th and 13th, north of the Distribution.

Bay

Coast of

Norway

form were found

New

2

in

taken

samples

Siberian Islands.

(very common), British Isles, Heligoland,

of Kiel.

Fam. MORMONILLID.K. Gen. Mormonilla, Giesbrecht.

Remarks.

The

by Dr. Giesbrecht, female one,

1

I

is

of this remarkable genus, established systematic position

appears somewhat doubtful,

as yet known.

I

think, however,

think the establishment of this family

genus Oithona to the family Cydopidce,

is

since

only

one

that Dr. Giesbrecht

necessary.

the

sex, is

quite

Dr. Giesbrecht refers

the

120

SARS.

G. 0.

right in referring

to his tribe

it

CRUSTACEA.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

Ampharthrandria, and

will

it

unquestionably

also be found to belong to this tribe in the restriction here adopted, exhibiting,

as

does,

it

no

affinity

whereas the Cyclopoid type genus somewhat

recalls that of

new

Oithona,

In

but in

general appearance,

this

structural details

dif-

its

of its being included in the

same

it

family,

family Mormonillidce, established by Dr. Giesbrecht, being evidently

needed for

its

Dr. Giesbrecht records 2 species of this genus,

reception.

M.phasma and M.

minor, both taken

Polar Sea

tion of this

is

form

in the Pacific

Ocean south

The occurrence

from great depths (1800 metres). in the

Monstrilloida or Harpadoida,

unmistakable.

is

an extent that does not allow

fers to

the

to either the

whatever

of the equator,

a species of

of

this

a

one

2 species described by Dr. Giesbrecht,

to the

definite conclusion as to

of

them.

It

M. minor; but

genus

of considerable interest, and, in order to ascertain the rela-

have subjected

I

the specimens to a very careful examination, without, however, having to

viz.,

seems

to

whether the polar form

agree best with the species

the agreement

is

is

or

is

come

not identical with

named by

Dr. Giesbrecht

not quite perfect, and, as the places where

these 2 forms were found are so widely remote,

form provisionally as a new species,

I

prefer to describe the polar

leaving the ultimate decision regarding

the identity or non-identity of the two forms for future investigations.

28.

Mormonilla polaris, (PL

Specific Characters. pellucid

integuments.

n. sp.

XXXIV).

--9. Body very

slender, with extremely

Anterior division oblong fusiform, slightly

thin

and

depressed

anteriorly, with the greatest width occurring rather in front of the middle;

anterior extremity, seen dorsally, obtusely truncate, posterior greatly attenuated.

segment well defined from the cephalic segment, and rather

1st pedigerous large,

exceeding

segment very

in

length the succeeding ones combined.

slightly emarginated behind, and having the

scarcely produced at

all.

genital

pedigerous

lateral

corners

Last segment of trunk not broader than the caudal

segment, and quite simple, without any trace of appendages. the caudal rami,

4th

somewhat exceeding

Tail, inclusive of

half the length of the anterior division,

segment evenly rounded below, anal segment much larger than the

middle one.

Caudal rami exceedingly slender and elongated,

equalling

in

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

5.]

121

SPECIES.

length the caudal segments and the last segment of the trunk combined, lateral seta occurring at the end of the

first

5th part of the ramus.

Anterior antenna;

as long as the anterior division of the body, and composed of only 3

fully

distinct joints clothed with very strong setae, which, as

shaped ledges; 1st joint somewhat longer than about equal in

latter

and

from cup-

rule, issue

the other 2 combined, the

Posterior antennae with the outer

size.

the proximal joint of the inner,

length of

a

ramus about

the

Outer ramus of

7-articulate.

the 3 anterior pairs of legs distinctly 3-articulate, that of 4th pair biarticulate;

inner

ramus

of 1st pair 3-articulate,

biarticulate,

As mentioned

above, this form seems to be closely allied to

one of the species recorded by Dr. Giesbrecht, species, however, only 2 detail-figures

and a 2nd closer

leg),

and

it

is

viz.,

M. minor.

Of

this

have been given (a posterior maxilliped

therefore as yet scarcely

possible to institute

any

comparison between these 2 forms.

Description The

length of

caudal rami, as 1-25

it

and 4th

of 3rd

mm.

Length of adult female 1'38

pairs uniarticulate.

Remarks.

2nd pair

of

1

-

is

1'38

the Female.

of

the body, measured

mm.

from the front

35 mm., and that of

The

end of the

M. minor

Dr. Giesbrecht gives the length of his

M. phasma

The whole body, even in the preserved was a matter of no little trouble to

sample.

the

to

as 1'58

1'73

mm.

state, is so perfectly hyaline, that

pick

general form of the body (see

up the specimens from the

figs.

1

&

2) is slender

and

elon-

gated, with no very sharp demarcation between the 2 chief divisions, though

the

posterior

is

much narrower

than the anterior.

The

division

latter

is

somewhat depressed, especially in its anterior part, and, seen dorsally (fig. 1), exhibits an oblong fusiform shape, with the greatest width not attaining Va of the length, and occurring considerably in front of the middle. dually tapers

behind, somewhat

obtusely truncated. 2

/B

of the

face

of

The

less in front,

cephalic segment

is

this

gra-

and has the anterior extremity well defined,

Seen

length of the anterior division.

It

laterally

segment declines obliquely towards the

and occupies about (fig.

front,

2),

the dorsal

which appears

narrowly rounded, and slightly deflexed between the insertions of the anterior antennae.

The

1st

pedigerous segment

the 2 succeeding segments combined.

is

rather large,

exceeding in length

Tho penultimate segment

is

only very 16

122

The

produced.

and has the

behind,

emarginated

slightly

last

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. 0.

as

segment,

connected with the preceding one, and

than the caudal segments.

It

corners

lateral

other

in

[NORW. POL. EXP.

much

Cyclopoida,

is

all

movably

very

narrower, being scarcely broader

and does

quite simple, subcylindric in form,

is

at

scarcely

not exhibit the slightest trace of any limbs.

The

tail

proper

segment, as usual,

and

face a

little

protuberant,

the ova are earned

been met with.

is

It

which

single ovisac,

The

is

not improbable,

is

in

this instance

tail

and the

anterior

its

and elongated,

with

the ventral

on each

genital orifices

How

side.

that they are congregated within a

be ventral, as in the Calanoids.

may

The caudal rami

(see fig. 12) are exceed-

the

the remaining part of

equalling in length

segment of the trunk combined

last

part,

considerably larger than the middle one, and

is

transversely truncated at the end.

ingly slender

1st or genital

unknown, as no ovigerous specimens have as yet

or anal segment

last,

in

exhibiting the

still

is

equalling in length the other 2 combined;

the largest,

is

but very slightly dilated

is

it

The

3 segments, besides the caudal rami.

of only

composed

about half the length of the anterior division, and

is

are narrow linear in

They

form, and slightly divergent, with the inner edge finely ciliated throughout.

The

outer

on the other hand,

edge,

proximally, and has, at about the end of the to

which a very slender seta

The

of the ramus.

for

ciliated

is

5th part, a distinct ledge,

first

attached, extending behind almost to

is

latter is transversely truncated,

outermost and innermost of which are very small, like the lateral seta,

are distinctly

middle one being

much

Of the other

the inner one

2,

and slender

delicate

ciliated,

and

the longest,

bristle

is

a very short distance

is

and

and

5

carries

other 3,

of rather unequal length,

fully twice the length of the

to

the

ramus.

A

3 times as long as the outer.

also attached

the

setae,

The

hair-like.

the tip

very

each ramus close to the

tip

dorsally.

As

in the other

The reaching, In spite

limited 1st is

anterior

when

2

antennae

reflexed

of their great

number

(see

(see

of joints, only

All

figs.

fig.

length,

somewhat longer than

equal length.

no trace of eyes

species,

2),

1

&

2)

is

found.

are

slender

somewhat beyond

and

they are found to be composed

3 of them being

elongated,

the genital

distinctly defined.

of

segment.

a

very

Of these the

the other 2 combined, the latter being of about

the joints carry scattered seta) of unequal size,

some

of

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

5.]

123

SPECIES.

them very strong, and issuing from cup-shaped

From

ledges.

the last joint

7 or 8 such setae originate, forming together a large brush.

The the

posterior antennae

somewhat resemble

3)

(fig.

The

Calanoida, having both rami well developed. with

ratively small,

anteriorly consists

2

of

ciliated

The

setae.

The

seta.

nearly equal-sized joints,

somewhat beyond

ledge

basal part

ramus

inner

the 1st of which

the middle of the anterior edge,

distal joint is

The

Calanoida.

somewhat

anterior lobule, however,

From

setae

originate

very

together,

some

carrying 2 unequal

stiff hairs,

unequal,

and rather

sette increasing

8 or 9 very slender

tip,

and

carries in all 10 ciliated setae of

con-

are fringed

the setae

All

The

far apart.

divided into 7 well-defined joints, the 1st of which It

slightly

form characteristic

them much elongated,

of

the length of the proximal joint of the inner,

very short.

and very

3 or 4 successive

siderably exceeding in length the whole antenna.

with

distinct

only indicated by a very

is

the transversely truncated

close

a

exhibits

constricted at the base,

slight bulging of the anterior edge, carrying

in length distally.

compa-

gently curved, and

is

dilated in its outer part, exhibiting traces of the bilobular of the

is

2 joints imperfectly defined, and carries at the end

its

a single

those in

in structure

ramus

is

about

cylindrical in form,

being

is

outer

the largest,

all

the others

moderate length, 2 of which

issue from the 1st, 3 from the last joint.

The mandibles

(fig.

somewhat those

4) likewise recall

both in the structure of the masticatory part, and

ment the

The

of the palp.

cutting

edge

masticatory part

divided

into

is

in

in the

Calanoida,

the very full develop-

rather broad, securiform,

8 comparatively small and simple

and has

teeth,

the

and separated from the others by a deep The palp is considerably larger than the body of the mandible, and incision. in form, and is distinctly biramous, with the basal part oblong quadrangular outermost of which

is

the largest,

somewhat beyond

carrying 3 setae inside, 2 at the end, and one

Both rami are uniarticulate and lamellar

in

structure,

but of somewhat different shape.

The

inner

carries along the oblique inner edge

a row

of 6

ciliated

setae,

increasing in length distally.

ramus

about equal in is

which likewise carries 6

size,

oval in form, and

remarkably large and coarsely

The

outer ramus, which issues

from the basal part somewhat more proximally, has the form lamella,

the middle.

large, ciliated setae.

of

a triangular

124

The

maxillae

5) are of

(fig.

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. 0.

more complicated

[NORW. POL. EXP.

structure

than

Calanoida may

the Cyclopoida, and, indeed, all the chief parts found in the

The

be easily traced.

basal division

conical masticatory lobe

number

of

armed

likewise

short,

at the tip with

setae,

noida.

The

distinctly

conical lobules, the

The

biramous.

inner edge

what produced, and

carries

these setae

minal

in the

palp beyond these lobules,

8 remarkably strong curved

On a

in size distally.

rounded oval

setae,

to

some-

is

coarsely ciliated

4

closer examination,

though rather

The

of ter-

short,

ramus

outer

issuing outside the proximal part

plate,

and carrying 6 very strong and densely

palp,

and

Calanoida, immediately beyond

which evidently represents the inner ramus.

forms a rather large,

consistency,

and evidently answering

setae,

are found to issue from a well-defined,

joint,

the

in

Cala-

in the

divided proximally into 2 successive

distal part of the

and successively increasing

of

is

2 setiferous lobes generally found

The

Opposite this lobe, on

membranous

each carrying 2 unequal

the masticatory lobe.

a

and a similar

ciliated spines,

to the vibratory plate

of considerable size,

is

projects inside to

a very small lobule carrying 2 densely

is

and apparently answering palp

3

coarsely ciliated bristles.

the outer side of the basal part,

plumose

and

well defined,

is

usual in

is

ciliated

setae,

5

of

which issue from the obtusely truncated end, the 6th from a ledge of the outer edge.

The

anterior

maxillipeds

They

6)

are

are comparatively large,

of

unlike

rather

also

and exhibit some points

typical Cyclopoida,

Calanoida.

(fig.

those

the

in

agreement with those in the

and

in

the specimens exa-

all

mined, were extended backwards along the sides of the 1st pedigerous segment (see figs. 1

5

joints,

&

the

They each

2).

first

2

consist of a slightly curved stem

being rather large, and together constituting the basal

whereas the other 3 are very small.

part,

lobes of the anterior edge, to the

narrow

somewhat upturned,

occurs at

some

Dr. Giesbrecht in to the base,

distance

to the 1st

joint.

each

whereas the 3rd lobe has only 2 such seta

There are 3

one belonging

proximal part of the 2nd basal

and

divided into

The

carrying

setae.

lobe.

digitiform

the other 2

2 lobes are rather

coarsely

Moreover a

beyond the 3rd

M. phasma has found a

basal joint,

first

3

distinct

It

ciliated

setae,

single, rather short

may

be noted, that

4th, very small lobe, issuing close

and carrying 4 comparatively short

setse.

that a similar lobe also exists in the present species,

but

It is

has

very probable

been

lost

in

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

5.]

From

the dissection.

the very short terminal port, 5 very long

3 of which belong

setoe issue,

125

SPECIES.

the last joint,

to

and curved

which, moreover, carries a

short, simple bristle.

The

posterior maxillipeds

and are composed

out

cut

edge

only 2

of

The proximal

together.

(fig. 7)

somewhat

are

distinctly defined joints,

joint is rather

articulated

movably

broad and expanded, with the anterior

3 successive rounded

into

shorter than the anterior,

each carrying a remarkably

lobes,

and densely hairy seta curved obliquely upwards. This seta is accompanied on the proximal lobe by another seta of much smaller size, and on thick

the

lobe

distal

by 2

still

hair-like

smaller,

bristles.

Moreover, a

ciliated,

anteriorly-curving seta of quite normal appearance issues from a small knob-

prominence near the end

like

more than

scarcely

an imperfectly

It carries

5 anteriorly-curving,

The

natatory legs

The

in the

successively diminish in size posteriorly,

11)

structure, differing considerably

the line

inner,

projects

and

process,

1st joint longer

is

but

inside

to

little

which are

bristles,

below which a somewhat

Both rami are

first

ramus

is

considerably

a

similar,

larger than tip;

still

and

the 2nd,

but somewhat larger

it

carries

The

4 long natatory

far

the

At the end,

but has

seta.

is

than

larger

than the other 2 combined.

a short spiniform process, is

though

3-articuIate,

2 joints of the inner ramus

a very strongly developed natatory

which issue from the cesses,

outer

Outside the 2nd joint

inside.

hair-like

attached.

is

The

outside

The 2nd

unciliated bristle.

edge somewhat bulging in the middle, and exhi-

3 extremely small,

distinct.

the

in

1st joint being particularly large,

its

with a small

inside

inner

the

and has the

this joint

which

end

of demarcation between the

being

from that usually

have the basal part much larger than

8)

(fig.

but unciliated seta

longer,

from

the

at

there

biting

these maxillipeds agree very

structure,

other pairs, and lamellar in structure,

basal joint has

and

Cyclopoida.

1st pair of legs

and provided

narrower,

as figured by Dr. Giesbrecht.

8

(figs.

and exhibit a rather peculiar

met with

In

M. minor,

is

defined, very small terminal articulation.

ciliated setee, diminishing in length distally,

also a very small apical bristle. closely with those in

distal joint

much

long as the proximal one, and

half as

exhibiting at the tip

The

the joint anteriorly.

of

no seta spiniform 3rd joint,

setae,

-

2 of

exhibits outside 2 successive spiniform pro-

more produced than those

of the 2 preceding joints.

126

SARS.

G. 0.

The

ramus has

inner

the 1st joint almost as long as the other 2 combined,

and considerably broader, with 2 has a similar apical ones

bristle inside,

or

bristles

any

and

finely ciliated

is

The

is

peculiarly twisted in

which,

is

somewhat

as

longer than the other 2 combined.

larger than the 2nd,

This

is

and

pair of legs are of the

ramus

(fig.

10)

4th pair of legs

(fig.

equal

size,

As

joint.

2 apical and one

stated above,

perfectly

also the case with the

The 3rd

2nd joint

The

and

is

inner

composed

to the

3

setae

ramus

of only

2

both

is

the

joints,

found in the 1st

pair,

bristle.

same

structure

except that

as the 2nd,

are considerably smaller than the others,

11)

biarticulate,

The

with 5 natatory

setae,

4

inner ramus, as in the 3rd pair,

and much smaller than the

culate,

is

This

uniarticulate.

is

and have the outer ramus belong to the distal

distinctly

carries 5 natatory setae, and, outside

in addition

the 2nd,

is

but the outer edge

along the inner edge;

carrying inside them a very small ciliated

The

the 1st pair,

in

however, carries the usual natatory seta inside.

simple,

the inner

distal part.

much

shorter and narrower than the outer,

The 3rd

its

ramus,

the 2 apical ones, a very small ciliated bristle.

1st quite

setae,

outer

smooth, without any armature whatever. joint,

joint

the 2

have the basal part quite simple, without

9)

(fig.

with the 1st joint

3-articulate,

joint

setae.

The 2nd

inside.

which issues from a ledge

whereas the 3rd,

inside, is considerably shorter,

pair of legs

bristles

hair-like

and the 3rd joint carries 3 natatory

being very long,

The 2nd

[NORW. POL. EXP.

CRUSTACEA.

outer,

of

which

is uniarti-

cairying 3 natatory setae of about

lateral.

not the slightest trace of

any 5th

pair of legs

is

to

be

all

of

detected.

Occurrence.

Some few specimens

the female sex, were found in the

Lubbockia glacialis occurred.

of

this

same sample

remarkable Copepod, in

which the above-described

No.

ACCOUNT OF THE

5.]

127

SPECIES.

OSTRACODA. Tribe

MYODOCOPA.

:

Fam. CONCHCECIID.*:. Gen. Conchcecia, Dana.

This genus was established

Remarks.

include 2 peculiar pelagic Ostracoda

in

from the

the year 1853 by Dana, to of

parts

tropical

the oceans,

and some years afterwards a 3rd species from the Atlantic Ocean was added

by Lubbock, though referred by him

The

first

statement of

was made by

oceans,

Norwegian

occurrence

the

of

the present author,

species, 2 of

this

who,

genus also in the

number

Norman, which seems

and which also occurred very abundantly

to

the

northern

year 1865, recorded 3

of additional species

from different parts of the oceans, and among them Messrs. Brady and

in

which were taken from great depths

In recent times, a

Islands.

the nearly-allied genus Halocypris.

to

is

off the Lofoten

have been described a form recorded by

be peculiar to the Arctic Ocean,

in the

samples brought home from

Nansen Expedition. As only a very short description, accompanied by some few figures, has been given by Messrs. Brady and Norman, I propose the

in the following detail,

pages to describe this beautiful and large-sized form more

giving figures,

on the

last

in

2 plates, of both sexes, with anatomical

analyses of each.

Conchcecia (PI.

Conchcecia

maxima, Brady & Norman.

XXXV &

XXXVI).

maxima, Brady & Norman, A Monograph

of

the marine

and

fresh-water Ostracoda of the North Atlantic and North-western Europe,

Part

II.

Transact. Roy. Dublin Society,

Vol. V,

p.

686,

PI.

LXI,

figs.

18. Specific Characters.

oblong oval

in

form,

somewhat widening behind,

equalling half the length, deflexed,

subrostral

Shell of female moderately tumid, seen laterally,

rostral

notch rather

greatest height not quite

prominence well defined and very deep,

anterior extremity

narrowly rounded, posterior obtusely truncated,

slightly

below the

latter

ventral margin very slightly

128

G. o.

SARS.

CRUSTACEA.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

sinuated in the middle, dorsal straight, with a slight depression in the middle,

and joining the hind margin

at

an obtuse angle:

seen ventrally, regularly

oblong ovate, greatest width somewhat exceeding Vs of the length, and occurring in the middle,

anterior extremity narrowly subtruncate,

posterior acute.

Shell of male comparatively narrower than that of female, sub-cuneate, with the posterior extremity (seen laterally) obliquely truncated,

more

distinctly sinuated.

curved

both sexes club-shaped,

marked of

off at the base.

about equal

size,

corner

postero-dorsal

somewhat increasing

teeth,

pellucid, sculptured with

2 sets of

crossing each other, and producing a close, but not very con-

striae

spicuous reticulation,

in

Valves thin and

and the ventral margin

armed with 3 or 4 small blunt

in size posteriorly.

hispid,

Extremity of frontal tentacle

but in male

and more sharply

thicker

Antennulae in male with the 2 sensory appendages

anterior apical seta

much

longer than the other 2,

and

having the median part somewhat thickened, and armed with numerous recurved

ramus

distal

its

denticles,

of

accessory

the

left side.

about the length of the 2 succeeding joints

Caudal lamellae each with 8 slender claws rapidly increasing

combined.

in length anteriorly,

the last,

as usual,

somewhat remote from

3'50 mm., of male 3'20

Remarks.

is

to

very closely allied

one

by the present author under the name

however, of larger of

mm.

This form

species recorded

the

size,

closer comparison,

and

differs

somewhat

in the

some minor

differences

may

as

of

the

Norwegian

of C. borealis.

form also

It is,

marked

in the less strongly

moreover,

also

shell,

the others,

Length of adult female

being finely denticulate along the posterior edge.

sculpture

of

male antennae much larger on the right than on

Basal joint of mandibular palp

all

Claw

3rd part abruptly bent downwards.

On a

of the latter.

be found

to

exist in

the structure of the several appendages.

Description The average

Ibis

is

a

form

size

Female.

length of the shell in fully adult specimens

Messrs. Brady and

This

of the

Norman have even examined specimens

not nearly reached by any of the other

therefore

Messrs. Brady and

still

deserves the specific

Norman.

is

3'50 mm., and

of 3'60

known

mm.

length.

species,

and

name maxima proposed by

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.]

The

general form of the shell (see PI.

of the

teristic

there

which,

a

is

an oblong

exhibits

uously narrowed the length,

and very

on

notch

oval, or rather

each

the

of

hindmost

in its

The

part.

the

laterally

anterior

below 1),

(fig.

it

conspichalf

attaining

quite

rostral prominence, in this

Immediately below

slightly deflexed at the tip.

antennae

in

be found extended.

may is

narrowly rounded,

into the ventral one.

any intervening angle

The

some

The

cases,

it,

the shell

the natatory

anterior extremity of

the margin sloping without latter is

somewhat

oblique,

slightly sinuated in the middle, joining the posterior margin by an

The hind

abrupt curvature.

extremity of the shell appears broadly rounded,

and forms an obtuse angle above.

or rather obtusely truncated, is

margin

with

appears as a distinctly defined, beak-like process, projecting

the shell, below this notch,

and very

that charac-

is

somewhat cuneiform shape, being

has a rather deep sinus or notch, from which,

ramus

Seen

side.

with the greatest height not

in front,

shell,

& 2)

figs. 1

a well-marked rostriform prominence,

to

distinct

and occurring

view of the in front,

above

XXXV,

being rather elongated,

genus Conchcecia,

produced

extremity

129

SPECIES.

and

nearly straight,

horizontal,

The

dorsal

with a very slight depression at

about the middle.

Seen dorsally or ventrally

and rather regularly oblong ovate the middle, and

the shell appears moderately tumid,

2),

(fig.

in form,

somewhat exceeding Va

are evenly curved throughout,

part,

dorsal face of the shell

whereas

The

ventrally, the

the

greatest

of the length.

The

and the posterior extremity

the anterior appears considerably broader,

The

with

and

is

is

width about

lateral contours

acute,

whereas

obtusely truncated at the

somewhat applanated, valves meet at an acute

is

tip.

especially in its anterior

angle.

valves are perfectly equal, and are united along the dorsal face by

a simple ligament, admitting of being opened to a certain extent, and again closed;

but anteriorly, below the rostral prominence, there always remains a

consistency, the valves are very thin

and they are so

them rather

pellucid,

lation,

The

distinctly.

crossing each other,

that

the

surface

and

elastic,

is

is

far

to

and of chitinous structure;

enclosed animal

may

be traced through

sculptured with two sets of curved

and producing a somewhat

which, however,

As

to the inner cavity of the shell.

somewhat cordiform opening leading

irregular

and

from being so strongly marked as

stria?

close reticuin the 17

nearly-

130

G. O.

allied

C-

species

squamous

where

borealis,

character.

it

At the upper

small denticles,

somewhat

however, as a

rule,

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

assumes

[NORW. POL. EXP.

some

in

places an imbricated,

posterior corner there are 3 or

These

increasing in size posteriorly.

The

only present on the right valve.

4 successive

denticles are, of

the

completely into the shell;

but

free edges

valves are perfectly smooth throughout their whole length.

The animal

is

more generally the the antennulee, in

front from

enabled to withdraw

itself

of the frontal tentacle,

tip

and the natatory ramus

the

terminal

of the antennae are seen projecting

above-mentioned opening, and below, the

the

appendages of

man-

the

tip of

dibular palps and the caudal plates, as a rule, also project beyond the edges.

The animal

is

fixed to

the shell by a strong adductor muscle joining each

and

valve at about the centre,

just

above

this

muscle,

the dorsal face by a comparatively short ligament,

has

its

We

place.

may

it

within

is

which

part,

upper

part,

carries

as

it

heart

both defined

by the

The

anterior

above-mentioned dorsal ligament and by the adductor muscle. is,

the

distinguish 2 chief divisions of the body, an anterior

or cephalic part, and a posterior or abdominal

division

suspended to

were, cut off in front, even being

whereas below

it

projects

into

the

somewhat concave

hood-like anterior

in its It

lip.

the antennulss above, and between them a very delicate tentacular

appendage.

The enormously developed

and below, the mandibles with posterior, or

versally,

and

their palps,

abdominal division

the hollow of the shell. is

It is

antennae are attached to the sides,

is

and the maxilla?

very voluminous, and freely mobile within

covered by a soft skin closely wrinkled trans-

deflexed, exhibiting dorsally, at about the middle,

short prominences.

Below, this division carries 3 pairs of

gradually tapering and

The

originate.

somewhat

legs,

2 successive and

to

the

anteriorly curving end, the coarsely spinoiis

caudal plates are secured.

The

frontal tentacle

(see fig. 4) is very delicate,

extending as a narrow

rod straight in front, and terminating in a slightly dilated, oblong fusiform,

and somewhat deflexed capitulum, which projects just beneath the rostral

The

antennulae (ibid)

are

is

finely

prominence of the likewise

would seem, are scarcely mobile.

of

hispid

throughout,

and

shell.

rather delicate structure, and,

it

They each form a simple stem extending

anteriorly, at each side of the frontal tentacle,

and about equalling

in

length

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

s.j

the rod-like portion of

which,

joints,

the

and

joints are rather elongated,

some

at

distance from the

joints are

very

which projects far from the

a number

first

2

2nd carrying above,

the

and

The 2

seta.

distal

the rostral

tip of

of irregularly

them a very slender seta, Within the basal prominence.

front of

in

arranged lenticular bodies of a dark brownish

be traced, imbedded in a ganglionic mass.

may

also occur

of 4

and curve abruptly downwards, forming together a To the end of this part, 4 subequal and very delicate

are attached,

sensory filaments

colour

size,

a slender anteriorly-curving

tip,

The

distinctly defined.

about equal

of

be composed

to

small,

short terminal part.

joint,

from being

far

131

This stem seems

latter.

are

however,

SPECIES.

in other species of this genus,

seem

These

a

to represent

which

bodies,

soil of imper-

fect visual organs.

The

antennae

(fig.

5) are

very powerfully developed, constituting the chief

They each

locomotory organs of the animal.

and broad basal

part,

consist of

and 2 very unequal rami.

attains half the length of the shell,

and

is

an exceedingly

The

large

basal part almost

extended anteriorly.

It

is

oblong

triangular, or obpyriform in outline, with the hind extremity very broad

somewhat is

obliquely rounded, the anterior tapering gradually.

applanated,

whereas the outer

muscles are seen

converging

the end of the basal part,

row

in

cylindric

all,

and

The

latter is

all

the others combined.

The

it

inner face

numerous strong

and

chiefly acting

very movably articulated to

and somewhat exceeds half

form, and divided into 7 joints,

3 times as long as defined

and within

the anterior extremity,

to

the outer, or natatory ramus.

upon

convex,

is

Its

and

the

its

first

latter

It

length. of

which

is

nar-

about

is

form together a

well-

very flexible terminal part of oblong fusiform shape, carrying, in

9 densely plumose natatory

setae,

which successively increase

out in a fan-like manner. proximally, and admit of being spread

in length

On a

closer

examination, these setae are found to terminate in a naked lanceolate point of

membranous

consistency,

accessory ramus inside,

is

and probably sensory

attached at

some

the 1st of which has the form of a rounded,

acute,

The

inner, or

distance from the tip of the basal part

and, as a rule, extends downwards.

anteriorly into

in character.

It is

composed

of only 2 joints,

membranous lamella

projecting

2 small successive prominences, the proximal one quite simple,

the distal one

more prominent, and carrying 2 short

setae.

The

last

132

and

joint is very small

2

distinct

carries

on the

of

aid It

is

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

G. O.

articulated to the 1st,

movably

muscles joining

by the

admitting,

of being extended in front or reflexed.

it,

5 setiform appendages,

tip

[NORW. POL. EXP.

the middle one being twice as

long as the others, which are sensory in character.

The defined

oral orifice (see

PL XXXVI,

the anterior of which

lips,

is

the oral

in

orifice

front,

in

projects

lip

form shape, and

highly

on each

the middle, exhibiting, posterior

is

finely

is visible

XXXV,

the antennae (see PI.

side,

2)

posterior edge, bounding

and somewhat produced

chitinized

a

at the

and from

the so-called sternal plate occurs,

Immediately behind

edges.

several chitinous

it

fillets

in

The

closely striated lamellar border.

2 movable, incurved lappets of a somewhat ciliated

well-

immediately below the basal

The

1).

fig.

bounded by 2

is

forming in front a very

very large,

prominent, hood-like expansion, which part of

&

1

figs.

securi-

this

lip,

originate,

extending in different directions, to strengthen the insertions of the post-oral

appendages.

The mandibles division

this

body the

antennae (see striction,

cuneiform

is

The

1).

fig.

and

fig.

what

unlike

6),

extending

shape,

and

of

in

and immediately inside

a closely

is

it

hue,

cutting edge

representing the molar tubercle

(see

pronouncedly pediform, extending in

which

is

much

is

fig.

the largest,

triturating

The

is

is

into

the

it

lies.

food asunder.

teeth,

From

composed

very

teeth,

surface,

and

large

of the anterior of

4

lip,

well-defined

its

This

proximal part.

with several slender setae on

truncated end of this expansion

which no doubt the

a short

far as the tip of the masticatory part,

The narrowly

a row of short

palp

It is

about the length of the 2 suc-

forms a rather large expansion below,

side which

to

and hairy

ceeding ones combined, and considerably dilated in

and extending as

lips.

front

in

on each side It

the

of

part

divided into several short

7).

front,

across

anteriorly

the basal

projecting

fluted

with the distal part curved downwards. of joints, the 1st

obliquely

between the anterior and posterior

a brownish

The

dentiform prominence.

the outer face,

generally the case in

defined by a neck-shaped con-

is

masticatory part

squeezed

highly chitinized,

joint

is

cephalic part, immediately behind

the

of

sides

XXXV,

Ostracoda, exhibit each a well-defined and highly chitinized

of

narrow

of

(PI.

assist

upper edge of

this

is

out-

divided

the mandibles in cutting joint,

at

some

distance

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

5.]

from the

a densely plumose seta originates.

tip,

The 3

con-

distal joints

together a very movable terminal part, which, as a rule, forms, with

stitute

and carry scattered

Two

edges.

The

an abrupt geniculate bend.

the basal joint, size,

133

SPECIES.

of

these

some

setae, setae,

joints gradually diminish in

of which are ciliated along one of the

from the

issuing

the

of

tip

last

are

joint,

particularly strong, almost claw-shaped.

The

maxillae

a

consist each of

8)

(fig.

muscular basal part pro-

thick,

2 linguiform masticatory lobes clothed with spiniform

jecting inside

in

the outer one

being somewhat larger than the inner.

a

well defined palp

the

joints,

is

movably attached, extending below.

which

1st of

is

these

Outside

setae,

lobes,

consists of

It

2

rather large and expanded, oblong oval in form,

carries anteriorly 5 slender curved setae, posteriorly 3 similar but shorter

and

and 2 small

setae

spines.

The

distal joint

rather small, and abruptly

is

recurved, carrying several strong, curved spines at the

The 2 succeeding pairs of limbs (PL

XXXVI,

figs.

tip.

3

&

4)

have each, at

the base outside, a trilobate vibratory (branchial) plate, placed vertically,

with densely plumose

fringed

setae,

the

number

which

of

Both these pairs are pronouncedly pediform, whereas

in

other

the anterior pair have wholly lost their pediform character,

described as a 2nd pair of that this pair,

In

maxillae.

from 14

is

the present form,

and

to 18.

Myodocopa,

and are generally it

is

also found,

though, on the whole, resembling the succeeding one, exhibit

some characters

but also indicating that they are not exclusively locomotory,

subservient

mastication.

to

They

are

each

defined joints, the 1st of which,

distinctly

the others, forming a rather large

composed

however,

(see

differs

and expanded basal

part,

fig.

3)

of

4

materially from

provided at the

anterior edge with several ciliated setae, and, moreover, projecting at the end anteriorly in setae.

an obtusely conical prominence, densely clothed with spiniform

This prominence

is

turned towards the mouth, and undoubtedly has

the signification of a true masticatory lobe.

The 3

a very movable terminal part or palp, which part,

and

is

and

joint is of

is

Its 1st joint is

form together

about the length of the basal

generally extended obliquely behind,

with the former. distally,

is

distal joints

almost at a right angle

rather broad at the base, gradually tapering

clothed with several ciliated setae on both edges.

about the same length,

but

much narrower,

The 2nd

subcylindric in form,

134

SARS.

G. 0.

and

one

carries

The succeeding

[NORW. POL. EXP.

The

in front.

last joint is

2 slender claws of somewhat unequal

tip,

them a simple

in front of

and 2

ciliated seta behind,

small and carries, on the

CRUSTACEA.

very

size,

and

bristle.

pair of limbs

(fig.

4)

are considerably longer than the

preceding pair, and have the basal joint quite simple, without any spiniferous

terminal part

almost 3 times as long as the basal one, and

is

4 well-defined joints

and

pair,

;

it

is

The

setae.

divided into

otherwise resembles in structure that of the preceding

likewise generally extended obliquely behind.

is

The

but provided there with only 2 plumose

at the end,

projection

of limbs (fig. 5) are very small

last pair

and simple

in

structure,

extending, as a rule, obliquely upwards across the sides of the abdominal of

portion

the

an imperfectly

small

defined,

one of which

setae,

They each form a

body.

is

slightly tapered stem,

which carries 2 very slender

terminal joint,

more than twice as long as the stem.

of these limbs cannot be locomotory, since they do not

from the

The caudal

lamellae (comp.

circular form, being

fig.

and are

of semi-

end of the abdominal

division.

10) are not very large,

articulated to the

movably

and each

distally,

armed with 8 slender

is

that of cleansing

viz.,

into the shell-cavity.

are not exactly juxtaposed, the one advancing

other;

function

whereas they most probably serve the same purpose as the

shell,

body from foreign matter introduced

They

The

admit of being extended

peculiarly modified last pair of limbs in the Cypridinidce,

the

exhibiting

claws,

somewhat beyond

rapidly increasing in length

the foremost claw being considerably elongated, and placed at

distance

from the others.

concave

edge,

between them

and in

are

The claws

movably

are

to

some

denticulated along

finely

articulated

the

the

plate,

their

which projects

At some distance behind the

small dentiform processes.

claws, 2 very small juxtaposed bristles occur.

The adult male

(PI.

XXXV,

female, both as regards the shell

The

shell

measures 3'20

narrower,

with

the

moreover,

is

more

in

is

Seen

length,

from

easily recognizable

and

is

laterally (fig. 3),

posterior extremity

upper posterior corner

3)

the

and the enclosed animal.

mm.

smaller than that of the female.

fig.

accordingly it

somewhat

also appears rather

more obliquely truncated, and

somewhat more prominent.

distinctly sinuated in the middle.

The

ventral

the

margin,

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

5.]

The

frontal

tumefied, and

tentacle

XXXVI,

PI.

(see

135

SPECIES.

very sharply marked off from

has the capitulum more

6)

fig.

the

rod-like

which

peduncle,

appears to be divided into 2 segments.

The female,

antennulae

and the

musculation

The

inwards.

the female

thickened,

being

is

distal

same number as

The foremost

transformed.

less

in the

seta

is

3rd part abruptly bent downwards, the median

and armed below with recurved

uniform sensory filaments

part,

replaced by a short hook-like spine, curving

more or

all

and has the

very strong,

the

slender seta issuing from the upper edge

apical appendages are present in the

but they are

female;

part

in

in

and acting upon the terminal

joint,

The

being especially conspicuous. of this joint

than

more sharply marked off from each other. The stronger, indicating a freer mobility of these limbs,

muscles occupying the 2nd

the

built

powerfully

joints are

also

is

much more

are

(ibid.)

spinules.

Of the 4

only 2 have retained their

present in the female,

sensory character, the hindmost exhibiting, however, a peculiar twisted form,

and extending straight behind. dages are of about equal

size,

In the present species, these 2 sensory appen-

whereas

in other species their length is rather

The 2 remaining appendages have both assumed the character of setae, much longer than the 2 above-mentioned sensory appendages,

different.

slender

though not nearly attaining the length of the foremost examination,

only 3 of these appendages

whereas the other

joint,

2,

are

seen

to

seta.

issue

On a

closer

from the

last

one sensory and one setiform, are attached inside

the penultimate joint.

The

antennae resemble in structure those in the female, as regards the

basal part and the natatory ramus. is

On

the other hand, the accessory

ramus

conspicuously transformed, and developed into a prehensile organ, termi-

nating in an anteriorly-curving claw,

This claw

is

much

larger on the right

and a similar asymmetry

some

is

also found

addition

in

the apical appendages.

than on the

antenna

(fig. 8),

in the other species, probably

having

(fig.

7)

left

relation to the asymmetrical arrangement of the genital apparatus.

Of the other limbs, only the penultimate (lig.

to

9),

differ

somewhat from those

in the female.

more powerfully developed, and each carry ciliated setae,

which are

all

of exactly the

or the 2nd pair of legs

pair,

at the

same

They

tip,

size,

are,

on the whole,

3 very long and densely and

lie

close together.

136

G. O.

As

being gently curved below.

all

CRUSTACEA.

SARS.

[NORW. POL. EXP.

these limbs are generally extended straight

behind, the ends of the apical setee are most frequently seen projecting from

XXXV,

the hind edges of the shell (see PI.

On

the

from the caudal

a rather large,

plates,

This

10, 11).

fig. 3).

some

the abdominal part of the body, at

of

distance

oblong oval piece occurs,

projecting

XXXV,

XXXVI,

below, and somewhat anteriorly

freely figs.

side

left

(see PI.

fig. 3, PI.

the single copulative organ, containing the outer part

is

of the seminal duct.

The inner organs cannot, fresh

in

rather

can

the

and

lamellae,

this

part

tion

with

the

of

the

The have

disc,

chitinous

a

is

skeleton

of these

intestine

with

filled

the

not

oral

the

and Its

is

(see

PI.

in

the

contents

of

an

attached

distal

By

to

extremity

left

and

connec-

can

It

1).

fig.

the walls

of

expands

into

thus is

the body

a

large

which

in

I

either of algae or of animals.

so finely triturated by the mandibles, that no part of

it

unaltered.

the ovaries also, with their

be pretty clearly traced,

owing

to

their

numerous

egg-follicles,

opaque white colour,

strongly with the dark contents of the intestine (see PI.

XXXV,

The young do not seem to undergo any metamorphosis, being present,

in

in

freely within the lumen of the intestinal cavity.

any recognizable remains,

is

In the female,

the

dissection,

obtained

mouth,

the

muscular

highly

XXXVI,

is

especially

contents of the latter consist of a compact infiltrated mass, failed to detect

organs

located

aperture.

infrequently

surrounding

a

leads

extremity

examination

closer

which projects

Probably the food is

The

generally

from

tract

numerous short muscles.

hollow

3).

show some

debouches by a short rectum between

obliquely

coarsely annulated throughout,

by

1,

figs.,

anterior

its

intestinal

to

subjected

It

to

ascending

O3sophagus,

to

and

body,

dark appearance.

opaque,

be

XXXV,

pellucid

extracted

of the

forming a very capacious sac-like cavity, of

part

sufficiently

PI.

(see

observe,

abdominal

caudal

made

be

distinctly to

easy

However, by a suitable preparation

specimens.

it

body,

be very closely examined, except

of course,

ova.

shape

The from

even

in

shell

that

of

specimens the

may

contrasting fig.

all

1).

the limbs

which have evidently just escaped from

young animal,

of the adult animal,

however,

being far

less

is

rather

elongated,

different

and

in

NO.

ACCOUNT OF THE

6.J

137

SPECIES.

very small specimens almost globular, gradually assuming a more oval form (see PI.

XXXVI,

fig.

This form

Occurrence.

number

of

the

12).

samples

from depths down Distribution.

to

(12),

was found very abundantly and it was taken both from

in

the

greater

and

the surface

300 metres.

Off Greenland,

in

lat,

a depth of 350 fathoms; Faroe channel,

74

49' N.,

in lat.

60

long.

20' N.,

11

30'

W.

long, 7

from

23'

W.

from a depth of 200 fathoms, cold area.

CIRRIPEDIA. Some rently

Cirripedia-larvae

belonging

to

in

the characteristic so-called Cypris-stage, appa-

a species of Balanus,

October 13th, 1893, north of the

CHRTSTIANIA.

January

New

were found

in

a sample

Siberian Islands.

1900.

G. 0.

SARS.

taken

TABLE OF CONTENTS. Plato.

Page.

Introduction

Account

3

of the species

13

PODOPHTHALMIA. Fam. CRANGONID/E. 1.

Sabinea septemcarinata

13

(Sab.)

Fam. EPHYHID.S. 13

2.

Hymenodora

3.

Nydiphanes norvegicus (M. Sars)

13

4.

Thysanoessa longicaudata

14

glacialis (Buchholtz)

Fam. EUPHAUSIID/E.

(Krfiyer)

AMPHIPODA. Fam. HYPERIID/E. 1.

Euthemisto libellula (Mandt.)

14

2.

Parathemisto oblivia (KrOyer)

14

Fam. LANCEOLID.S:. Gen. Lanceola, Say 3.

Lanceola Clausi, Bovallius

Fam. 4.

Scina

M-.

i.\in

14

15

1.

i.

borealis, G. 0. Sars

19

Fam. LYSIANASSID^E. Gen. Cyclocaris, Stebbing 5.

Cydocnris Gutielmi, Clievreux

19

20

II,

III.

NO.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

5.)

Pago.

6.

Pseudalibrotus Nanseni,

n.

7.

Pseudalibrotus glacialis,

n.

Fail). 8.

Plate.

25

Gen. Pseudalibrotus, Delia Valle sp

26

IV, V.

sp

31

VI.

PAHAMPHITHOID/E. 32

Paramphithoe bremcornis, G. 0. Sars Fam. AM

sri

I'KI.I

9.

Haploops

tubicola, Lilljeborg

10.

Haploops

setosa,

]>.K.

32

Boeck

33

Fam. sTENOTHoiDjE. 11.

Metopa longicornis, Boeck

.

33

Fam. EUSIRID*:. 12.

13.

33

Eusirws cuspidatus, Kroyer Eusirus Holmi, Hansen Fam.

i

:

A

i

.

i

.

33

1

1

1

1

i

14.

Amphithopsis glacialis, Hansen

15.

Gammarus

16.

Amathilla pinguis (KrOyer)

Fam.

i.

AM.M

A

ii

i

>

i

.

33

i

n.r.

mutata

locusta, Lin., var.

34 34

ISOPUDA. Tribe:

EPICARIDA.

34

COPEPODA. Division

Tribe:

CALA.S01UA.

:

AMPHASKANDRIA.

Fam. CALANID.*. 1.

Calanus fiumarchicus, (Gunner.)

35

2.

na sabini,

n.

sp

(Sab.)

50

Ill

15

V V

100 14

IV

7

V

59

V IV

(Pall.)

Xanthocalaniis borealis,

IV IV

n.

sp

52 13, 37,

52

V

49

IV

48